SteamTurbineLNG PDF

ERS 5000 TechSim
Steam Turbine (Kavasaki UA-400) LNG Carrier

Trainee Manual
Issue Date: April 2015
Copyright: © Transas MIP Ltd. 1991–2014. All rights reserved.
The information contained herein is proprietary to Transas MIP Ltd. and shall not be duplicated in whole or in part. The technical details contained in this man-
ual are accurate at the date of issue but are subject to change without notice.
Transas MIP Ltd. pursues a policy of continuous development. This may mean that the product delivered has additional enhancements not yet covered by the
latest version of this manual.
The names of actual companies and products mentioned herein may be the trademarks of their respective owners.
Steam Turbine LNG Carrier. Trainee Manual
Introduction . Introduction

Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Chapter 2. Integrated Automation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

3
Introduction
Introduction contains the general description of the
simulator architecture and prototype vessel.
Transas MIP Ltd. — April 2015

Introduction . Introduction

Introduction
Contents:
1. Printing House Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2. Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3. The Ship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
4. Simulator Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
4.1. Consoles Button Bars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5. 3D Visualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
5.1. Navigation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

5
Introduction . Abbreviations

1. Printing House Conventions 2. Abbreviations

Sample of notation Usage comments A.P. (AP) After Peak F.B. (F/B) Feed Back
Router.exe To highlight messages, commands, files ABC Automatic Boiler Control FAS Fire Alarm System
and other Windows OS information ACB Air Circuit Breaker FDF Forced Draft Fan
New To highlight menu items AH Ahead FFS Fire Fighting System
AHU Air Handling Unit FG Fuel Gas
Button To highlight buttons
ALC Automatic Load Control FP Feeder Panel
Log To highlight path to a file, folder
AOP Additional Operator Panel FPP Fixed Pitch Propeller
Exit To highlight names of windows, pages,
AS Astern G/E (GE) Generator Engine
interface elements, etc.
BCD Battery Charger/Discharger GB Generator Breaker
Refer to To highlight references and links.
BGB Boiler Gauge Board GSP Group Starter Panel
<Enter> To highlight keyboard key names
BLR Boiler H.E. (HE) High Expansion
BMS Burner Management System H.F.O. (HFO) Heavy Fuel Oil
BNR Burner H.T. (HT) High Temperature
BOG Boil Off Gas HOT Hydraulic Oil Tank
BW Bilge Well HPP Hydraulic Power Pack
C.F.W. (CFW) Cooling Fresh Water HPT High Pressure Turbine
C.S.W. (CSW) Circulating / Cooling Sea Water HPU Hydraulic Power Unit
CB Circuit Breaker HTR Heater
CCC Cargo Control Console HV High Voltage
CSBD Cargo Switchboard IP Intermediate Pressure
D.O. (DO) Diesel Oil IR Infra Red
D/G (DG) Diesel Generator L.O. (LO) Lube Oil
DSH De-Super heated L.P. (LP) Low Pressure
DWL Distilled Water Level L.P.S.G. (LPSG) Low Pressure Steam Generator
E/G (EG) (EmG) Emergency Generator L/T (LT, L.T.) Low Temperature
E/R (ER) Engine Room LAH Level Alarm High
E/S Engine Side LAL Level Alarm Low
ECR Engine Control Room LCD Liquid Crystal Display
EMCY (EM’CY) Emergency LCP Local Control Panel
ESB Emergency Switch Board LD Light Distribution
EXH Exhaust LDO Light Diesel Oil
F.D. (FD) Forced draft / Feed LED Light Emitting Diode
F.O. (FO) Fuel Oil LGSP Local Group Starter Panel
F.P. (FP) Fore Peak LH Level High
F.W. (FW) Fresh Water LHH Level High High

6
Introduction . Abbreviations

LIAH Level Indicator Alarm High S.W. (SW) Sea Water

LL Level Low S/B Stand-By
LLL Level Low Low S/G (SG) Steering Gear
LOP Local Operating Panel S/T (ST) Stern Tube
LPD Low Power Distribution (220V) SB Soot Blower
LPT Low Pressure Turbine SC Sea Chest
LV Low Voltage SCR Selective Catalytic Reduction
M.G.P.S. (MGPS) Marine Growth Prevention System SDAF Shut Down Air Flaps
M/E (ME) Main Engine SH Super Heated / Shore
M/S Machine Side SH. Shut
M/T (MT) Main Turbine SHP Shaft Power
MB Main Burner SL. Slow
MCD Main Circuit Diagram SP Set Point variable
MF (MFW) Main Feed (water) ST Start
MFWP Main Feed Water Pump STC Steam Temperature Control
MG Master Gas STM Steam
MSB (MSBD, MSWB) Main Switch Board STP Sewage Treatment Plant
MVR Manual Voltage Regulator SW Switch
NOR Normal T/G (TG) Turbo Generator
O.W.S. (OWS) Oily Water Separator TAH Temperature Alarm High
OP Output variable TAL Temperature Alarm Low
P/P (PP) Pump(s) TI Temperature Indication
PAH Pressure Alarm High TIAH Temperature Indicator Alarm High
PAL Pressure Alarm Low TK Tank
PB Push Button TOH Thermal Oil Heater
PD Power Distribution (440V) UV Ultra Violet
PDB Power Distribution Board V/V Valve
PID Proportional Integral Derivative VCB Vacuum Circuit Breaker
PMS Power Management System VMC Vacuum Magnetic Contactor
PV Present Value / Process Variable W Water
R/G (RG) Reduction Gear W.B.T. (WBT) Water Ballast Tank
R/U Ready For Use W/H (WH) Wheel House (bridge)
RCS Remote Control System WF Water Fog

7
Introduction . The Ship

3. The Ship
The simulator is modeling the Propulsion Plant, Electric
Power Plant, Integrated Automation System (IAS), Main
Boiler Control System (MBCS), auxiliary systems, equip-
ment, units and mechanisms of the general LNG Carrier
with Steam Turbine as main engine. The main proto-
type Golar LNG Limited “Grandis” H2226 and additional
prototype Exmar “Excelsior” H2208 ships are used for
development.
Ship general characteristics:
Length 285.4 meters

Breadth 43.4 meters
Normal continuous rating (NCR) 33 120 BHP at 85.4 rpm
(85% of MCR
Max. continuous rating (MCR) 36 800 BHP at 88.5 rpm
Speed, max. 19.5 knots at 90% MCR
Cargo Tank capacity 145.807 m3
LNG Carrier general view

8
Introduction . Simulator Architecture
Consoles Button Bars
4. Simulator Architecture • Displays of the page MSB model the Electrical Power
Plant Main Switchboard control panels;
The pages of the Virtual Hardware console are:
• SYN – HV MSB Synchronizing 1, 2 panels;
The LNG Carrier with Steam Turbine main engine simula- • Displays of the page IAS model Integrated Automatic • GEN – Diesel and Turbo Generator 1, 2 panels;
tor model has the Propulsion console and Virtual Hard- System remote control displays on the ECR desk;
ware console comprising all displays to control and moni- • InCom – LV MSB Incoming panels;
• Displays of the page SYS contain mimics of the ship’s
tor the ship’s systems, units and mechanisms. • BP – HV MSB Ballast Pumps panels;
systems. They model manual remote and local control
The bottom bar of the simulator screen contains buttons of the respective units and mechanisms. • Bow – HV MSB Bow Thruster starter panel;
with page names. Pages consist of displays. Click a button • The following pages model manual equipment control • CSBD – HV MSB Cargo Switchboard feeder panels;
to open the page submenu. The list of displays of a select- in the ship engine rooms: • Trn – HV MSB Step Down transformers panels;
ed page opens in the drop-down (actually, pull-up) menu.
-- SG – Steering Gear room page; • BusT – HV MSB and LV MSB Bus Tie panels;
Figures shows the simulator Propulsion and Virtual Hard-
ware consoles button bars, and an example page menu. -- ER1 – Engine Room 1 page; • GSP1; GSP2 – Group Starter Panels;
-- ER2 – Engine Room 2 page; • FP1; FP2 – LV MSB AC440V, AC220V Feeder panels.
4.1. Consoles Button Bars -- ER3 – Engine Room 3 page;
The pages (buttons on the button bar) of the Propulsion -- EmG – Emergency Generator room page;
console are described in brief below: -- BT – Bow Thruster room page.
• Displays of the page BCC model the Bridge control The displays of a page menu contain mimics of the Local
console panels; Operating Panels (LOPs) of the units and mechanisms,
• Displays of the page FFS model Fire Fighting System switchboards (SWBDs), power distribution boards (PDs,
control displays on the ECR desk; LPDs, BDs), group starter panels (GSP), etc. and the 3-D
pictures of the engine rooms where applicable.
• Displays of the page ECR model the Engine Control
Room control console panels; Sub-menu BCC page
Bottom bar of the Propulsion console
Bottom bar of the Virtual Hardware console

9
Introduction . 3D Visualization
Navigation Panel
5. 3D Visualization
Photographic pictures of the Bridge, Engine Control
Room, MSB Room, and Emergency Generator Room are
displayed for the background of respective pages to pro-
vide realistic view.
Engine room pages contain 3D simulation displays of the
respective location. The 3D displays are implemented for:
• Engine room 1 (ER1 page);
• Engine room Deck 2 (ER2 page);
• Engine room Upper Deck (ER3 page);
• Steering Gear room (SG page).
• Examples are presented on the figures below.
3D display of ER1 page 3D display of ER3 page
Navigation in the 3D scenes is implemented by a floating
navigation panel and using the mouse.
To navigate by the mouse, click and hold the right mouse
button while moving it around: the 3D scene will rotate.
Zoom in and out the scene using the mouse wheel. Click
and hold the left mouse button to move the scene around
the display.
To open a local control panel or push button box (e.g. to
control a pump) double-click on the mechanism’s image.
5.1. Navigation Panel 3 4
These panels are also called from the menu items of re- The panel is designed to facilitate navigation on 3D scenes
and can be used on touch screens as well as on monitors.
spective ER pages. If the Hint On/Off button is pressed on 2
the top toolbar the mechanism name pops up when the Click and hold the required button to:
mouse hovers over it on the scene.
• 1 : + to zoom in; - to zoom out the scene;
An example is presented on the figure of ER1 page.
1
• 2 : rotate the scene;
• 3 : shift the scene.
Use the button 4 to drag&drop the panel to required po-
sition on screen.

10
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants

This Chapter contains the description of the simulator tools for
training the watch personnel of the vessel in skills of correct
operating the tanker Propulsion and Steam Plants.

Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants

Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants
Contents:
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 4. Steam Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 6. Steam Plant Local Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.1. Propulsion Plant Engineering Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 4.1. Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 6.1. Boiler Gauge Board (BGB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.2. Main Turbine Control Positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 4.2. Boilers Control Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 6.1.1. Bottom Graphic Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
1.2.1. Control Position Change Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 4.2.1. Position Change Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 6.1.2. Upper Graphic Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
1.3. MT Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 4.3. Main Boiler Control System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6.1.3. Boiler EMCY Operation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
1.4. MT Alarms & Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 4.3.1. Burner Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6.1.4. Instructions for Operation is Emergency Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
2. Main Turbine Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 4.3.2. Burner Control Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6.2. Boilers Fans Push Button & Starter Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
2.1. Turbine Control Panel at WH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 4.3.3. Fuel Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 6.3. Soot Blowers Push Button Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
2.1.1. Ship Performance Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 4.3.4. Fuel Change Over . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 7. Bow Thruster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.1.2. Telegraph Transmitter Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 4.4. Boiler Operating Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.1. Bow Thruster Controller at WH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
2.2. Turbine Control Panel at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 4.5. Boiler Alarms & Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . 32 7.1.1. Bow Thruster Starting Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2.2.1. TEN-KEY Boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 5. Steam Plant Remote Control at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 7.2. Bow Thruster Indicators at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
2.3. Navigation Gauges at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 5.1. Boilers Control Console Section C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 7.3. Bow Thruster Starter at MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
2.4. Engine Console Section D at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 5.1.1. Boiler Operation Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 7.4. Bow Thruster Starter Local Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
2.4.1. D - Upper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 5.1.2. Boiler Monitor Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 8. Steering Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2.4.2. D - Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 5.2. Forced Draft Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 8.1. Steering Gear Panel at WH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
2.5. Alarms Console at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 5.3. Boilers EMCY Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 8.2. Steering Gear Alarms at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3. Main Turbine Local Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 5.4. Soot Blower Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 8.3. Steering Gear LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.1. Main Turbine LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.1.1. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.2. Reduction Gear & Turning Gear LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.2.1. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

12
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . General
Propulsion Plant Engineering Data
1. General 1.1. Propulsion Plant 1.2. Main Turbine Control Positions

The propulsion system is designed to provide reliable, Engineering Data In the simulator the main turbine can be operated from
the following control positions:
efficient and economical motive power for the Ship in The main propulsion unit is cross compound, impulse,
automatic, semi-automatic or manual propulsion modes double reduction geared marine turbine (Main Turbine: • Local operation panel in ER1;
to meet the ship’s demands in motion and manoeuvring MT). This unit comprises: • Engine Control Room (ECR) console;
under standard and emergency conditions.
• One high pressure (HP) turbine of impulse type: • Wheel House (W/H) console.
The Steam Plant is designed for generation of steam for MCR – 36 800 BHP at 88.5 RPM; NCR – 85% MCR; The main turbine Remote Control System (RCS) is de-
the main propulsion turbine and auxiliary turbines.
• One low pressure (LP) turbine including astern elements; signed to control the propeller shaft revolutions via
The simulator models the Propulsion and Steam Plants of • Maneuvering valve unit; maneuvering valve lift by operating the telegraph lever
the LNG Carrier prototype ship. installed on the bridge control console and ECR console.
• Reduction gear.
The Ship Propulsion & Steam Plant simulation is designed Steam from the maneuvering valve is admitted to the HP The main turbine RCS is designed to control the maneu-
for training the engine room watch personnel in skills re- turbine through the nozzle of the first stage. Steam is con- vering valve lift by operating the DIRECT control switches
quired for the proper operation of the Plants, including: trolled by the maneuvering valve only. installed in ECR.
• Preparation of equipment/systems for operation, The LP turbine can develop no less than 80% MCR ahead The following table shows the control operations from
startup and shutdown; torque at 50% rpm, and is capable of operating astern at each maneuvering position (M/P) and method.
• Operating the Plants when manoeuvring the ship; 70% MCR ahead rpm for a period of at least two hours
• Monitoring of operation using variable parameters; without overheating of ahead elements.
• Trouble shooting.
M/P Maneuvering Method (MV) Speed/MV Control Method Safety System/Interlock
In addition to training in practical skills, the simulator al- Electrical signal of telegraph transmitter Manual Trip; Auto Trip;
W/H Automatic control by Tele-
lows the user to learn the basic principles of the arrange- Lever drives servo motor and controls Maneuver- BLR interlock; Rough sea
ment, functions and interaction of Propulsion and Steam ECR graph transmitter
ing Valve cond.; Auto Slow Down
Plants’ components and systems. Direct
ECR Manual control by INC/ DEC Control signal of NC/ DEC control buttons is Manual Trip;
The parameters and features of simulated mechanisms Control
M/S control buttons amplified and controls Maneuvering Valve Auto Trip
and systems correspond to the real life as the simulator buttons
models all main processes (heat, mechanical, gas- and Mech. Manual control by EM’CY Maneuvering Valve is operated by mechani-
M/S –
hydrodynamic, and electrical) in their interconnection. Handle Maneuvering handle cal handle

13
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . General
MT Operating Procedures
Simultaneous control is possible from one station only. ECR ORDER of the M/T LEVER POSITION INDICATOR display the CONTROL MODE switch automatically sets to DIRECT po-
Control changeover between the W/H (bridge), ECR and actual positions on both control consoles. sition. No confirmation from the W/H is required.
local panels is performed using the following rules: 3. Control position is in ECR or W/H. The
Control position is indicated by illuminating the lamps:
• Remote control from the ECR or the W/H is possible following actions need to be taken to acquire
• On W/H SUB PANEL of the W/H Turbine Control Console control at the MT LOP (to open, use menu
for all Propulsion and Steam plant mechanisms and
systems. Local control panels in ER allow local con- item Main Turbine LOP of the page ER1):
trol only, when necessary. ›› On the MAIN TURBINE LOP panel of the MT LOP: turn the
• Local control panels have the control priority. Control CONTROL POSITION TRANSFER switch to position M/S.
transfer to the remote mode is performed at the local The commanding station automatically relinquishes
control panel. control.
• Above CONTROL POS. TRANSFER switch on the ENGINE
• ECR control has priority over W/H control. Control CONSOLE SECTION D–BOTTOM 4. Control position is at the MT LOP in ER1. The following
transfer to the ECR is performed by a request from actions need to be taken to relinquish control to ECR:
ECR to the W/H and does not require confirmation ›› On the MAIN TURBINE LOP panel of the MT LOP: turn the
from the W/H. Control transfer from the ECR to the CONTROL POSITION TRANSFER switch to position ECR. If
W/H is performed by relinquishing control from ECR the CONTROL POSITION switch in ECR ENGINE CONSOLE
to the WH and requires confirmation at the W/H. SECTION D–BOTTOM is set to DIRECT, indicator ECR flash-
The remote Integrated Automation System (IAS) is located es once and lights continuously; otherwise after a 20
in ECR (see the system description in Chapter 2). sec. delay control transfer is automatically declined.
1.2.1. Control Position Change Over 1.3. MT Operating Procedures

1. Control position is in ECR. The following actions
Control changeover between ECR and W/H is performed The following procedures are described in the simulator
need to be taken to transfer control to the W/H:
on the consoles: (see Chapter 5, see the section 3 on page 290:
›› On the ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D–BOTTOM:
• ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D–BOTTOM (to open, use menu • Preparing for Main Turbine Start;
-- Turn the CONTROL MODE switch to position LEVER.
item ECR D - Bottom of the page ECR); see the descrip- • Running Stand-by;
-- Turn the CONTROL POS. TRANSFER switch to position W/H.
tion in the paragraph 2.4.2 on page 24; • Starting & Running Ahead;
›› On the W/H Turbine Control Console:
• W/H Turbine Control Console (to open, use menu item • Running Astern;
BCC Turbine Panel of the page BCC); see the description -- The button W/H flashes;
• peed Operation;
in the paragraph 2.1 on page 15. -- Click the button W/H to acquire control; the button
lights steadily. • Finished with Engine.
It is required that the maneuvering lever positions match
on both control stations for the changeover to succeed.
The WRONG WAY indicator illuminates when the position of
2. Control position is in W/H. The following actions
need to be taken to transfer control to the ECR:
1.4. MT Alarms & Faults
the telegraph receiver level does not match the position ›› On the ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D–BOTTOM: turn the Introduced by Instructor
of the telegraph lever on the wheel house Turbine con- CONTROL POS. TRANSFER switch to position ECR. The The list of alarms is provided in Chapter 6, section 1.
sole, which is the main setting. The sliders W/H ORDER and
The list of faults is provided in Chapter 6, section 2.

14
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . Main Turbine Remote Control
Turbine Control Panel at WH
2. Main Turbine
Remote Control 1 2
The MT remote control system is designed to control the
propeller shaft revolutions via maneuvering valve lift by
operating the telegraph lever on the wheel house (WH)
console and ECR console. Remote control from wing pan-
els is not modeled in the simulator. Control using the Inte-
grated Automation System (IAS) is described in Chapter 2
of this manual.
3
2.1. Turbine Control Panel at WH
Click the menu item BCC Turbine Panel of the page BCC to 4
open the display wheel house MT control console.
The display contains:
• 1 SPEED & DISTANCE REPEATER panel with:
-- SPEED (KNOTS); DISTANCE (NM) – digital indicators;
-- POWER – two-position switch to turn power OFF/ON.
• 2 Ship Performance Monitor panel (see the descrip-
tion in the paragraph 2.1.1 on page 17);
• MANEUVERING SPEED table for information: 4 W/H SUB PANEL contains:

• M/T RPM INDICATOR gauge;
• CALM SEA lamp and CALM SEA and ROUGH SEA lamp and
• 3 M/T LEVER POSITION INDICATOR sliders to display: ROUGH SEA buttons with protection cover;
-- W/H ORDER; • PROGRAM IN PROGRESS lamp and PROGRAM CONTROL
-- ECR ORDER. NOR. button with protection cover; click once to open

15
the cover; click second time to start controlling tur- • Panel lamps, which illuminate to indicate: -- TELEGRAPH POWER FAIL – no control power for the
bine operation programs by the safety system; -- RPM F/B ON –feed back mode on; machine telegraph;
• PROGRAM BY-PASS lamp and PROGRAM CONTROL BY-PASS -- RPM F/B BY-PASS –feed back mode by-passed; -- AUTO SPIN FAIL – auto spinning failed;
button with protection cover; click once to open the -- CONTROL POWER FAIL – no power supply for control
-- PROGRAM INTERLOCK BY-PASS – interlock is by-passed;
cover; click second time to by-pass safety system con- system;
trol of the turbine operation programs; -- TURBINE RESET – the safety system was reset;
-- REMOTE CONTROL FAIL – no remote control;
• AUTO SLOWDOWN lamp and AUTO SLOW DOWN NOR. but- -- HANDLE MATCH – telegraph order at ECR console
matches the order at W/H console; -- PRE WARNING SL, DOWN – the timer is started to acti-
ton with protection cover; click once to open the cover;
vate slow down;
click second time to start controlling turbine auto slow -- AUTO SPIN OFF; AUTO SPIN ON; AUTO SPIN, SPIN ZONE –
down by the safety system; auto spinning state; -- PROGRAM INTERLOCK – interlock occurred;
• SLOW DOWN BY-PASS lamp and AUTO SLOW DOWN BY-PASS -- T/GEAR ENGAGE / T/GEAR DISENGAGE – turning gear -- SAFETY SYSTEM FAIL – safety system failed;
button with protection cover; click once to open the engaged / disengaged; -- PRE WARNING TRIP – the timer is started to activate
cover; click second time to by-pass safety system con- -- M/S; ECR; W/H – actual control position at the LOP/ turbine trip.
trol of the turbine automatic slow down; ECR/Wheel house; • BUZZER – not modeled;
• TRIP BY-PASS lamp, EMCY TRIP NOR. and EMCY TRIP BY- -- PORT; STBD wings control position: not modeled. • LAMP TEST – click to illuminate all lamps;
PASS buttons with protection cover; click once to open
• Panel lamps, which illuminate to indicate the following • TRIP RESET – click to reset the safety system after tur-
the cover; click second time: EMCY TRIP NOR. to start
power source state and failure alarm conditions: bine trip;
controlling turbine EMCY trip by the safety system;
EMCY TRIP BY-PASS to by-pass the safety system turbine -- W/H POWER FAIL – no power supply at the W/H; • CONTROL POS. ACKN. – not modeled;
trip control; -- WRONG WAY – position of the telegraph receiver • W/H – the button flashes when control is relinquished
• EMCY TRIP lamp and EMCY TRIP button with protection handle at ECR console does not match the position to the wheel house from ECR; click to acquire control;
cover; click once to open the cover; click second time of the telegraph on the W/H Turbine console, which • Buttons PORT; STBD are not modeled;
to trip the turbine in the case of emergency; is the main setting; the sliders of the 3 M/T LEVER
• BUZZER STOP – click to stop the buzzer signal.
POSITION INDICATOR indicate current orders;
• The dimmers are not modeled: ILLUMINATION LAMP,
INDICATOR LAMP and ALARM LAMP.

16
2.1.1. Ship Performance Monitor Fuel Mode

Use the Up and Down arrow buttons to switch the perfor- On the fuel mode screen information is displayed about
mance monitor four screens. fuel consumption:
-- BOIL-OFF GAS FLOW: consumption per hour;
Totalizers
-- GAS EQUIV. OIL FLOW: gas consumption converted to
The Shaft Power Meter has two totalizers, one for energy
equivalent amount of fuel oil;
and one for shaft revolutions. When power to the system
is switched on, the normal data screen which includes the -- FUEL OIL TEMP: temperature measured at flow meter;
energy totalizer is displayed. -- FUEL OIL FLOW: fuel oil consumption per hour;
-- TOTAL FUEL OIL EQUIV: the sum of GAS EQUIV. OIL FLOW
and FUEL OIL FLOW.
Performance mode
Plant efficiency is expressed as S.F.R. which means “Spe-
cific Fuel Rate” [g/SHph]. This parameter is calculated Boil Off Gas Components
from shaft power and total fuel consumption, called TO- The amount of boil-off gas that is used as fuel, is convert-
TAL FUEL OIL EQUIV on the screen. ed into an equivalent amount of fuel oil. To do this conver-
sion, the heating value of the gas is needed as well as the
When the instrument is connected to the speed log, the
heating value of the oil. To calculate the heating value of
efficiency of the vessel is available, present as SHIP EFFI-
the boil-off gas, the components of the gas, as per cent by
CIENCY on the screen.
volume, must be entered (are hard coded in the simulator)
Minimum integration time in performance mode is 1 min. into the system (INPUT).

17
2.1.2. Telegraph Transmitter Operation

Telegraph transmitter on the Bridge console is used for
ordering the ME speed.
TELEGRAPH transmitter contains:
3
• Buttons:
-- BRIGHT – press and hold to increase brightness of
the telegraph sectors;
-- DARK – press and hold to decrease brightness of the
telegraph sectors;
-- LAMPTEST – press to illuminate all indicator lamps
on the scale for testing;
-- R/U – Run Up;
2
-- S/B – Stand-By;
-- F/E – Finishing with Engine.
1
• M/E ORDER REV. digital indicator of the ordered ME
speed in min-1 rpm;
• Speed scale comprising following sectors & lamps:
-- NAV. FULL AHEAD – 68/88 (min/max pos.) rpm;
-- FULL AHEAD – 51 rpm;
-- HALF AHEAD – 43 rpm;
-- SLOW AHEAD – 35 rpm;
-- DEAD SLOW AHEAD – 25 rpm;
-- STOP – 0 rpm;
-- DEAD SLOW ASTERN – -25 rpm;
-- SLOW ASTERN – -35 rpm;
-- HALF ASTERN – -43 rpm;
-- FULL ASTERN – -51 rpm.
• 1 Telegraph handle; drag the handle to required po- The handle always sets to central position of a sector.
sition using the mouse. Click 2 the small up or down arrows on the handle to adjust the or-
der by 1 rpm; actual value is displayed in 3 the M/E ORDER REV. box.

18
Turbine Control Panel at ECR
2.2. Turbine Control Panel at ECR

Click the menu item Turbine Control Panel of the page ECR to
open the display, which contains:
• 1 MIMIC BOARD – diagram of the main turbine control
cycle, where the LEDs illuminate to indicate active
processes;
• 2 A set of lamps and switches to supervise the con-
trol position and mode, etc.;
• 3 CAUSE INDICATION PANEL – the collection of lamps to
indicate the trip, slow down and interlock conditions;
• 4 FOR SAFETY and FOR CONTROL – the TEN-KEY boards
of the main turbine safety system and remote control
system (see the description in the paragraph 2.2.1 on
page 21).
The 2 panel contains:
• CONTROL POSITION – W/H, ECR lamps – illuminate to in-
dicate control position; PORT and STBD – not modeled;
• SEA CONDITION – CALM and ROUGH lamps illuminated
according to the settings at the W/H sub-panel;
• ELECTRIC SOURCE: AC, DC, DIRECT, TRIP and SOL. V. CON- -- ECR TELEG. POTENTIO. – the potentiometer in
1 3 TROL lamps – illuminate to indicate available power ECR telegraph receiver, for MT control, is in
source; disconnection;
• CAUSE RESET – button to turn light off of the illuminated -- No 1 (2) REV. SIG. – No 1 (2) revolution signal fails;
lamps on the CAUSE INDICATION PANEL and TROUBLE -- No 1 (2) LIFT F.B. – No 1 (2) valve lift feedback signal
panel, when the cause/trouble condition is returned to fails;
normal;
-- AUTO SPIN OVER SPEED – speed ≥ +/-12 rpm;
• LAMP TEST – button; click to test if all the lamps are
-- AUTO SPIN. FAIL – autospin failed: revolutions does no
healthy;
reach +/- 6 rpm;
2 4 • TROUBLE lamps illuminate when:
-- LEVER DRIVER – lever driver is in abnormal position;
-- W/H TELEG. POTENTIO. – the potentiometer in
-- DIRECT DRIVE – direct driver is in abnormal position;
W/H telegraph transmitter, for MT control, is in
disconnection; -- SLOW DOWN – slow down condition occurred;

19
-- SLOW DOWN BY-PASS SW – flashes when the wiring for -- HPT EXCESS VIB. VERY HIGH – ≥ 130 μm vibration;
slow down by-pass switch is disconnected; -- LPT EXCESS VIB. VERY HIGH – ≥ 180 μm vibration;
-- ROUGH SEA CONT. SW – flashes when the wiring for -- LO PRESS VERY LOW – < 0.5 bar;
rough sea switch is disconnected;
-- M/CONDS. VACUUM VERY LOW – main condenser vacu-
-- EM’CY TRIP – trip condition occurred; um: < -330 mm Hg vacuum;
-- EM’CY TRIP BY-PASS SW – flashes when the wiring for -- BOTH MAIN BOILER TRIP – both boilers tripped;
trip by-pass switch is disconnected;
-- M/CONDS. HOTWELL LEVEL VERY HIGH – main condens-
-- CPU HARD (SAVETY) – CPU card (card C) is in abnormal er hotwell level: > 500 mm;
condition;
-- No 1 (2) M/B STEAM D.LEV V-H – boiler 1 (2) steam drum
-- CPU HARD (CONTROL) – CPU card (card C or card B) is level: > 250 mm;
in abnormal condition;
-- OVER SPEED – speed > 101 rmp;
Note: the trouble conditions are activated by the faults from
-- MANUAL W/H; MANUAL ECR; MANUAL M/S – manual trip
instructor (see Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.9.1 on page 330).
from Wheel house/ECR/LOP.
• CPU CHANGE OVER FOR CONTROL – two-position switch: • SLOW DOWN lamps:
-- MAIN : operation CPU is main CPU; -- MAIN STEAM PRESS L-L – pressure < 55 bar;
-- SUB : operation CPU is sub CPU. -- No 1 (2) M/B STEAM D.LEV L-L – boiler 1 (2) steam drum
• RPM FEED BACK – two-position switch: level < -200 mm;
-- BY-PASS : set to by-pass the feedback functionality; -- No 1 (2) M/B STEAM D.LEV H-H – boiler 1 (2) steam drum
-- NOR. : set to set normal feedback procedure. level > 200 mm;
• CPU CHANGE OVER FOR SAFETY – two-position switch: -- M/COND. HOTWELL LEVEL H-H – level > 200 mm;
-- MAIN : operation CPU is main CPU; -- THRUST PAD TEMP H-H – temperature ≥ 75 °C;
-- SUB : operation CPU is sub CPU. -- ONE BOILER TRIP – one boiler is tripped;
The 3 CAUSE INDICATION PANEL contains the lamps to • TRIP lamps: -- STERN TUBE BRG. TEMP H-H – stern tube bearing tem-
illuminate when the following main turbine trip, slow perature ≥ 60 °C;
-- TURNING GEAR ENGAGE – T/G is engaged;
down and interlock conditions occur. The illuminated -- M/CONDS. VACUUM L-L – main condenser vacuum <
-- AUTO SPIN OVER SPEED – speed ≥ +/-12 rpm;
LED remains continuously lit unitil the CAUSE RESET -660 mm Hg vacuum.
switch on the mimic board is operated even after the ab- -- CONT.OIL PRESS VERY LOW – < 2.0 bar;
• PROGRAM INTERLOCK lamps:
normal condition returns to normal. -- MECH.HANDLE NOT NEUTRAL – the wheel handle on the
-- MAIN STEAM PRESS. – < 57 bar;
LOP is not in zero position;
-- No 1 (2) M/B STEAM D.LEV H – boiler 1 (2) steam drum
-- HPT ROTOR EXCESS DISP. H-H – ≥ 1 mm displacement;
level > 180 mm.
-- LPT ROTOR EXCESS DISP. H-H – ≥ 1 mm displacement;

20
2.2.1. TEN-KEY Boards The FOR CONTROL board addresses implemented in

the simulator are given in the table:
TEN-KEY boards are present on the ECR Turbine Control
panel. The boards are used to setpoint MT control values in
ADDR DESCRIPTION
WRITE mode, and to examine the current control parameters
001 Astern emergency full max. (FG. IN)
values in READ mode.
014 Astern N/F max. (FG.IN)
In the simulator parameters input is implemented for quite a 066 Auto Spinning Ahead order (lower 0.1 rpm)
few addresses. Most of the functionality allows to read data, 067 Auto Spinning Astern order (lower 0.1 rpm)
e.g. when a slow/shut down occurs, it may be useful to review 080 Handle order
the critical value.
The FOR CONTROL and FOR SAFETY boards contain:
The FOR SAFETY board addresses implemented in
• ADDRESS digital indicator to display the address, which is the simulator are given in the table:
listed in respective table, of parameter data;
• DATA digital indicator to display the actual value; in WRITE ADDR DESCRIPTION
mode the border flashes when input is enabled (WRITE EN- 073 M/T control oil pressure low (SH-3)
ABLE indicator is illuminated); 075 HPT rotor excess displacement (SH-5)
• READ, WRITE LED indicators to show the operating mode; 076 LPT rotor excess displacement (SH-6)
077 HPT excess vibration (SH-7)
• WRITE ENABLE LED indicator to show that input is allowed;
078 LPT excess vibration (SH-8)
• Alpha-numeric pad comprising the buttons:
079 M/T LO pressure low (SH-9)
-- 0 – 9 digits – to enter the value; buttons “.”, and “+/-” are 080 Main Condenser vacuum low (SH-10)
not modeled; 083 Main Condenser hotwell H-H (SH-16)
-- N (next) – go to next address number (addresses are 084 Revolution signal for overspeed trip
taken from the respective table);
-- B (back) – go to previous address number;
-- C (clear) – clear the value from DATA box before input;
-- R (read) – set READ mode; READ indicator illuminates;
-- W (write) – set WRITE mode; WRITE indicator illuminates;
-- D (data) – data input command; this operation declares
that the input figures are memorized data;
-- E (enter) – key to memorize input data.

21
Navigation Gauges at ECR
2.3. Navigation Gauges at ECR

Click the menu item ECR - A Upper of the page ECR to open the
display ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION A , which contains:
• RUDDER ANGLE INDICATOR;
• SPEED & DISTANCE REPEATER panel:
-- SPEED (KNOTS) – digital speed indicator;
-- DISTANCE (NM) – digital distance indicator;
-- POWER two-position switch to turn panel power OFF/ON.

22
Engine Console Section D at ECR
2.4. Engine Console Section D at ECR

The console is modeled by two displays in the simulator
model: the upper and bottom parts of the console D.
2.4.1. D - Upper
Click the menu item ECR D - Upper of the page ECR to open
the display ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D - UPPER, which
contains:
• MT VIBRATION / DISPLACEMENT MONITORING – main tur-
bine monitoring panels (see the description in the
paragraph 2.4.1.1 on page 23) for:
-- MT HPT ROTOR VIB. – HP turbine rotor vibration;
-- MT LPT ROTOR VIB. – LP turbine rotor vibration;
-- MT HPT ROTOR DISP. – HP turbine rotor displacement; 2.4.1.1. Turbine Vibration/
-- MT LPT ROTOR DISP. – LP turbine rotor displacement. Displacement Monitoring Panel
• M/T RPM INDICATOR gauge; The monitor contains two sets of controls on one
panel designated by the name plates below the
• M/T REVOL. COUNTER and M/T RUNHOUR METER – gauges;
panel. The left set (1) is associated with the turbine
• Ship Performance Monitor panel (see the description defined on the top name plate, the right set (2) is
in the paragraph 2.1.1 on page 17); associated with the turbine defined on the bottom
• Pressure gauges for monitoring: name plate.
-- MAIN COND. VACUUM PRESS; • MEAS 1 (2) – digital indicators of actual values;
-- HPT 1ST STAGE STEAM PRESS; • Bar graph and scale – actual value; the bar
-- MAIN STEAM PRESS; color is green if the value is in normal range;
-- BEARING LO PRESS; the color is yellow if the value exceeds the
alarm condition setpoint;
-- HPT STEAM CHEST PRESS;
• Red bar across the scale – to designate the
-- ASTERN STEAM PRESS.
alarm condition setpoint;
• ALERT – yellow lamp, which illuminates when
the value exceeds the alarm setpoint;
• OK – green lamp, which illuminates when the
value is in normal range.

23
2.4.2. D - Bottom
Click the menu item ECR D - Bottom of the page ECR to open
the display ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D.
The ECR MT SUB CONTROL PANEL contains a set of two and
three-position operation switches to control the valves
(with indicator lamps of the valve position):
• AST. GUARD VALVE – positions CLOSE /AUTO/OPEN;
• DRAIN VALVE (HPT STM CHEST) – positions AUTO/OPEN;
• DRAIN VALVE (HP BLEEDER) – positions AUTO/OPEN;
• LP BLEEDER VALVE – positions CLOSE /AUTO: ES165 in IAS;
• DRAIN VALVE (HPT CASING) – positions AUTO/OPEN;
• IP BLEEDER VALVE – positions CLOSE /AUTO: ES041 in IAS;
• DRAIN VALVE (HPT 2ND STAGE) – positions AUTO/OPEN;
• HP BLEEDER VALVE – positions CLOSE /AUTO: ES136 in IAS;
• DRAIN MAN. VALVE – positions AUTO/OPEN.
Normally the position of these valves should be AUTO,
when the valves are operated automatically by their con-
trollers’ settings.
The panel contains indicator and alarm lamps to illumi-
nate when:
• TURBINE RESET – turbine safety system is reset;
• MANEUV. V. CLOSE – the maneuvering valve is closed;
• T/GEAR ENGAGE / T/GEAR DISENGAGE – turning gear is
engaged/disengaged;
• RPM F/B BY-PASS – feed back mode is set to by-pass;
• RPM F/B ON – feed back mode is set on; • CONT. SYS POWER FAIL;
• WARMING THROUGH – turbine warming through is on; • REMOTE CONTROL SYS. FAIL;
• HANDLING MATCH – the telegraph handles match (con- • WRONG WAY – position of the telegraph receiver handle does
trol position can be transfered); not match the position of the telegraph on the wheel house
• SAFETY SYSTEM FAIL; Turbine console, which is the main setting (use menu item
BCC Turbine Console of the page BCC).

24
The panel contains a set of two and three-position switch- • PROGRAM CONTROL – two-position select switch; turn to The display right part contains:
es to set control mode and control position; by-pass safety BY-PASS position to by-pass program control of turbine
• No 1 NOZZLE VALVE and No 2 NOZZLE VALVE – two-position
system operation and execute emergency trip: operation; NOR. is default: the turbine is operating
OPEN /CLOSE operation switches used to supply more
under program control; the indicator lamps illuminate
• CONTROL MODE – two-position select switch to set: steam to the turbine when the maneuvering valve is
according to actual mode;
-- LEVER : control by engine telegraph; already full open and there is speed up demand from
• CONTROL POS. TRANSFER – two-position switch to acti- the telegraph lever; the valves open/close slowly to
-- DIRECT : control by DIRECT CONTROL switch. vate the position transfer process: prevent abrupt speed changes; valve No 2 should be
• DIRECT CONTROL – two-position impulse operation -- W/H – turn into this position to relinquish control to operated only when valve No 1 is fully open;
switch to ASTERN /AHEAD control of the maneuvering the wheel house in LEVER control mode; the com- • M/T LEVER POSITION INDICATOR – the slider gauge to fa-
valve in remote control mode; mand should be accepted by the W/H button on the cilitate adjusting W/H and ECR orders;
• EMCY TRIP – three-position impulse manual stop W/H SUB PANEL (use menu item BCC Turbine Panel of
• MAIN TUBRINE TELEGRAPH RECEIVER – the telegraph
switch; the indicator EMCY TRIP illuminates when trip is the page BCC) to complete the transfer;
is similar to the telegraph transmitter on the W/H
executed; to reset, click the button TURBINE RESET; -- ECR – turn into this position to acquire control from console (see the description in the paragraph 2.1.2 on
• AUTO SLOW DOWN – two-position select switch; turn the W/H; no confirmation is required; the CONTROL page 18).
to BY-PASS position to by-pass safety system control MODE switch automatically sets to DIRECT position;
of automatic slowdown; NOR. is default: the safety Note 1: M/S (machine side) indicator lamp is illuminated when
system controls automatic slow down; the indicator MT is operated from the LOP; in this case control should be first
lamps illuminate according to actual mode; returned to ECR. 2.4.2.1. Faults Introduced by Instructor
• PROGRAM INTERLOCK – two-position select switch; turn Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the
Note 2: Control transfer is allowed only when telegraph lever
to BY-PASS position to by-pass safety system control paragraph 2.4.1 on page 322.
positions match on the ECR and W/H consoles: the HANDLING
of turbine programs interlocking; NOR. is default: the
MATCH indicator is illuminated.
safety system controls program interlock; the indica-
tor lamps illuminate according to actual mode; • WARMING THROUGN – button with protection cover;
• EMCY TRIP BY-PASS – two-position select switch; turn click once to open the cover; click second time to start
to BY-PASS position to by-pass safety system control of pre-heating and slow rotation of the main turbine in
tirbine trip; NOR. is default: the safety system controls DIRECT mode; in LEVER mode the button automatically
automatic emergency trip; the indicator TRIP BY-PASS depresses;
illuminates when safety system is by-passed; • TURBINE RESET – button; click to reset the safety
• AUTO SPINNING – two-position operation switch OFF/ON; system;
the switch should be operated only in LEVER mode, and • BUZZER STOP – button; click to stop the alarm buzzer;
the SPIN ZONE indicator should be illuminated for auto • LAMP TEST – button; not modeled.
spinning to be started safely (turbine speed is in the
allowed interval);

25
Alarms Console at ECR
2.5. Alarms Console at ECR

Click the menu item ECR E - Upper of the page ECR to open
the display.
• CAUSE RESET – click to acknowledge M/T shut down & • M/T SLOW DOWN CAUSE INDICATION:
slow down alarms and reset the safety system; -- MAIN STEAM PRESS L-L – pressure < 55 bar;
• LAMP TEST – click to illuminate all lamps in order to -- No 1 (2) MAIN BOILER STEAM DRUM LEV L-L – boiler 1(2)
check if they are healthy; steam drum level < -200 mm;
• M/T SHUT DOWN CAUSE INDICATION: -- No 1 (2) MAIN BOILER STEAM DRUM LEV H-H – boiler 1(2)
-- TURNING GEAR ENGAGE – T/G is engaged; steam drum level > 200 mm;
-- AUTO SPIN OVER SPEED – speed ≥ 12 rpm; -- M/COND HOTWELL LEVEL H-H – level > 200 mm;
-- CONT.OIL PRESS VERY LOW – control oil press < 2.0 bar; -- THRUSRT PAD TEMT H-H – temperature > 75 °C;
-- MECH.HANDLE NOT NEUTRAL – the wheel handle on the -- ONE BOILER TRIP – one boiler is tripped;
LOP is not in zero position; -- STERN TUBE BEARING TEMP H-H – temperature > 60 °C;
-- HPT ROTOR EXCESS DISP. – ≥ 1 mm displacement; -- M/COND VACUUM L-L – < -660 mm Hg vacuum. • STEERING GEAR ALARMS: the panel is similar to the panel
on the wheel house console (see the paragraph 8.1 on
-- LPT ROTOR EXCESS DISP. – ≥ 1 mm displacement; • AUX. MACHINERY INDICATION:
page 51);
-- HPT ROTOR EXCESS VIB.VERY HIGH – ≥ 130 μm vibration; -- No 1 D/G READY TO START – DG is ready to start and
• S/G ALARM RESET – click to acknowledge the steering
-- LO PRESS VERY LOW – pressure < 0.5 bar; feed HV MSB No 1;
gear alarm and reset the safety system;
-- M / COND VACUUM VERY LOW – < -330 mm Hg vacuum; -- E/G READY TO START – EMCY gen. is ready to start;
• AUTO PILOT FAIL – indicator lamp to illuminate when auto
-- BOTH MAIN BOILER TRIP – both boilers are tripped; -- No 1 (2) T/G RUN – TG No 1 (No 2) is running; pilot system fails;
-- M / COND HOTWELL LEVEL VERY HIGH – > 500 mm; -- No 1 (2) D/G RUN – DG is running. • TRIP SYSTEM SOURCE FAIL INDICATION – to illuminate when
-- No 1 (2) MAIN BOILER STEAM DRUM LEV. V-H – > 250 mm; • AUX. MACHINERY RUN INDICATION: power is not available at:
-- OVER SPEED – speed > 101 rpm; -- BOW THRUSTER RUN; -- No 1 (2) HV MSB;
-- MANUAL TRIP W/H – turbine tripped from W/H; -- BOW THRUSTER HYD MOTOR RUN; -- No 1 (2) LV MSB;
-- MANUAL TRIP ECR – turbine tripped from ECR; • PROGRAM INTERLOCK INDICATION: -- ESBD;
-- MANUAL TRIP M/S – turbine tripped from LOP. -- MAIN STEAM PRESS LOW – pressure ≤ 57 bar. -- No 1 (2) GSP (group starter panel);
-- No 1 (2) HV CSB (cargo switch board);
-- No 1 (2) LV CSB.

26
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . Main Turbine Local Control
Main Turbine LOP
3. Main Turbine Local Control

Local control of the M/T includes the turbine LOP, reduc-
tion gear LOP and turning gear LOP.
3.1. Main Turbine LOP

Click the menu item Main Turbine LOP of the page ER1 to
open the local operating panels of the main turbine.
The MAIN TURBINE LOP panel contains:
• MAIN SHAFT REVOLUTION – rotor speed gauge;
• MANEUV VALVE – maneuvering valve open state gauge;
• Telegraph repeater; indicators on the repeater illumi-
nate according to the position of the main telegraph
handle at the Wheel house; click the SOUND STOP button
to confirm the order when operating at engine side;
• Indicator and alarm lamps to illuminate when:
-- W/H – control position at wheel house;
-- ECR – control position at ECR;
-- M/S – control position at machine side LOP;
-- TURBINE RESET – TURBINE RESET button was used;
safety system was reset;
-- MANEUV. VALVE CLOSE – the valve is closed;
-- TURNING GEAR ENGAGE; TURNING GEAR DISENGAGE.
• DIRECT CONTROL – two-position impulse operation
switch for ASTERN /AHEAD control of the maneuvering
valve in local control mode;

27
Main Turbine LOP
• CONTROL POSITION TRANSFER – two-position switch to • PACKING STEAM; 3.1.1. Faults Introduced by Instructor
activate the position transfer process: • HP BLEEDER; Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the
-- ECR – turn into this position to relinquish control to • BEARING LO INLET; paragraph 2.9.1 on page 330.
ECR; if CONTROL POSITION switch in ECR ENGINE CON-
• IP BLEEDER;
SOLE SECTION D (use menu item ECR D - Bottom of the
page ECR) is set to DIRECT, indicator ECR flashes once • GEAR OIL INLET;
and lights continuously; otherwise after a 20 sec. • LP BLEEDER;
delay control transfer is automatically declined; • MAIN COND. VACUUM.
-- M/S – turn into this position to request and acquire The EMCY MANEUVERING HANDLE in the bottom part of the
control; the commanding station automatically re- LOP models the maneuvering valve manual operation in
linquishes control. the case of emergency (if direct or lever control is impos-
• EMCY TRIP BY-PASS – two-position mode select switch sible). Rotate the wheel by the mouse clockwise to set the
to set automatic shutdown override; the indicator TRIP valve position AHEAD (as indicated on the wheel centre).
BY-PASS illuminates when safety system is by-passed; Rotate the wheel by the mouse counterclockwise to set
• EMCY TRIP – three-position impulse manual stop the valve position ASTERN. The scale indicates exact cur-
switch; the indicator EMCY TRIP illuminates when trip is rent values of the turning angle and direction.
executed; to reset, click the button TURBINE RESET; The panel M/T GLAND COND. EXH. FAN contains:
• TURBINE RESET – button; click to reset the safety system;
• Ammeter and Hour Meter gauges of the fan motor;
• LAMP TEST – button; not modeled.
• MAIN SWITCH – automatic CB to turn the fan power off/
The MAIN CONDENSER VACUUM panel in the central part of on; SOURCE lamp illuminates when power is on;
the LOP simulates the pressure gauge.
• START/RUN and STOP – buttons; click to operate the fan.
The right panel contains a set of gauges for monitoring Switch the power supply 440 V for the fan on the LV MSB
the main turbine operating pressures of: No 2 440V FEEDER PANEL right side (use menu item LV MSB
• MAIN STEAM; No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by the MT GLAND
COND. EXH FAN circuit breaker.
• HPT STEAM CHEST;
• AST.T. STEAM CHEST;
• HPT 1ST STAGE;

28
Reduction Gear & Turning Gear LOP
3.2. Reduction Gear &

Turning Gear LOP
Click the menu item RG Gauge Board of the page ER1 to open
the REDUCTION GEAR GAUGE BOARD and TURNING GEAR FOR
MAIN TURBINE MOTOR STARTER panels.
The REDUCTION GEAR GAUGE BOARD contains the gauges to

monitor the gear bearings’ temperatures:
• HP. 1G. FWD.BRG – working range 45~70 °C;
• HP. 1G. AFT.BRG – working range 45~70 °C;
• HP. 2G. FWD.BRG – working range 45~70 °C;
• HP. 2G. AFT.BRG – working range 45~70 °C;
• LP. 1G. FWD.BRG – working range 45~70 °C;
• LP. 1G. AFT.BRG – working range 45~70 °C;
• LP. 2G. FWD.BRG – working range 45~70 °C;
• LP. 2G. AFT.BRG – working range 45~70 °C;
• MG FWD BRG. – working range 45~50 °C;
The panel TURNING GEAR FOR MAIN TURBINE MOTOR STARTER contains: Note: The turning gear can be engaged and activated
• MG AFT BRG. – working range 45~50 °C;
only when the turbine control position is machine side.
• MAIN THRUST PAD – working range 45~70 °C; (scale • The ammeter to monitor the turning gear load;
0~150); • Hour Meter gauge; Switch power supply 440 V for the TURNING GEAR
FOR MAIN TURBINE MOTOR STARTER from the ESB 440V
• MAIN THRUST BRG. – working range 45~50 °C; • SPACE HEATER – two-position switch to turn the heater OFF/
FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC440V Feeder
• MAIN LUB OIL INLET – working range 40~45 °C; ON, and indicator lamp, which illuminates when the heater is
Panel of the page EmG) by ST FOR TURNING GEAR cir-
turned ON;
• GEAR SPRAY OIL INLET – working range 40~45 °C. cuit breaker.
• SOURCE indicator lamp, which illuminates when the turning
Note: The abbreviations stand for: FWD – forepeak; AFT –
gear unit is powered and ready for use;
after peak; BRG – bearing.
• REVERSE, STOP and FORWARD buttons; click to start/stop turn-
ing in respective direction when the gear is engaged; the active
button illuminates;
• MAIN SWITCH – power CB; 3.2.1. Faults Introduced by Instructor
• DISENGAGE /ENGAGE – two-position handle switch; set the han- Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the
dle in required position using the mouse. paragraph 2.9.2 on page 330.

29
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . Steam Plant
Specification
4. Steam Plant Boiler Technical Data
Load Max 100% Nor 75% Nor 50% Nor 25% Nor
4.1. Specification Total 61 500 50000 37 500 25 000 12 500
Evaporation SH Steam kg/h 59 500 49 000 36 500 24 000 11 500
The Steam Plant contains:
DSH 2 000 1 000 1 000 1 000 1 000
• 2 x Main Boiler: type MB-4E-KS2; Steam Drum 69.4 66.7 64.4 62.8 61.8
each boiler comprising: kg/cm2g
Pressure SH Outlet 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5 61.5
-- Base Burner, No 2 Burner, No 3 Burner: Eco. Inlet 139.8 139.8 139.8 139.8 139.8
Water &
fuel oil and/or LNG firing burners; SH Inlet 284.9 282.3 280.0 278.3 277.3
Steam °C
-- Superheater. SH Outlet 515.0 515.0 515.0 494.7 450.3
Temperature
DSH 292.9 288.4 288.4 288.4 288.4
• 2 x Economizer;
• 3 x Forced Draft Fan;
• 2 x Main Feed Water Pump: 184 m3/h x 86.4 kg/cm2;
4.2. Boilers Control Position 4.2.1. Position Change Over
• 2 x Fuel Oil Pump: 13.5 m3/h x 28 kg/cm2; Boilers operation position change over
The boilers can be supervised:
• 2 x Fuel Oil Heater; can be performed on the BGB and BOP.
• Remotely from the ECR consoles Boiler Op-
• 2 x Steam Air Heater; After the initial start of the boiler is com-
eration Panel (BOP) and Boiler Monitoring
pleted on BGB, change the position from
• Uptakes comprising Soot blower and NOx removal system. Panel (see the section 5 on page 33);
BGB to ECR for remote supervision.
The following systems are integral part of the Steam Plant: • Remotely from the Integrated Automation
System (IAS) (see Chapter 2 of this manual) – On the BOP it is also possible to request
• Main Boiler Control System; control from BGB, but not possible to
only master gas valve is controlled;
• Superheated Steam System; relinquish control.
• Locally from the Boiler Gauge Board (BGB)
• Desuperheated Steam & Steam Drum System;
(see the section 6 on page 40).
• High Pressure Exhaust Steam & Bleed System;
Steam Plant systems can be operated:
• General Service Steam System;
• Remotely using the Integrated Automation
• Gland Packing & Leak-Off System;
System, see Chapter 2;
• Main Condensate System;
• Locally from the system diagrams and local
• Condensate Water System; control/opreation panels, see Chapter 4.
• Boiler Feed Water System;
• Boiler Fuel Oil Service System;
• Boiler Fuel Gas Service System;
• Selective Catalytic NOx Removal System.

30
Main Boiler Control System
4.3. Main Boiler Control System 4.3.1. Burner Management System 4.3.4. Fuel Change Over
The Main Boiler Control System (MBCS) makes automa- The BMS makes the remote operation of three LNG/FO Normally, fuel mode should be changed from FO to DUAL;
tion of the oil and gas burners. combination burners. A dual programmable controller from DUAL to FO; from GAS to DUAL; from DUAL to GAS.
enables sequential operation of LNG/FO combination The change over instructions are initiated on the ECR
The system consists of the functions:
burner and burner piston valves intelocking with the boil- Boiler Operation Panel by respective buttons. For each
• BMS (Burner Management System) – to control each er protective system. The ABC (Automatic Boiler Control) fuel mode change over, following conditions are neces-
burner automatically or manually by BMS including a and monitoring system display sequence flow and inter- sary to prevent ACC fluctuation.
safety system; locking operation to the BGB graphic panel.
• ACC (Automatic Conbustion Control) – to control auto-
4.3.4.1. FO to DUAL
matically the fuel (oil or gas) combustion; 4.3.2. Burner Control Mode -- Burner control AUTO;
• SDC (Steam Dump Control) – to control excess steam Automatic mode can be selected in ECR only. The burners -- Fuel mode FO;
automatically; No 2 and No 3 are started/stopped with ACC system. Also -- Boiler Gas Valve OPEN;
FO and Gas ration is controlled by ACC.
• STC (Steam Temperature Control) – to control super- -- GAS ignition OKsignal from ACC.
heated steam temperature automatically; Manual mode is selected in ECR. In this mode burner can
• FWC (Feed Water Control) – to control steam drum operate by individual operator’s manual instruction. In 4.3.4.2. DUAL to GAS
water level automatically; BGB operation is only manual. BMS sends ‘FO Burner Extinguish Request’ to ACC. ACC
should change FO and Gas ratio to FO minimum.
• FOP (FO Pump discharge pressure Control) – to con-
trol FO Pump discharge pressure automatically.
4.3.3. Fuel Mode If ACC can accept to stop FO burners, ACC sends ‘FO
Fuel mode means to indicate actual operated fuel condi- Burner Extinguish OK’ to BMS. Then BMS stops the FO
The MBCS is intergated with IAS.
tion and to change operated fuel in burner automatic con- burners. So, following conditions are necessary:
trol. The following modes are modeled:
-- Burner contro AUTO;
• FO: only HFO is used;
-- Fuel mode DUAL;
• DUAL: HFO and LNG are used;
-- ‘FO Burner Extinguish OK’ signal from ACC (FO fir-
• GAS: only LNG is used. ing minimum).
In case of manual control the fuel mode is to indicate ac- If ACC accept signal is not returned within 180 sec, this
tual operated fuel condition only. change over sequence is cancelled.

31
Boiler Operating Procedures
4.3.4.3. GAS to DUAL 4.4. Boiler Operating Procedures

-- Burner control AUTO; The following procedures are described in the simulator
-- Fuel mode GAS; (see Chapter 5, the section 2 on page 285:
-- FO shur-off valve OPEN; • Boiler Preparing for Service;
-- FO ignition OK signal from ACC (FO C/V ignition • Starting Boiler from Dead Ship Condition;
position)
• Starting Burners from ECR.
4.3.4.4. DUAL to FO
BMS sends ‘GAS Burner Extinguish Request’ to ACC. ACC 4.5. Boiler Alarms & Faults
should change FO and Gas ratio to GAS minimum. Introduced by Instructor
If ACC can accept to stop GAS burners, ACC sends ‘GAS The list of alarms is provided in Chapter 6, section 1.
Burner Extinguish OK’ to BMS. Then BMS stops the GAS
The list of faults is provided in Chapter 6, section 2.
burners. So, following conditions are necessary:
-- Burner contro AUTO;
-- Fuel mode DUAL;
-- ‘GAS Burner Extinguish OK’ signal from ACC (GAS
firing minimum).
If ACC accept signal is not returned within 180 sec, this
change over sequence is cancelled.

32
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . Steam Plant Remote Control at ECR
Boilers Control Console Section C
5. Steam Plant Remote

Control at ECR
1
5.1. Boilers Control Console Section C
In the simulator ECR console section C contains the boil-
ers monitoring panel (upper part) and boilers operation 3 3
panel (bottom part). The upper part is used for monitoring
the system. The bottom part is used for remote operation
of the boilers, burners, valves, and to setpoint the control-
lers for system automatic operation.
5.1.1. Boiler Operation Panel 2

Click the menu item ECR C - Bottom of the page ECR to open
the display ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION C - BOTTOM with the
BOILER OPERATION PANEL mimic board, which contains:
• 1 Command buttons in the central part;

• 2 Common controls in the central part;
• 3 NO 1 BOILER and NO 2 BOILER similar sets of controls;
• 4 Two sets of valve controllers in the bottom part,
each set for one boiler;
4 4
• ACKN – button to acknowledge alarms on the panel;
• Main steam (red color) and FW (light blue color)
pipelines with valves and light indicators of state and
alarm conditions.
Each part is described below.

33
The references to the diagrams [FO] and [Gas] below are 5.1.1.2. How to Program Controllers 5.1.1.3. Common Controls 2
related to the Boiler Fuel Oil Service System (see the figure
Controllers can be setpoint at any time. • MASTER – programmable controller of the
Diagram [FO] on page 36) and Boiler Fuel Gas Service System
MASTER DUMP pressure SP kg/cm2 for both
(see the figure Diagram [Gas] on page 36) of the page SYS. Operate the arrow buttons to modify the
boilers; the PV bars display actual pres-
setpoint on the SP bar. The PV bar displays
sure in No 1 and No 2 boilers;
5.1.1.1. Command buttons 1 present value of the parameter. Color of the
bar indicates normal and alarm zones of the • STEAM DUMP – valve position bar V/V (%);
parameter value: click the illuminated button M to operate
the valve manually using the arrow but-
tons below; click the button A to set the
valve for automatic operation according to
the MASTER controller setting;
• BLR LOAD – in the simulator the boilers
load bias is not modeled; it is indicated at
• MASTER GAS CONT. POSITION – illuminated buttons to 50% always;
select the master gas valve control position between: • FO REC – programmable controller of the
On horizontal controllers the top bar display
-- BOP– control from this panel; the setpoint value, and the bottom bar dis- FO RECIRCULATING valve 215B on diagram
-- IAS – control from IAS displays: M/B FURNACE/UPTAKE plays the present parameter state. Bar colors [FO]; setpoint FO pressure in the line; the
- M13 and BOILER FO SERVICE SYSTEM - M16 (Chapter 2). bottom bars display actual pressure;
are constant.
• MASTER GAS V/V – illuminated buttons OPEN /CLOSE to The valve position bar is presented below
operate the valve in BOP mode; the controller; click the illuminated button
M to operate the valve manually using the
• 2 x BLR GAS V/V – illuminated buttons OPEN /CLOSE to
arrow buttons; click the button A to set the
operate the gas supply valves 211B–1, 211B–2 to the Fuel
valve for automatic operation according to
Gas Headers on diagram [Gas];
the FO REC controller setting.
• MASTER N2 PURGE – illuminated button ON; click to start
purging the main boil-off LNG gas supply line through
380B valve on diagram [Gas] with N2; the OFF indicator
illuminates when purging automatically stops;
• 2 x HDR N2 PURGE – illuminated button ON; click to start
purging the gas header sypply lines through valves
212B–1, 212B-2 on diagram [Gas] with N2; the OFF indi-
cator illuminates when purging automatically stops.

34
5.1.1.4. Boiler Controls 3 5.1.1.5. Valve Controllers 4

The descripion given below is for the NO 1 BOILER. Controls The descripion given below is for the
of the NO 2 BOILER are similar to NO 1 BOILER. valve controllers of NO 1 BOILER. Con-
trollers of the NO 2 BOILER are similar to
• FO SHUT V/V – illuminated buttons OPEN /CLOSE to oper-
NO 1 BOILER.
ate the FO shut-off valve 222B–1 for the FO header on
diagram [FO]; • BGB – inidicator illuminated when
• No 2 BNR, BASE BNR, No 3 BNR boxes; each box contains: control position is local from BGB;
-- GAS – illuminated buttons ON /OFF to operate pairs of • ECR – illuminated button; click to
gas supply valves 214B# on diagram [FO]; request control;
-- F.O. – illuminated buttons ON /OFF to operate pairs of • Valves operated by controllers,
gas supply valves 225B# on diagram [Gas]. when button A is pressed and illumi-
nated; or operated using the arrow
• FUEL MODE – illuminated buttons to select the fuel sup-
buttons close/open, when button M
ply mode: F.O.; DUAL; GAS;
is pressed and illuminated;
• BNR AUTO – illuminated button; click to set the burners
The top bar displays the setpoint
automatic operation; control from this panel and BGB
value; the bottom bar displays the
is disabled;
valve position.
• BNR MANU – illuminated button; click to control the
Some of the controllers are setpoint on
burners from this panel or BGB depending on the se-
the IAS displays (see Chapter 2).
lection of the control position;
• BGB – inidicator illuminated when control position is
local from BGB;
• ECR – illuminated button; click to request control;
• FUEL/AIR RATIO – programmable controller; operate
the arrow buttons to modify the ratio setpoint;
• DRUM LEVEL – programmable drum vater level control-
ler; operate the arrow buttons to modify the setpoint;
the controller operates the feed water valve;
The LED indicators illuminate when high, extremely
high, low and extremely low water level is reached.
• STC SET – programmable Steam Temperature Control-
ler; operate the arrow buttons to modify the setpoint.

35
222B
225B 220B
215B
211B
208B 225B 220B
214B 212B
222B
Mast. Diagram [FO]

Gas (use menu item Boiler FO Service System of the page SYS)
380B
214B 212B
208B
Diagram [Gas]
211B
(use menu item Boiler Fuel Gas Service System of the page SYS)

36
5.1.2. Boiler Monitor Panel

Click the menu item ECR C - Upper of the page ECR to open
the display ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION C - UPPER with the
BOILER MONITORING PANEL mimic board, which contains:
• Steam supply lines with valves and indicators;

• Alarm indicators start flashing in the case of alarm;
when acknowledged on this panel or on the bottom
part of the panel, illuminate continuously until the ab-
normal condition returns to normal;
• ACKN – button to acknowledge alarms on the panel.
The monitoring panels are also available in ER3 (use
menu item Boiler Gauge Board Upper of the page ER3) and in
IAS (use menu item BURNER MONITORING of the page IAS).

37
Forced Draft Fans
5.2. Forced Draft Fans 5.3. Boilers EMCY Trip

The general description of a starter panel and a push but- Click the menu item ECR D - Upper of the page ECR to open the
ton box controls is given in Chapter 4, the paragraph 1.3 on display ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D - UPPER, which contains:
page 160.
• MANU TRIP – buttons No 1 MAIN BOILER and No 2 MAIN
Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 1/3 Group Starter Panel of BOILER with protection cover each; click once to open the
the page MSB to open the starter panels. cover; click second time to trip the boiler(s) in the case
of emergency shutting off FO and gas supply;
• No 1 BOILER FD FAN;
• GAS TRIP – buttons No 1 MAIN BOILER, No 2 MAIN BOILER and
• No 3 BOILER FD FAN.
MASTER GAS V/V TRIP with protection cover each; click
Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel of once to open the cover; click second time to shut-off the
the page MSB to open the starter panel. boilers’ gas supply; the boiler(s) continue to operate if
• No 2 BOILER FD FAN. set to FO or DUAL mode.
The panels additionally contain:
• LOC/REM – two-position mode select switch; in LOC
mode the fan is operated from the MSB starter or
push button panel (use menu item Boilers Fans PB of the
page ER3); in REM mode the fan is operated from ECR.
the display ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D - UPPER, which
contains:
• No 1 BOILER F.D. FAN, No 2 BOILER F.D. FAN panels; each
panel comprising:
-- REMOTE – indicator lamp to illuminate when the F.D.
fan is controlled from this console;
-- START/RUN illuminated button and STOP button to op-
erate the fan.
• No 3 BOILER F.D. FAN panel comprising:
The feeder fan panels additionally con-
-- REMOTE – indicator lamp to illuminate when the F.D. tain alarm lamps to illuminate when
fan is controlled from this console; (actuated by the faults from instructor):
-- START/RUN HIGH, START/RUN LOW illuminated buttons
• MOTOR HIGH TEMP;
and STOP button to operate the two-speed fan.
• LOW INSULATION.

38
Soot Blower Control Panel
5.4. Soot Blower Control Panel -- CONTROL POSITION – buttons to select:

LOCAL – click to control from the push button panel
Click the menu item Soot Blower Control Panel of the page
(use menu item Soot Blowers PB of the page ER3),
ECR to open the SOOT BLOWER CONTROL PANEL .
see the paragraph 6.3 on page 46;
The panel contains: ECR – click to control from this panel.
• AC 440V MAIN SOURCE and AC 220V MAIN SOURCE indicator -- LONG SOOT BLOWER – button EMERG RETRACT to stop
lamps; and retract the superheater L1, L2 units in the case
• SOOT BLOWER STEAM SUPPLY gauge; of emergency;
• Mimic board with two similar sets of controls for No 2 -- BY-PASS – set of buttons; click required buttons to
BOILER and No 1 BOILER; each set comprising: by-pass respective blowing stages.
-- Alarm and state indicators to illuminate when: • 440 V and 220 V automatic circuit breakers to power the
blowers and the panel;
MOTOR OVERLOAD – activated by instructor;
• FLICKER STOP – button; click to acknowledge alarms; at
STM PRESS LOW – < 30 bar;
that the alarm lamps light continuously till alarms are
SB ABNOR – any soot blower common failure;
reset by the ALARM RESET button;
L - SB TIME EXCEED, R - SB TIME EXCEED – the condi-
• ALARM RESET – button; click to reset alarms;
tions are activated by the faults from instructor;
• TEST – three-position switch to test for healthy condi-
CONTROL SOURCE – control power is available;
tion of: BZ: alarm buzzer; LAMP;or testing is OFF.
SEQ. RUN – full blowing sequence mode is on.
Switch power supply 440 V for the SOOT BLOWER CONTROL
-- Indicator LEDs for each operating stage of the blow- PANEL on the LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item
ing process in the boiler (BLR), superheater (SH) and LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by SOOT
economizer (ECO) units; BLOWER PANEL circuit breaker.
L1, L2 units are operating for 10 min each; R1 ~ R6
Switch power supply 220 V for the SOOT BLOWER CONTROL
unis are operating for 1 min each. PANEL on either of:
-- Indicator LEDs for the valves’ state, which are oper-
• LV MSB No 2 220V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB
ated automatically when control position is in ECR;
No. 1 & No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by
-- CONT MODE – buttons to set the blowers automatic SOOT BLOWER RELAY PANEL circuit breaker;
operating mode when control position is in ECR:
• ESB 220V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC220V Feed-
No 2 BLR; No 1 BLR – to select one of the boilers for
er Panel of the page EmG) by SOOT BLOWER RELAY PANEL
blowing; SEQ. START – to set the full blowing mode for selected
circuit breaker.
BOTH BLR – to select both boilers for blowing; the blower(s);
boilers are blowed sequentially; ECO START – to set the blowing mode for economizer only.
The faults introduced by instructor are listed in Chapter 6,
the paragraph 2.4.2 on page 322.

39
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . Steam Plant Local Control
Boiler Gauge Board (BGB)
6. Steam Plant Local Control 6.1.1. Bottom Graphic Panel • No 2 BNR, BASE BNR, No 3 BNR boxes; each box contains:
-- GAS – illuminated buttons ON /OFF to operate pairs of
Click the menu item Boiler Gauge Board Bottom of the page
6.1. Boiler Gauge Board (BGB) ER3 to open the display with the BOILER GAUGE BOARD gas supply valves 214B# on diagram [FO];
GRAPHIC PANEL (BOTTOM) mimic (see the figure BGB bottom -- F.O. – illuminated buttons ON /OFF to operate pairs of
The BGB contains monitoring instruments, graphic opera-
on page 41). gas supply valves 225B# on diagram [Gas] (see the
tion panel and relay units necessary for machine-side op-
figure Diagram [Gas] on page 36).
eration of the oil and gas burner. The boiler graphic opera- The panel is similar to the BOILER OPERATION PANEL in ECR
tion panel is used for: (see the description in the paragraph 5.1.1 on page 33). • FUEL MODE – indicators of the fuel supply mode: F.O.;
DUAL; GAS;
• ABC (automatic boiler control) operation AUTO and The panel contains:
• BNR AUTO – indicator of the burners automatic opera-
MANUAL;
• 1 NO 1 BOILER and NO 2 BOILER similar sets of controls; tion; when illuminated, control from this panel and
• FO burner operation; BOP is disabled;
• 2 Common controls in the central part;
• GAS burner operation; • BNR MANU – indicator of the burner manual operation;
• 3 Two sets of valve controllers in the bottom part,
• Selection of control position; each set for one boiler; when illuminated the burners can be controlled from
• ABC emergency operation using EMCY operation panel this panel or BOP depending on the selection of the
• ACKN – button to acknowledge alarms on the panel;
to start/shut-off the FO burner when BMS (burner man- control position;
• FO TEMP BY-PASS – switch to turn OFF/ON the burners
agement system) controller cannot be used; • BGB – illuminated button; click to request control from
trip condition caused by the FO low-low temperature;
• Flame scanner by-pass operation. this panel;
when by-pass mode is ON, operation position cannot
In the simulator BGB graphic panel is divided into top and by changed to Remote (BOP); • ECR – illuminated button; click to relinquish control to
bottom parts. BOP in ECR (see the paragraph 5.1.1 on page 33);
• No 3 FAN MODE – switch to start the feeder draft fan
No 3 for operation on No 1 or No 2 boilers in the case of • FUEL/AIR RATIO – programmable controller; operate
Switch power supply 220 V for the BGB No 1 on either of:
respective FD FAN trip; at that the fan trip LED and No 3 the arrow buttons to modify the ratio setpoint;
• LV MSB No 1 220V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB FAN MODE indicator LED illuminate on the panel; • DRUM LEVEL – programmable drum vater level control-
No. 1 & No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by No 1 ler; operate the arrow buttons to modify the setpoint;
• Main steam (red color) and FW (light blue color)
BOILER CP circuit breaker; the controller operates the feed water valve;
pipelines with valves and light indicators of state and
• ESB 220V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC220V Feeder alarm conditions. The LED indicators illuminate when high, extremely
Panel of the page EmG) by BOILER CP No 1 circuit breaker. high, low and extremely low water level is reached.
Switch power supply 220 V for the BGB No 2 on either of: 6.1.1.1. Boiler Controls 1
• STC SET – programmable Steam Temperature Control-
The descripion given below is for the NO 1 BOILER. Controls ler; operate the arrow buttons to modify the setpoint.
• LV MSB No 2 220V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB
of the NO 2 BOILER are similar to NO 1 BOILER.
No. 1 & No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by No 2
BOILER CP circuit breaker; • FO SHUT V/V – illuminated buttons OPEN /CLOSE to oper-
• ESB 220V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC220V Feeder ate the FO shut-off valve 222B–1 for the FO header on
Panel of the page EmG) by BOILER CP No 2 circuit breaker. diagram [FO] (see the figure Diagram [FO] on page 36);

40
6.1.1.2. Common Controls 2

• MASTER – controller displaying the MASTER DUMP pres-
sure SP kg/cm2 for both boilers; the PV bars display
actual pressure in No 1 and No 2 boilers; controller is
programmed on the BOP (see the paragraph 5.1.1.5 on
page 35); 1 1
• STEAM DUMP – valve position bar V/V (%); click the illu-
minated button M to operate the valve manually using
the arrow buttons below; click the button A to set the
valve for automatic operation according to the MASTER
controller setting;
2
• BLR LOAD – in the simulator the boilers load bias is not
modeled; it is indicated at 50% always;
• FO REC – programmable controller of the FO RECIR-
CULATING valve 215B on diagram [FO]; setpoint FO
pressure in the line; the bottom bars display actual
pressure;
The valve position bar is presented below the control-
ler; click the illuminated button M to operate the valve
manually using the arrow buttons; click the button A to
3 3
set the valve for automatic operation according to the
FO REC controller setting.
6.1.1.3. Valve Controllers 3

The descripion of the valve controllers is given in the
paragraph 5.1.1.5 on page 35. Controllers of the NO 1 BOIL-
ER are similar to NO 2 BOILER.
On this panel the illuminated buttons are used to switch

control position:
BGB bottom
• BGB – click to request control from this panel;
• ECR – click to relinquish control to BOP in ECR (see the
paragraph 5.1.1 on page 33).

41
6.1.2. Upper Graphic Panel

Click the menu item Boiler Gauge Board Upper of the page
ER3 to open the display with the BOILER GAUGE BOARD
GRAPHIC PANEL (UPPER) mimic.
The panel is similar to the BOILER MONITOR PANEL in ECR

(see the description in the paragraph 5.1.2 on page 37).
Use the buttons F/E BY-PASS to disable the flameout trip of
the respective boiler burners. When by-pass mode is ON,
operation position cannot by changed to Remote (BOP);
Use the button ACKN to acknowledge alarms on BGB. The
flashing lamps light continuously.

42
6.1.3. Boiler EMCY Operation Panel

Click the menu item Boiler EMCY Operation Panel of the page
ER3 to open the display BOILER GAUGE BOARD.
The board panel contains controls for operation of Boiler

No 1 and Boiler No 2 in the cases of emergency EMS and
ABC modes. The description given is for the BOILER No 1
part of the panel. BOILER No 2 part is similar to No 1.
The BOILER No 1 panel part contains:
• Pressure gauges for monitoring:
-- DESH STEAM PRESS;
-- ATOMIZING PRESS;
-- FO PRESS;
-- STEAM DRUM PRESS;
-- No 1 MFW PRESS;
-- SH STEAM PRESS;
• Bar graphs to graphically indicate:
-- FDF OUTLET – forced draft fan outlet pressure;
-- DEAERATOR LEVEL;
-- DWL – distilled water level;
-- FG PRESS – fuel gas pressure;
-- BOG COM PRESS – boil-off gas common pressure.
• FLAME EYE METER three groups of alarm lamps to illu-
minate when flame is ON for No 2 BURNER, BASE BURN-
ER, No 3 BURNER; each group comprising:
-- ## EYE IR (1) and ## EYE IR (2) – infra red sensors;
-- ## EYE UV (1) and ## EYE UV (2) – ultra violet sensors.
• EMERGENCY OPERATION PANEL comprising:
-- ABC EMERG MODE – two-position selector switch:
NOR: normal Automatic Boiler Control operation;
EMERG: operation in the case of ABC failure.

43
-- BMS EMERG MODE – three-position switch: 6.1.4. Instructions for Operation The CAUTION PLATE OF ABC EMERGENCY MODE contains in-
NOR: normal Boiler Management structions for operating only when both No 1 ABC CPU
System operation;
is Emergency Modes and No 2 ABC CPU TRIP are out of order (in the case of
The CAUTION PLATE OF BMS EMERGENCY MODE contains in- BMS CPU is operated normally).
PURGE: start purge manually;
structions for operating only when both No 1 BMS CPU
BURN: start burner manually. 1. Change ABC EMERG MODE switch to EMERG.
and No 2 BMS CPU TRIP are out of order.
-- PURGE FINISH – indicator lamp; 2. On the BOILER GAUGE BOARD GRAPHIC PANEL (BOTTOM)
1. Start FD FAN and FO PUMP. mimic (see the paragraph 6.1.1 on page 40):
-- F.O. SHUT V/V – two-position switch to CLOSE /OPEN the
2. Change ABC EMERG MODE switch to EMERG. ›› Click the button BASE BURNER ON and hold > 3 sec.
FO supply valve;
3. Change BMS EMERG MODE switch to PURGE. ›› Full open the AIR FLOW to conduct furnace purge using
-- No 2 BURNER; BASE BURNER; No 3 BURNER similar
switches for each: 4. Full open F.D. FAN inlet valve to conduct furnace Decrease/Increase arrow buttons.
purge ( AIR FLOW valve on Boiler Gauge Board, ›› Confirm burner draft loss for furnace purge.
IGNITER: to turn igniter OFF/ON;
see the paragraph 6.1.1.3 on page 41).
F.O. V/V: to CLOSE /OPEN the valve. ›› Click the button BASE BURNER ON and hold > 3 sec.
5. Change BMS EMERG MODE switch to BURN after
The central part of the display contains two caution plates ›› Adjust AIR FLOW and FO FLOW using Decrease/Increase
the lamp PURGE FINISH has illuminated.
and two-position switches: arrow buttons for ignition air and ignition FO rate.
Note: Furnace purge should be sufficiently conducted.
›› Confirm the ignition air and ignition FO rate.
• No 1 BOILER MANU TRIP; 6. Change F.O. SHUT V/V switch to OPEN.
›› Click the button BASE BURNER ON and hold > 3 sec.
• MASTER GAS MANU TRIP; 7. Change IGNITER switch to ON for BASE BURNER,
3. If the FO burner does not ignite by above
• No 2 BOILER MANU TRIP. and change F.O. V/V switch to OPEN.
process, restart the operation from 2.
Turn the respective switch into TRIP position to manually Attention! Keep F.O. V/V open not excess 10 sec max.
Note: If burner fails to light-off, furnace must be repurged
trip the boilers and/or shut off the master gas valve. 8. If the FO burner does not ignite by above prior to repeating ignition sequence.
process, restart the operation from 3.
Other burners can be started in sequence, as required.
To transfer the control position (if required) to the Boiler
gauge board in ER3 (or Boiler Operation Panel in ECR)
turn the ABC EMERG MODE switch to NOR position.

44
Boilers Fans Push Button & Starter Panels
6.2. Boilers Fans Push

Button & Starter Panels
The general description of a starter panel and a push but-
ton box controls is given in Chapter 4, the paragraph 1.3 on
page 160.
Click the menu item Boilers Fans PB of the page ER3 to open
the push button panels of:
• F.D. FAN No 1; F.D. FAN No 2; F.D. FAN No 3 – see the de-
scription is the paragraph 5.2 on page 38;
• SEAL AIR FAN No 1;
• SEAL AIR FAN No 2;
• BOG EXH FAN No 1;
• BOG EXH FAN No 2.
Click the menu item LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel of the
page MSB to open the starter:
• No 2 BOILER SEAL AIR FAN.
page MSB to open the starters:
• No 1 BOILER SEAL AIR FAN;
• No 1 BOG EXTRACTION FAN.
page MSB to open the starter:
• No 2 BOG EXTRACTION FAN.

45
Soot Blowers Push Button Panels
6.3. Soot Blowers Push Button Panels

ton box controls is given in Chapter 4, the paragraph 1.3 on
page 160.
Click the menu item Soot Blowers PB of the page ER3 to

open the push button panels of No 2 BOILER and No 1 BOILER
identical sets of boxes; for each boiler the set contains:
• L 1 SOOT BLOWER and L 2 SOOT BLOWER with buttons to:
-- START : click to start the blower;
-- EMCY RETRACT : click to stop in the case of emergen-
cy and retract the blower.
• R1 SOOT BLOWER; R2 SOOT BLOWER; R3 SOOT BLOWER;
R4 SOOT BLOWER; R5 SOOT BLOWER; R6 SOOT BLOWER –
panels, each comprising:
-- START button.
To operate the soot blowers from PB panels the control
position LOCAL should be selected on the ECR panel (use
menu item Soot Blower Control Panel of the page ECR; see
the paragraph 5.4 on page 39). In local control mode the
steam supply valves 284B-1 and 284B-2 should be operated
manually on the desuperheated steam diagram (use menu
item Desuperheated Steam & Steam Dump System of the page
SYS), see the description in Chapter 4 .

46
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . Bow Thruster
Bow Thruster Controller at WH
7. Bow Thruster • MAIN MOTOR AMPERE panel comprising:

-- P and S LED – illuminate to indicate Port and Stbd
The Thruster unit is KT-187B3 model, 4 bladed, direction of the CPP, while the button is pressed;
skewed CPP type; input power 1 800 kW, 880 rpm;
-- Digital indicator – by default displays the cur-
power supply AC6600V, 3Ph, 60Hz; with remote con-
rent A value; while the BLADE ANGLE button is
trol system of electric-hydraulic, follow-up type.
pressed, displays the CPP blade angle value;
The BT is operated remotely from the WH controller -- BLADE ANGLE button – click and hold to display
panel and locally from the BT room starter panel. the CPP blade angle on the indicator.
• EM’CY STOP panel with the EMCY STOP button with
7.1. Bow Thruster Controller at WH protection cover: click once to open the cover;
Click on the menu item BCC SG BT Panel of the page click second time to stop the thruster motor in the
BCC to open the wheel house control console with the case of emergency;
THRUSTER CONTROLLER panel. • ALARM panel with the lamps to illuminate when:
The panel contains: -- AC SOURCE FAIL – supply from LPD–1 AC 220 V
POWER DIST. PANEL is switched OFF;
• INDICATOR panel with lamps to illuminate when:
-- DC SOURCE FAIL – supply from DC – 1 DIST. PANEL
-- CONTROL SOURCE – control power is ON;
is switched OFF;
-- BLADE NEUTRAL – CPP blades are at 0 position;
-- MAIN MOTOR START FAIL;
-- ALC OPERATE – automatic load control system
-- MAIN MOTOR OVERLOAD – current ≥ 1.12 Inom;
is ON;
-- HYD.PP LOW PRESS – pressure ≤ 4kg/cm2;
-- FAN RUN – the fan is running;
-- HEADER TK LOW LEVEL – oil level ≤ 18L;
-- MAIN SOURCE – main motor power is available;
-- HYD.PP OVERLOAD;
-- POWER AVAIL. – PMS signals that sufficient
power is available to start main motor (2 gen- -- CONTROL SYSTEM FAIL;
erators are ON); -- MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP– windings temp. ≥
-- START READY SIGNAL – motor is ready to start; 110 °C;
-- AUTO ZERO PITCH – sets zero pitch when motor -- HYD.OIL HIGH TEMP – temperature ≥ 65 °C.
is stopped. • CONT.STATION panel comprising:
-- WH button – click to set control from WH;
the button illuminates; remote control mode
should be set on the local starter panel (see the
paragraph 7.4 on page 50);

47
Bow Thruster Controller at WH
-- PORTABLE indicator lamp – control from portable

LOP is not modeled;
• CONTROL POWER panel comprising:
7.2. Bow Thruster Indicators at ECR
-- STOP button with protection cover: click once to open
Click the menu item ECR E - Upper of the page ECR to open
-- LOCAL indicator lamp – illuminates when BT is con- the cover; click second time to operate the button:
the display with AUX. MACHINERY RUN INDICATION panel,
trolled from the LOP or MSB panel. switch OFF control power suppy;
which contains indicator lamps:
• CONT.MODE panel with buttons: -- ON button to switch control power ON; the button
illuminates when power is ON; • BOW THRUSTER RUN;
-- FOLLOW – click to control using the PITCH CONTROL
tiller: rotate by the mouse to required position; • PITCH CONTROL panel comprising: • BOW THRUSTER HYD MOTOR RUN.
-- NON FOLLOW – click to control by the PORT and STBD -- Tiller handle – turn to change the pitch in FOLLOW
buttons (below the tiller): click and hold the re- opeartion mode;
quired button to change the pitch; release the but- -- Use PORT and STBD impulse buttons to operate in
ton to fix the value; NON FOLLOW opeartion mode.
-- POWER REQUEST – click to send the power request Switch emergency 24 VDC power supply for the BT panel on:
to PMS for sufficient power supply to start the BT
main motor. • BD - 1 DC 24V (use menu item BD - 1 DC24 V of the page
BCC) by ELECTRONIC CABINET FOR BOW THRUSTER CB.
• PITCH INDICATOR panel comprising the scale to display
the CPP blade angle and direction; 7.1.1. Bow Thruster Starting Sequence
• The buttons are not modeled: LAMP BUZZER TEST; 1. Switch ON (click) CONTROL POWER.
BUZZER STOP; FLICKER STOP;
2. Start HYD.PUMP RUN (click).
• Buttons to operate the hydraulic pump and main
3. Click POWER REQUEST.
motor:
4. Wait for POWER AVAILABLE lamp to illuminate.
-- STOP with protection cover: click once to open the
cover; click second time to operate the button: stop 5. Start THRUSTER RUN (click).
motors; 6. Control in FU or NFU mode.
-- HYD.PUMP RUN – click to run the pump; the button Note: Bow thruster motor is powered by AC 6600V from HV
illuminates when the pump is running; MSB. Two generators should be on the HV bus to provide suffi-
-- MAIN MOTOR RUN – click to run the thruster motor; cient power supply AC 6600V for the bow thruster.
the button illuminates when the motor is running;

48
Bow Thruster Starter at MSB
7.3. Bow Thruster Starter at MSB • Indicator lamps:

-- SOURCE – control power is available;
Click on the menu item HV MSB Bow Thruster & No. 1
Ballast Pump Panel of the page MSB to open the BOW -- POVER AVAILABLE – sufficient power is available
THRUSTER STARTER PANEL , which contains: for the motor start; two generators should be
feeding the HV bus;
• A set of buttons to operate from this panel (CON-
-- POWER REQUEST – the request for available pow-
TROL POSITION switch it set to HVMSB):
er is in process;
-- BT OPEN/STOP and BT CLOSE/RUN – to operate the
-- POWER FUSE BLOW – fault from instructor.
Vacuum CB and stop/start the thruster;
• Multirelay (see the operation description in Chap-
-- HYD OIL PUMP OPEN/STOP and HYD OIL PUMP CLOSE/
ter 3, the paragraph 4.2.5 on page 114);
RUN – to operate the pump and valve;
• VCB ABNORMAL (RESET) – button; click to reset the
-- BT RM FAN OPEN/STOP and BT RM FAN CLOSE/RUN –
VCB after an abnormal opening: the TRIP LED il-
to operate the room fan and valve.
luminates red on the multirelay;
• SPACE HEATER – indicator lamp to illuminate when
• VCB CONTROL – two-position OPEN /CLOSE impulse
the heater is ON;
switch to operate the VCB when CONTROL POSITION
• AMMETER gauge; switch is set to HVMSB position;
• Panel with indication and alarm lamps to illumi- • CONTROL POSITION – two-position select switch:
nate when:
-- WH: control from wheel house panel (see the
-- SOURCE – main motor power is available; paragraph 7.1 on page 47);
-- START READY – all start conditions are fulfilled; -- HVMSB: control from this panel (the control posi-
-- LOCAL – BT is controlled from the local starter tion switch on the LOP should be set to REM; see
(see the paragraph 7.4 on page 50); the paragraph 7.4 on page 50).
-- TRANS HIGH TEMP – primary trans. winding tem- • SPACE HEATER – two-position operation switch to
perature is high; turn the space heater OFF/ON;
-- HYD OIL LOW LEVEL – oil level ≤ 18L; • Hour Meter gauge;
-- HYD OIL LOW PRESS – pressure ≤ 4kg/cm2;; • THERMO METER – digital indicators of the windngs
-- MOTOR HIGH TEMP – windings temp. ≥ 110 °C; temperatures “R” PHASE, “S” PHASE, “T” PHASE;
-- LOW INSUL – fault from instructor; • START BLOCK – two-position mode select switch:
-- START FAIL . -- BY-PASS: by-pass the blocking test; does not
check for the available power;
-- NOR: normally start is blocked when start condi-
tions are not fulfilled.

49
Bow Thruster Starter Local Panel
7.4. Bow Thruster Starter Local Panel • Buttons on the bottom panel are not modeled:
FLICKER STOP; BUZZER STOP; LAMP TEST; BUZZER
Click on the menu item Bow Thruster LOP of the page BT to TEST.
open the BOW THRUSTER STARTER panel, which contains:
• MAIN MOTOR panel comprising:
• BOW THRUSTER MAIN MOTOR and HYD. PUMP ammeters; -- START; STOP buttons to operate the BT motor;
• Hour Meter gauge; -- SPACE HEATER two-position switch to turn the
• GROUP INDICATION UNIT panel with indicators: heater OFF / ON;
-- MAIN MOTOR SOURCE ON (AC440V,3 ph,60Hz); -- SPACE HEATER MAIN MOTOR indicator lamp.
-- HYD.OIL PUMP SOURCE ON (AC440V,3 ph,60Hz); • HYD.OIL PUMP MOTOR panel comprising:
-- CONTROL SOURCE ON (AC220V,1 ph,60Hz); -- POWER REQUEST – button; click to send the re-
-- LOCAL CONTROL POSITION – control from this panel; quest to PMS for available power for starting
the BT Main Motor; on receiving the confirma-
-- REMOTE CONTROL POSITION – control from the WH;
tion from PMS, the lamp POWER AVAILABLE (MAIN
-- BOW THRUSTER RUNNING; MOTOR) illuminates;
-- HYD.OIL PUMP RUNNING; Note: Two generators should be on the bus to
-- POWER AVAILABLE (MAIN MOTOR) – motor can start; supply the Bow Thruster main motor.
-- BLADE ANGLE NEUTRAL; -- START; STOP – buttons to operate the pump
-- READY TO START – no alarms indicated; hydraulic oil motor;
pump is running; blade angle neutral, and power • CONTROL POSITION mode select switch to set the
available (main motor) signals are present. thruster control position:
• GROUP ALARM UNIT panel with indicators: -- LOC – from this panel;
-- MAIN MOTOR OVERLOAD – current ≥ 1.12 Inom; -- REM – from the wheel house or MSB panel ac-
-- MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP. – windings temp. ≥ 110 °C; cording to MSB panel control position switch
-- BOW THRUSTER STARTING FAILURE – main electric mo- setting.
tor failed to start; Switch power supply 440V for the BT service units on
-- HYD.OIL PUMP LOW PRESSURE – pressure ≤ 4kg/cm2; the No 3 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL 440V (use menu
-- HEADER TANK LOW LEVEL – oil level ≤ 18L; item LGSP - 3 AC440V of the page BT) by:
-- TOO MANY START – motor start failed three (3) times; • BOW THRUSTER RM SUPPLY FAN starter;
-- EM’CY STOP – thruster motor was stopped by EMCY • ELEC HEATER FOR BOW THRUSTER RM breaker:
stop button; • HEATER CONTROL PANEL FOR BOW THRUSTER circuit
-- HYD.OIL HIGH TEMP – oil temperature ≥ 65 °C. breaker:
• HYD.PUMP MOTOR CB power switch; The faults introduced by instructor are listed in Chap-
ter 6, the paragraph 2.13.1 on page 334.

50
Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants . Steering Gear
Steering Gear Panel at WH
8. Steering Gear
The Steering gear 2–Rams, 4–Cylinders Rapson-Slide
type, with 2 power units (1 pump st-by), electrical
pump control system is modeled in the simulator.
Rudder turning angle: -35...+35 degrees. Rudder -- HYD OIL TK LOW LOW LEVEL – low low oil level
turning speed by two power units 14 seconds from alarm in hydraulic oil system; safety system
35° one side, to 35° the other side (one pump: 28 sec). closes isolating valves of the circuit and
starts the stand-by pump;
The description of the SG system is given in Chapter 4.
-- FILTER DIFF PRESS HIGH – pressure drop >
0.5 bar;
8.1. Steering Gear Panel at WH -- HYDR.LOCK – stand-by pump starts;
Click on the menu item BCC SG BT Panel of the page
-- HYD OIL TEMP HIGH – oil temp > 70 °C.
BCC to open the wheel house control console with the
steering gear controls. • No 1 S/G START and No 1 S/G STOP buttons to op-
erate the motor of No 1 S/G pumps;
The panel contains:
• No 2 S/G START and No 2 S/G STOP buttons to op-
• STEERING GEAR ALARMS indicator lamps; each col- erate the motor of No 2 S/G pumps;
umn in the table contains indicators for respective • FLICKERS STOP SG ALARM & BUZZERS STOP SG
unit motor: ALARM buttons.
-- RUN indicator; In case of alarm condition is present for more than
-- NO VOLTAGE – no power supply for unit 1 (2); 3 sec. the buzzers are turned on and alarm lamps
-- OVER LOAD – electric motor overload (actuated start to flicker on both panels independently. Click
by instructor fault); the BUZZERS STOP SG ALARM button to stop the local
buzzers; but lamps continue fllickering. Click the
-- CONTROL SOURCE FAIL – no control power supply
button FLICKERS STOP SG ALARM to stop local fllick-
for gear unit 1 (2);
ering of the alarm lamps. If the alarm condition is
-- PHASE FAILURE – one of the phases is out, or still present, the local alarm lamp goes to steady
main power supply voltage/frequency out of light, otherwise it is turned off. When the alarm
range (actuated by instructor fault); condition finally vanishes, the alarm lamps go out.
-- STAND BY START;
In case a second alarm condition occurs before
-- SERVO OIL PRESS LOW – pressure < 15 bar; the first had vanished, the buzzers are triggered
-- HYD OIL TK LOW LEVEL – low oil level alarm in hy- again, but only the second alarm lamp will flicker
draulic oil system; and the first will light steady.
the oil tank make-up is required;

51
Steering Gear Panel at WH
The S/G SAFETY HYD.SUPERVISION PANEL contains:

8.2. Steering Gear Alarms at ECR
• S/G PUMP 1 (2) controls: Click the menu item ECR E - Upper of the page ECR to open
-- Hydr.Supervision Pump 1 (2) On; Hydraulic failure emerg. the display with STEERING GEAR ALARMS panel, which con-
operation with pump 1 (2) – indicator lamps; tains indicator and alarm lamps repeating the panel on the
-- alarm acceptance button. wheel house console (see the paragraph 8.1 on page 51).
• Two-position mode select switch: Below the panels:
-- off – safety system is switched off; • S/G ALARMS RESET – button to acknowledge and reset
-- on – safety system is switched on. alarms of both pumps;
The right side panel contains: • AUTO PILOT FAIL – alarm lamp.
• RUDDER ANGLE & compass gauges;
• NON-FOLLOW UP tiller – to operate the SG in the NFU
WH mode; drag and hold the handle to turn to required
side; watch the rudder angle gauge;
• Four-position operating mode select:
-- AUTO: autopilot used for joint operation with NTPro
simulator (Sperry Marine mode);
-- NFU WH: the rudder angle is controlled by the tiller
on this panel;
-- FU: the rudder angle is controlled by the helm;
-- NFU WING: not modeled.
• Helm – to operate the SG in the FU mode.

52
Steering Gear LOP
8.3. Steering Gear LOP

Click on the menu item SG LOP of the page SG to open the
display modelling local SG units control.
The No 1 STEERING GEAR and No 2 STEERING GEAR identical
starter panels; each panel contains:
• Ammeter and Hour Meter gauges;
• MAIN SWITCH – automatic circuit breaker to turn the
pump motor and heater power off/on;
• SOURCE; PUMP RUN; STAND-BY; SPACE HEATER indicator
lamps;
• STOP and START buttons; click to operate the SG pump;
• Two-position control mode select switch:
-- LOCAL – start from this LOP;
-- REMOTE – control from the wheel house (see the
paragraph 8.1 on page 51).
• SPACE HEATER – two-position switch to turn the heater
OFF/ON; indicator illuminates when the heater is ON.
Switch power supply 440 V for the pumps of:
• No 1 STEERING GEAR on the LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PAN-
EL (use menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of
the page MSB) by No 1 STEERING GEAR circuit breaker;
• No 2 STEERING GEAR on the ESB 440V FEEDER PANEL (use
menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the page EmG) by
ST FOR NO 2 STEERING GEAR circuit breaker.
The HYD OIL FILLING PUMP starter panel contains:
• SPACE HEATER – two-position switch to turn the heater
OFF/ON; the SPACE HEATER yellow indicator lamp illu-
minates when the heater is ON;
• STOP and START buttons; click to operate the pump;
• SOURCE – indicator lamp to illuminate when power is ON.

53
Steering Gear LOP
The bottom panel in the centre contains:

• EMCY CONTROL No 1 SG and EMCY CONTROL No 2 SG – two-
position handle switches: use the mouse to set required
handle position Port or STBD when in manual operation
(safety supervision switch is set to off position).
The SAFETY HYD. SUPERVISION PANEL contains similar sets of
controls for No 2 SG and No 1 SG:
• Indicator lamps:
-- Hydr. Supervision Pump 2 (1) On;
-- Hydraulic failure emerg. operation with pump 1 (2);
-- Failure hydr. supervision with pump 2 (1).
• Buttons:
-- test emcy operation with pump 1 (2) – click to test only the
opposite part of the hydraulic safety system;
-- reset emcy operation with pump 1 (2) – click to reset the part
of the hydraulic safety system.
• main switch hydraulic Supervision steering gear – two-position
mode select switch:
-- off: safety system is switched off;
-- on: safety system is switched on.
Switch power supply 24V DC for auto pilot control system:
• On BD - 1 DC 24 V panel (use menu item BD - 1 DC24 V of the
page BCC) by STEERING GEAR CONTROL SYSTEM breaker.
The bottom panel contains:
• RUDDER ANGLE gauge;
• Navigation compass.
The faults introduced by instructor are listed in Chapter 6, the

paragraph 2.8.1 on page 330.

54
Chapter 2. Integrated Automation System

This chapter contains the description of the Integrated Auto-
mation System (IAS) for training the watch personnel of the
Ship in skills of the proper remote control.

Chapter 2. Integrated Automation System . Chapter 2. Integrated Automation System

Chapter 2. Integrated Automation System
Contents:
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 2.17. No 1 Turbo Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
1.1. IAS Description and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 2.18. No 2 Turbo Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
1.2. Operating IAS Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 2.19. Diesel Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
1.2.1. Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 2.20. Electric Main Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
1.2.2. Indication of Alarms on Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 2.21. Generator Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
1.2.3. Valves Control & Automation Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 2.22. Steering Gear & Bow Thruster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
1.2.4. Standby Pairs and Auto Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 2.23. Fuel Oil Filling & Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
2. IAS Process Displays in Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 2.24. Lube Oil Purifying & Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2.1. Main Turbine Operation Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 2.25. Bilge System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
2.2. Main Turbine Safety Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 2.26. Compressor Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
2.3. Main Machinery Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 2.27. Fresh Water Generator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2.4. Main Turbine Bleed & Drain System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 2.28. Central Cooling Fresh Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
2.5. Stern Tube Lube Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 2.29. Low Pressure Steam Generator (LPSG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
2.6. Main Turbine Lube Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 2.30. Ballast Tanks & Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
2.7. Main Turbine Reduction Gear System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 2.31. Ballast Pumps & Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
2.8. Bleed & Superheated Steam System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 2.32. Fire Water & Bilge Piping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
2.9. Burner Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 2.33. Inert Gas Generation (I.G.G.) Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
2.10. Burner Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 2.34. Load Calculator System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
2.11. Main Feed Water Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 3. IAS Alarm & Log Displays in Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.12. Steam Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 3.1. Alarm Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.13. Main Burner Furnace/Uptake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 3.2. Alarm History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
2.14. Main/Atmospheric Condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 3.3. Event List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.15. Condensate Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 3.4. Trend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
2.16. Boiler Fuel Oil Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77

56
Chapter 2. Integrated Automation System . General
IAS Description and Functions
1. General The IAS includes the following type of displays:

• Process Displays, e.g. a system diagram or overview
• Condensate Water system;
• Boiler Fuel Oil Service system;
1.1. IAS Description and Functions screen; • No.1 Turbo Generator;
The displays of the Integrated Automation System (IAS) • Trend Curve Displays; • No.2 Turbo Generator;
in the simulator are designed for remote supervision of • Alarms & Events Displays. • Diesel Generator;
the vessel systems from the Bridge and ECR. The simula- The IAS displays include: • Electric Main Distribution;
tor IAS is not full replica of the prototype vessel on board
• Main Turbine Operation Condition; • Generator Control;
system, however it simulates the main functionality of real
systems and allows the trainee to familiarize oneself with • Main Turbine Safety Condition; • Steering Gear;
the general features and use. • Main Machinery Condition; • Fuel Oil Filling & Transfer system;
In the simulator the change of state of units and mecha- • Main Turbine Bleed & Drain system; • Lube Oil Purifying & Transfer & system;
nisms in various vessel systems is displayed simultane- • Stern Tube Lube Oil system; • Bilge system;
ously on the IAS page and SYS page displays, and on the • Compressor Air system;
• Main Turbine Lube Oil system;
displays of appropriate LOPs. When referring to the SYS
• Main Turbine Reduction Gear system; • Fresh Water Generator;
displays in this Chapter, refer to the detailed description of
the respective displays in Chapter 4. • Bleed & Superheated Steam system; • Central Cooling Fresh Water system;
• Burner Monitoring; • Low Pressure Steam Generator (LPSG);
An alarm is generated when a failure occurs in equipment
monitored by the IAS system. The alarms, which have to • Burner Operation; • Ballast Tanks & Piping;
be acknowledged by ECR Desk operators to inhibit audible • Main Feed Water Pumps; • Ballast Pumps & Piping;
(tone) and visual (flashing) indicators, are automatically • Fire Water & Bilge Piping;
• Steam Distribution;
added to the lists in Alarm Summary, Alarm History and to the
• Main Burner Furnace/Uptake; • Inert Gas Generation (I.G.G.) Unit;
Event List displays. When a failure is cleared the alarm is
removed from the list of alarms but not from the History • Main/Atmosphere Condenser; • LCS – load calculator system.
and Event lists. Operators can view the log at any time.
Bottom panel of the IAS display: main menu

57
Operating IAS Displays
1.2. Operating IAS Displays 1.2.1.2. Main Menu For other figures (pumps, compressors, fans) the change
can be displayed by means of the figure color:
Operating IAS displays requires the general knowledge of The bottom part of the displays is occupied by the three-
row panel with the IAS main menu and command buttons: • No power supply
the layout and graphical representation of the information
on screen including the objects’ construction and color. • MAIN– button to jump to the display with the ship image; • Local control: stopped (GSP, LOP, PB)
The guidelines are described in the sections below.
• Buttons with the names of the systems controlled by • Local control: running
IAS; click a button to open the respective display;
1.2.1. Layout • Remote control (IAS); click to operate
• ALARM SUMMARY, ALARM HISTORY, EVENT LIST, TREND –
The layout of the display areas is applicable for all IAS
buttons to jump to the displays Alarm List, Alarm History
displays. Three independent areas, described below are • Remote control: running
List, Event List, and Trend;
available.
• TOTAL ACK button;
The pipelines and inner space of the figures are displayed
1.2.1.1. Top Panel • ALARM ACK button to acknowledge all IAS alarms at with the color respective to the process line color.
The top part of each display of the IAS page contains the once (TOTAL ACK button is pressed); or to acknowledge
only last alarm (TOTAL ACK button is depressed), which The following colors are used for the process lines:
information panel, comprising:
is displayed in the message box on the top panel.
• Time indicator – the actual time of exercise execution;
• The message box, where the latest current alarm is 1.2.1.3. Application Area
displayed; the box occupies most part of the panel; The central part of the display is occupied by the applica-
• TOTAL UNАCK – digital indicator to display the total tion area, which contains the selected process display or
number of unacknowledged alarms in the system; list. The process displays have been constructed using:
• Date indicator – digital indicator to display the actual • Static background picture;
date of the exercise execution; • Static and dynamic primitives and figures;
• ME CONTROL – indicator of the control location; • Numeric and alpha-numeric indicators;
• DEADMAN – indicator of the Deadman system state. • Bar graphs.
Each primitive or figure can use dynamic attributes al-
located for the presentation of process, such as figure
name, color, and flashing. As an example a bar from a
bar graph will change its height in response to measured
(modeled) value change.
Top panel of the IAS display

58
1.2.2. Indication of Alarms on Displays Most valves on the diagrams are operated automatically. The drop down box at the bottom of the panel is used to
set the panel mode: Auto for automatic valve operation –
On IAS displays alarms can be indicated by color changes The hydraulic valves supplied with an A button (on FO
the A indicator highlights in green; Manual for controller
in digital indicators and by highlighting alarm/fault boxes. transfer system) will close automatically operated by the
setup – the M indicator highlights in white.
tank high level sensor if the button is pressed. When the
Digital indicators change color to red when parameter val-
button A is depressed the level sensor has no impact on The panel then shows the spin controls to modify the
ue falls out of the range and returns to default color when
the valve state, and overflow condition should be con- available values:
alarm condition is cleared.
trolled manually. The digital indicator of the 0–100 valve
Label indicators (e.g. LL, LH) change color to red in the position is supplied with a spin control: click and hold the
case of alarm, and returns to default color when alarm arrows to remotely open/close the valve:
condition is cleared.
Fault/alarm boxes start flashing in red when a fault oc-
curs. When acknowledged it changes color to magenta, and
lights down when fault condition has been cleared.
Alarm and fault messages are acknowledged and collected
0–100 Hydraulic valves
in the Alarm Summary, Alarm History and Event List displays.
Pneumatic valves will operate only when control air sup-
1.2.3. Valves Control & Automation Setup ply is available.
In Manual mode the panel contains spin controls to edit:
On IAS displays a valve open state is displayed by the color • SP - setpoint variable; it is the desired value or state of
Automation of the pneumatic 0–100 valves to regulate
of flowing matter (process line). Closed valve is colored the (analog) point and can be set by: the operator / the
pressure (temperature, level) is setup using pop up PID
white. A 0–1 valve can be operated from the display if the sequence program / this or another controller;
controller panels. The valve is supplied with an A/M indi-
mouse pointer changes its shape from ‘arrow’ to ‘hand’. • PV – process variable; it represents the current read-
cator LEDs and separate digital indicator % of the valve
To toggle a 0–1 valve state, left-click on the valve sign. ing (in engineering units) of the field device or process;
position. When the A indicator is illuminated the valve is
Hydraulic valves will operate only when the Hydraulic operated automatically by the PID controller. Click the • OP – output value; it is always in the range of 0% to
power pack for valve remote control is started (use menu valve state box to open the controller panel: 100% and is intended to indicate the percent open of a
item HPP For Remote Valves of the page ER3). The valves valve); OP represents values that can be changed by an
can be also operated from the respective diagrams of the operator, or by another component of the system;
page SYS (simulating manual operation), and indication of • P – proportional; I – integral; D – derivative values.
the valve state is synchronously changed on both displays.
The valve setpoints are displayed in the respective boxes.
Solenoid valves are electrical, operated automatically:
0–1 Hydraulic valves remote control

59
1.2.4. Standby Pairs and Auto Control Similar logic is applied to set automatic operation by AUTO but-
tons on IAS displays when a mechanism is under IAS control.
In the arrangement of duty/standby pair of pumps, fans,
compressors, the operating logic is set as follows. If the motor of the duty mechanism is overloaded or any pa-
rameters of the normal operation are abnormal for some
On the Group Starter Panel (GSP) at MSB start one of the
reason (e.g. fault from instructor), the motor is stopped. At
mechanisms and set both to IAS control by the LOC–REM
this time the standby mechanism is started immediately, and
switch (set to REM position). On the respective IAS display
the alarm label ST-BY START illuminates. It is indicated on the
then click ST-BY latched button (it highlights) for the sec-
Alarm List, and should be acknowledged there or on the IAS
ond mechanism.
bottom panel.
Another option would be to set both mechanisms to IAS
Overloading mechanism is placed in a ST-BY mode automati-
control on GSP and then from the IAS display click to start
cally when it is recovered from the overload
one of them for duty operation, and click ST-BY button for
the second mechanism.
Units and mechanisms under IAS control are marked by
IAS labels; units under remote control from MSB GSP are
marked by MSB labels.

60
Chapter 2. Integrated Automation System . IAS Process Displays in Simulator
Main Turbine Operation Condition
2. IAS Process Displays

in Simulator
2.1. Main Turbine Operation Condition
Click on the MT OPEARTION CONDITION button in the IAS bot-
tom menu to open the display MT OPERATION CONDITION –
M01 for monitoring the main turbine operation.

• Propulsion control and operation diagram with LED
indicators to reflect actual state/process; similar dia-
gram is available on the ECR turbine control console
(use menu item Turbine Control Panel of the page ECR);
• Digital indicators of the MT condition INLET STM (kg/
cm2), TEMP (deg C), SHAFT REV (RPM), SHAFT POWER
(SHP), ACCUMULATED SHAFT REVOLUTION, and OPERA-
TION MODE;
• Panels with LED indicators of: ELECTRIC SOURCE; PROG.
INTERLOCK; SEA COND; AUTO SPIN;
• MANEUV. VV LIFT panel with digital indicators of the
valve state for the ship ahead and astern direction;
• PROGRAM INTL LED indicator MAIN STM PRESS LOW;
• TROUBLE panel with alarm/fault indicator boxes:

61
Main Turbine Safety Condition
2.2. Main Turbine Safety Condition

Click on the MT SAFETY CONDITION button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display M/T SAFETY CONDITION – M02 for
monitoring the main turbine safety conditions.
• Panels with alarm/fault indicator boxes; exact values
of the shut down and slow down conditions are listed
in Chapter 1 (Turbine control panel in ECR);
• Digital indicators, state and position indicators of the
main turbine system and ship motion;
• 1 BLR DRUM and 2 BLR DRUM – boilers wa-

ter level bar graphs and alarm indicators:
LEA – Level Emergency Alarm;
LVH – Level Very High;
LHH – Level High High;
LH – Level High;
LL – Level Low;
LLL – Level Low Low;
LEL – Level Emergency Low.

62
Main Machinery Condition
2.3. Main Machinery Condition

Click on the MT MACH. CONDITION button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display MAIN MACHINERY CONDITION – M03
for monitoring the parameters of:
• Main turbine state, vibration and steam supply; pro-
pulsion state and control position;
• M/T BEARING TEMP – main turbine bearings;
• STERN TUBE – stern tube LO supply and bearings;
• M/T LUBE OIL CONDITION – main turbine LO service.

63
Main Turbine Bleed & Drain System
2.4. Main Turbine Bleed

& Drain System
Click on the MT BLEED & DRAIN SYS button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display M/T BLEED & DRAIN SYSTEM – M04,
which contains:
• System diagram;
• ES165, ES041, ES136 – solenoid valves; the A LED indica-
tor illuminates when the valve is operated automati-
cally; the valves are closed manually or set to Auto
from the ECR panel (use menu item ECR D - Bottom of
the page ECR);
• Panels on the right side with digital indicators of the
main system parameters;
• VAC. PUMP No. 1 (No. 2) – main condenser vacuum pumps
indicators; the pumps are operated from MSB GSPs
(use menu items LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel and
LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB) and
push button panel (use menu item FW Pumps PB of the
page ER1);
• M/C PUMP No. 1 (No. 2) – main condenser pumps in-
dicators; the pumps are operated from MSB GSPs
push button panel (use menu item FW Pumps PB of the
page ER1);
• MAIN SW CIRC. PUMP No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) – indicators; the • AUX LO PUMP No. 1 (No. 2) – MT Aux LO pumps indicators;
pumps are operated from MSB GSPs (use menu items the pumps are operated from MSB GSPs (use menu
LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel and LV MSB No. 1/3 Group items LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel and LV MSB No.
Starter Panel of the page MSB) and push button panel 1/2 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB) and push button
(use menu item SW Pumps PB of the page ER1); panel (use menu item LO Pumps PB of the page ER1).

64
Stern Tube Lube Oil System
2.5. Stern Tube Lube Oil System

Click on the STERN TUBE LO SYS button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display STERN TUBE LO SYSTEM – M05.
• Stern tube LO service system with digital indicators of
the LO temperature;
• The LO tanks contain the level value bar graphs and
LL /LH alarm indicator labels, which change color to
red in the case of level alarm;
• S/T LO PP 1 (2) – stern tube LO pumps in duty/stand-
by configuration can be operated remotely from
this display if control position label is IAS (see the
paragraph 1.2.4 on page 60);
Also the pumps are operated from MSB GSPs (use
menu items LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel and
push button panel (use menu item LO Pumps PB of the
page ER1).

65
Main Turbine Lube Oil System
2.6. Main Turbine Lube Oil System

Click on the MT LO SYS button in the IAS bottom menu to
open the display M/T LO SYSTEM – M06.
• Main turbine LO service system with digital indicators
of the LO pressure and temperature;
• The LO tanks contain the level value bar graphs and
LL /LH alarm indicators, which change color to red in
the case of level alarm;
• MAIN LO PUMP – indicator of the turbine driven pump;
• AUX LO PUMP 1 (2) – LO pumps in duty/stand-by configu-
ration can be operated remotely from this display if
control position label is IAS (see the paragraph 1.2.4 on
page 60);
push button panel (use menu item LO Pumps PB of the
page ER1).
• LM023; LM016 – valve controllers; see the description in
the paragraph 1.2.3 on page 59.

66
Main Turbine Reduction Gear System
2.7. Main Turbine Reduction

Gear System
Click on the MT REDUCTION GEAR button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display M/T REDUCTION GEAR – M07 with
the diagram for monitoring temperatures of the gear sys-
tem, and the values of.
• SHAFT POWER;
• SHAFT REV.;
• LO INLET TEMP;
• LO INLET TEMP BEARING;
• LO INLET TEMP GEAR.

67
Bleed & Superheated Steam System
2.8. Bleed & Superheated

Steam System
Click on the BLEED & SAH STEAM SYS button in the IAS
bottom menu to open the display BLEED & S.A.H. STEAM
SYSTEM – M08.

• System diagram with indicators of steam pressure
and temperature;
• ES045 IP BLEED; ES130 – valve controllers; see the de-
scription in the paragraph 1.2.3 on page 59;
• ES165 LP BLEED; ES041 IP BLEED; ES136 HP BLEED; ES121 –
solenoid valves; the A LED indicator illuminates when
the valve is operated automatically; the valves are
closed manually or set to Auto from the ECR panel
(use menu item ECR D - Bottom of the page ECR);
• ES122 – valve to maintain pressure in the line to LPSG.

68
Burner Monitoring
2.9. Burner Monitoring

Click on the BURNER MONITORING button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display BOILER MONITORING – M09.
The display contains Boiler No 1 and Boiler No 2 systems
with burners run and alarm indicators.
The valves state is displayed:
• 1 valves are open: LED in the valve centre is
illuminated;
• 2 valves are closed: LED in the valve centre is dark.
Click the ACK button to acknowledge alarms actuated on
this display. 2
1
2
1

69
Burner Operation
2.10. Burner Operation

Click on the BURNER OPERATION button in the IAS bottom 1
menu to open the display BOILER OPERATION – M10.
The display contains only indication of the burner and boil-
er states by various indicator lamps and digital indicators.
The PID panels only display the controllers’ parameters.
Use the 1 BLR ALARM ACK button ACK to acknowledge the
alarms on this display.

70
Main Feed Water Pumps
2.11. Main Feed Water Pumps

Click on the MAIN FEED WATER PUMP button in the IAS bot-
tom menu to open the display MAIN FEED WATER PUMP – M11.
1
• System diagram;
• 1 (2) BLR DRUM panels with boiler 1, 2 parameters and
alarm indicators, which change color to red in the
case of alarm:
2
-- LEA – Level Emergency Alarm;
-- LVH – Level Very High;
-- LHH – Level High High;
-- LH – Level High;
-- LLL – Level Low Low.
• DRUM PRESSURE chart;
• 1 2 x 26B valves’ controllers regulating the drum
water level; see the description in the paragraph 1.2.3 • 2 Main feed water pumps 1 and 2 in standby mode
on page 59; (see the paragraph 1.2.4 on page 60) they are con-
trolled by the MFWPT steam inlet valves, which can be
operating in IAS or LOC mode based on the steam RING
MAIN LINE pressure (see the pressure digital indicator
above the 1 point);

71
Main Feed Water Pumps
• EMCY FEED W. PP – click to start/stop the pump if the

control position label is IAS;
Also the pump is operated from MSB GSP (use menu
item LV MSB No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB)
and push button panel (use menu item FW Pumps PB of
the page ER2).
• AUX FEED W. PP – click to start/stop the pump if the con-
trol position label is IAS;
and push button panel (use menu item FW Pumps PB of
the page ER2).
• Main feed water pump turbines 1 MFDWPT, 2 MFDWPT and
their AUX LO pumps state and parameters:
-- IAS : click the pump sign to start/stop the pump from
this display; press the A button to set the pump auto-
matic operation mode (when lubrication shaft driven
pump starts the aux pump will stop and visa versa to
maintain normal LO pressure);
-- LOC : the pump is operated from the LOP (use menu
item MFWP LOP of the page ER2).
• Trip and alarm indicator lamps for 1 MFDWPT, 2 MFDWPT.

72
Steam Distribution
2.12. Steam Distribution

Click on the STEAM DISTRIBUTION button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display STEAM DISTRIBUTION – M12.
• System diagram comprising SOOT BLOWING diagram;
• SB002; ES081 MAKE-UP; ES084 HP EXH DUMP – valve con-
trollers; see the description in the paragraph 1.2.3 on
page 59;
• AVG (331B; 332B); H.S. (334B; 335B) – controller labels;
PID controllers are similar to valve controllers;
• MANUAL TRIP lamp to illuminate in red when the tur-
bine is tripped manually.

73
Main Burner Furnace/Uptake
2.13. Main Burner Furnace/Uptake 2

Click on the MB FURNACE/UPTAKE button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display M/B FURNACE / UPTAKE – M13.
• Burner furnace and supply system;
• SEAL AIR FAN 1 (2) in duty/standby configuration (see the
1
• ER EXH FAN 1 (2) reversible fans; use the latched but-
tons FORW and REV to set the fan rotation direction if
the control position label indicates IAS;
• ER SUPPLY FAN 1 (2, 3, 4) supply two-speed fans; use the
latched buttons HIGH and LOW to set the fan speed if
the control position label indicates IAS;
• 1 VG405 – master gas valve; can be operated remotely
from this display if the control position label is IAS; the
label BOP indicates control position from the ECR con-
sole (use menu item ECR - C Bottom of the page ECR);
• 1 (2, 3) FD FAN – boiler FD fans; the flaps’ position
reflect the operation of the fans. These fans can be
operated remotely from ECR console (use menu item
ECR - D Upper of the page ECR); or manually from the
push button panel (use menu item Boilers Fans PB of the
page ER3).
alarms on this panel.

74
Main/Atmospheric Condenser
2.14. Main/Atmospheric Condenser

Click on the MAIN/ATMOS CONDENSER button in the
IAS bottom menu to open the display MAIN / ATMOS
CONDENSER – M14.

• Main and atmospheric condensers, main HP, LP tur-
bines and steam system diagram;
• MAIN COND PUMP No 1 (No 2) – pumps in duty/standby con-
figuration can be operated remotely from this display
if control position label is IAS (see the paragraph 1.2.4 on
page 60);
menu items LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel and LV MSB
No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB) and push but-
ton panel (use menu item FW Pumps PB of the page ER1).
• 1 (2) VAC. PUMP – pumps in duty/standby configura-
tion can be operated remotely from this display if
page 60);
• MAIN SW CIRC. PUMPS No 1 (No 2, No 3) – pumps in duty/
standby configuration can be operated remotely from Also the pumps are operated from
this display if control position label is IAS; configuration MSB GSPs (use menu items LV MSB
is setup in the table MAIN SW CIRCULATING PUMPS SELECT: No. 1/3 Group Starter Panel and LV MSB
Click the button ON in the table to setup a certain com- No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel of the
bination 1~6 of the pumps control mode. The respective page MSB) and push button panel
discharge valve would automatically open when the (use menu item SW Pumps PB of the
pump starts in automatic mode. Control is available page ER1).
when the labels indicate IAS control position.

75
Condensate Water System
2.15. Condensate Water System

Click on the CONDENSATE WATER SYS button in the IAS
bottom menu to open the display CONDENSATE WATER
SYSTEM – M15.

• Main and gland condensers, deaerator, system dia-
gram with tanks and LPSG units;
• MAIN COND PP 1 (2) – pumps in duty/standby configu-
page 60);
No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB).
• NAV. DRAIN P/P 1 (2) – pumps in duty/standby configu-
page 60);
• DRAIN P/P with AUTO mode button; when the control
position label is IAS, click the button to start the pump
when AUTO mode is not set;
item LV MSB No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB).
• CD117; T42 & T43; CD066 L.S.; ES157; CD096; CD090 – valve
controllers; see the description in the paragraph 1.2.3
on page 59.
MAIN COND PP 1 (2), NAV. DRAIN P/P 1 (2), DRAIN P/P pumps are
locally operated from the push button panel (use menu
item FW Pumps PB of the page ER1).

76
Boiler Fuel Oil Service System
2.16. Boiler Fuel Oil Service System

Click on the BOILER FO SERVICE SYS button in the IAS bottom
2
menu to open the display BOILER FO SERVICE SYSTEM – M16.
1
• Boiler fuel oil service system;
• FO SERV. PP 1 (2) – FO pumps in duty/stand-by configu-
page 60);
No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB) and push
button panel (use menu item FO Pumps PB & FO Heat-
er LOP of the page ER3).
• BOG EXH. FAN 1 (2) – fans in duty/standby configura-
tion can be operated remotely from this display if
page 60);
Also the fans are operated from MSB GSPs (use menu
items LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel and LV MSB No.
2/2 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB) and push button
panel (use menu item Boiler Fans PB of the page ER3).
• 1 VG405 – master gas valve controlled from this dis-
play if the control position label is IAS; the label BOP
indicates control position from the ECR console (use
menu item ECR - C Bottom of the page ECR);
• VISCOMETER; 195B SUM; 215B – valve controllers; see the
description in the paragraph 1.2.3 on page 59.
alarms on this panel.

77
No 1 Turbo Generator
2.17. No 1 Turbo Generator

Click on the No 1 TG button in the IAS bottom menu to open
the display No 1 TURBOGENERATOR – M17.
• Generator stator and wheel gear parameters;
• AUX LO PP indication; the pumps are operated from
the generator LOP (use menu item TG No 1 LOP of the
page ER3);
• T/G TRIP COND, T/G ALARM COND alarm indicator boxes
and other parameters:

78
No 2 Turbo Generator
2.18. No 2 Turbo Generator

Click on the No 2 TG button in the IAS bottom menu to open
the display No 2 TURBOGENERATOR – M18.
The display is similar to the display No 1 TURBOGENERA-
TOR – M17 (see the paragraph 2.17 on page 78).

79
Diesel Generator
2.19. Diesel Generator

Click on the DIESEL GENERATOR button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display DIESEL GENERATOR – M19.
• FO, LO, compressed air supply diagram of the Diesel
Generator engine;
• DG engine state and operation indicators: DG engine
MAIN BEARINGS TEMP.; exhaust gas from each cylinder;
compressed and charging air parameters;
• STATOR COIL and bearings temperature indicators;
• State and DPH (differential pressure) alarm indicators
of the LO and FO duplex filters;
• LO PRELUB PP, Cylinder LO pump, CFW Preheater with
pump indicators; these units are operated from the
DG LOP (use menu item DG Engine LOP of the page ER3);
• No 1 (No 2) F.O. PP – pumps in duty/standby configura-
tion; the pumps can be operated from MSB GSPs (use
button panels (use menu item FO Pumps PB & FO Heater
LOP of the page ER3).
On GSP panels set both pumps to REM control position.
Then click to operate the pumps from this display.
When one pump is started, the other pump automati-
cally is stand-by. Also, the duty pump will automati-
cally start when DG starts.

80
Diesel Generator
• EM’CY D.O. PP – pneumatic pump indicator; the pump • D/G START BLOCK panel with alarm indicator labels:
starts automatically when the buses are dead;
• STARTING AIR panel comprising:
-- RESERVOIR digital indicator;
-- COMPRESSOR No 1 (No 2) indicators; compres-
sors are operated from the IAS display (use menu
item COMPRESSOR AIR SYS of the page IAS, see the
paragraph 2.26 on page 89); from MSB GSPs (use
push button panel (use menu item Starting Compres-
sors PB of the page ER3).
• D/G ALARM CONDITION alarm boxes: • D/G TRIP CONDITION alarm boxes:

81
Electric Main Distribution
2.20. Electric Main Distribution

Click on the ELEC MAIN DISTRIBUTION button in the
IAS bottom menu to open the display ELECTRIC MAIN
DISTRIBUTION – M20.

• Main circuit diagram with power supply parameters
indicators and alarm indicator boxes;
• Controlled HV breakers of the generators: HMT1, HMT2,
HMD1, HMD2 if the control position label is IAS (use menu
items HV MSB No.1 Synchronizing Panel and HV MSB No.2
Synchronizing Panel of the page MSB to set the position);
Click to open/close the breaker.
Note: Other HV and LV breakers should be turned to IAS con-
trol position (label is IAS) to enable proper operation of the PMS
interlocking functions. To set control position, open the displays
using the menu items: HV MSB No.1 & No.2 Bus Tie Panel, HV MSB
No.1 CSBD Feeder & No. 1 Step Down Trans. Panel, HV MSB No.2
CSBD Feeder & No. 2 Step Down Trans. Panel, LV MSB Incoming
No.1 & Bus Tie Panel and LV MSB Incoming No.2 & Bus Tie Panel of
the page MSB.
• Digital indicators of:
-- GENERATOR TOTAL POWER;
-- AVAILABLE POWER;
-- ACTUAL POWER.
• SOURCE FAIL alarm boxes.

82
Generator Control
2.21. Generator Control

Click on the GENERATOR CONTROL button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display GENERATOR CONTROL – M21,
which contains:
• Diagram of the generators connection to the HV MSB;
• Controlled (by a click) VCBs of TGs and DG if the con-
trol position label is IAS (use menu items HV MSB No.1
Synchronizing Panel and HV MSB No.2 Synchronizing Panel of
the page MSB to set the position); for proper interlock-
ing, the bus tie breakers should be in IAS control posi-
tion on the display (use menu item HV MSB No.1 & No.2
Bus Tie Panel of the page MSB):
• DGB 1 and DGB 2 control panels to operate the DG en-
gine from this display (see the description below);
• ALARM DESCRIPTION alarm boxes table of HV boards.
• NO.1 T/G, NO.2 T/G, D/G run indicators and Use the HV MSB ALARM ACK buttons:
parameters;
• No 1 ACK to acknowledge the alarms in the TGB 1 and
• EM’CY DG run indicator and parameters; DGB 1 table columns;
• ESB and EM’CY generator ACB state; • No 2 ACK to acknowledge the alarms in the TGB 2 and
• Shore power ACB state. DGB 2 table columns.

83
Generator Control
To operate DG from this display it is required that:

-- On the DG LOP (use menu item DG Engine LOP of the
page ER3) pre-start actions have been fulfilled; and
on START BOX panel REMOTE control position is set;
-- On either of MSB Synchro panels (use menu item HV
MSB No. 1 (No. 2) Synchronizing Panel of the page MSB)
the CONTROL POSITION switch is set to IAS.
Then on the respective DGB 1 (or 2) panels:
-- The label AUTO SYNC & POWER CONTROL reads AUTO.
-- The label No # DG AVAILABLE reads ON.
Click the button DG START to open the pop-up panel. To
start/stop the engine, click START or STOP button as re-
quired. The label will read STARTING (STOPPING) during the
process, and then change to RUNNING (STOPPED).
Now it is possible to synchronize and close the VCB by
clicking the VCB sign on the diagram. The state label will
read SYNCHRONIZING and after a delay VCB will close.
Click the button FULL AUTO CONTROL and in the pop-up
panel click START/CLOSE if engine should be started, au-
tomatically synchronized and connected to the bus. The
labels will read accordingly.

84
Steering Gear & Bow Thruster
2.22. Steering Gear & Bow Thruster

Click on the STEERING GEAR button in the IAS bottom menu
to open the display STEERING GEAR – M22.
• Steering gear indicators of the rudder angle;
• Hydraulic power packs of the SG motors with LL /LLL
alarm indicators;
• BOW THRUSTER parameters indicators; the pump is op-
erated from the LOP (use menu item Bow Thruster LOP
of the page BT) and from the wheel house panel (use
menu item BCC SG BT Panel of the page BCC);
• No 1 (2) S/G MOTOR similar alarm boxes:

85
Fuel Oil Filling & Transfer System
2.23. Fuel Oil Filling &

Transfer System
Click on the FO FILL & TRANSFER SYS button in the IAS bot-
tom menu to open the display FUEL OIL FILL & TRANSFER
SYSTEM – M23.

• System diagram with all fuel oil tanks;
• Each tank is provided with tank level, volume and tem-
perature indication;
• GS0B0 valve controller; see the description in the
paragraph 1.2.3 on page 59;
• Controlled Filling valves of Tanks OFxxx: use the spin
control Up and Down arrow buttons to set the valve po-
sition; click the A button to enable automatic valve clos-
ing by the tank level high switch to prevent overflow;
• FWD HFO TRANSFER PP 1 (2) – the pumps can be oper-
ated remotely from this display if control position label
is IAS (see the paragraph 1.2.4 on page 60);
button panel (use menu item FWD FO Trans Pumps PB of
the page BT). Also the pump is operated from MSB GSP (use menu • DO PURIFIER FEED PP indicator; the pump is operated
• HFO TRANSFER PP – click to start/stop the pump if the item LV MSB No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB). from MSB GSP (use menu item LV MSB No. 2/2 Group
control position label is IAS; click the AUTO button to • LDO TRANSFER PP – click to start/stop the pump if the Starter Panel of the page MSB) and push button panel
automatically start/stop the pump by the tank level control position label is IAS; (use menu item Purifiers PB of the page ER2).
sensor controller; Also the pump is operated from MSB GSP (use menu The pumps HFO TRANSFER PP, DO TRANSFER PP, LDO TRANS-
Also the pump is operated from MSB GSP (use menu item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB). FER PP and INCINERATOR DO PP can be locally operated from
item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB). • INCINERATOR DO PP indicator; the pump is operated the push button panel (use menu item FO Pumps PB of the
• DO TRANSFER PP – click to start/stop the pump if the from the LOP (use menu item Incinerator Control Panel of page ER1).
control position label is IAS; click the AUTO button to the page ER3); Click one of the buttons 1 HFO SETT. TK (S) or 2 HFO SETT. TK
automatically start/stop the pump by the tank level (P) to enable filling selected tank using the HFO TRANSFER
sensor controller; PUMP in automatic operation mode.

86
Lube Oil Purifying & Transfer System
2.24. Lube Oil Purifying

& Transfer System
Click on the LO PURIF. TRANSFER SYS button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display LO PURIFICATION & TRANSFER – M24.
• System diagram with lube oil tanks and LO purifier unit;
• The tanks are provided with tank level, volume and
alarm indication;
• 1 (2) LO PURIFIER FEED PP indicators; the pumps are op-
erated from MSB GSP (use menu items LV MSB No. 1/1
Group Starter Panel and LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel of
the page MSB) and push button panel (use menu item LO
Pumps PB of the page ER1);
• LO TRANSFER PP – click to start/stop the pump if the con-
trol position label is IAS;
and push button panel (use menu item LO Pumps PB of
the page ER1).

87
Bilge System
2.25. Bilge System

Click on the BILGE SYS button in the IAS bottom menu to
open the display BILGE SYSTEM – M25.
• Bilge system diagram with bilge wells and BILGE WA-
TER SEPARATOR unit;
• Bilge wells are fitted with level high indicators; tanks
are fitted with level high and low indicators;
• BILGE WATER SEPARATOR PP indicator; the pump is oper-
ated from the separator LOP (use menu item O.W.S. of
the page ER1);
• ST-BY BALLAST PP indicator; the pump is operated from
the MSB GSP (use menu item HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump
& No. 2 Ballast Pump Panel of the page MSB) and push
button panel (use menu item Bilge Ballast Pumps PB of
the page ER1);
• SLUDGE PP indicator; the pump is operated from the
MSB panel (use menu item LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter
Panel of the page MSB);
• E/R BILGE PP – click to start/stop the pump if the con-
trol position label is IAS; click the A button to enable
automatic pump operation according to wells BW (P),
BW(S) level high switches to prevent overflow; respec-
tive pneumatic valves aslo open automatically;
also the pump is operated from MSB (use menu item • FIRE PP – click to start/stop the pump if the control po- The pumps BILGE FIRE & GS PP, FIRE PP, EMCY FIRE PP are
LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB) and sition label is IAS; also the pump is operated from MSB also operated from the wheel house (use menu item BCC
push button panel (use menu item Bilge Ballast Pumps (use menu item LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel of the Misc Panel of the page BCC).
PB of the page ER1); page MSB) and push button panels (use menu item Fire
Pumps PB of the page ER1 and page FFS);
• BILGE FIRE & GS PP – click to start/stop the pump if the
control position label is IAS; also the pump is operated • EMCY FIRE PP indicator; the pump is operated from
from MSB (use menu item LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter ESB (use menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the
Panel of the page MSB) and push button panel (use page EmG) and push button panels (use menu item Fire
menu item Fire Pumps PB of the page ER1 and page FFS); Pumps PB of the page ER1 and page FFS).

88
Compressor Air System
2.26. Compressor Air System

Click on the COMPRESSOR AIR SYS button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display COMPRESSOR AIR SYSTEM – M26.
• System diagram with compressed air reservoirs;
• No 1 (No 2) D/G STARTING AIR COMPRESSOR – compressors
in lead/follow configuration can be operated remotely
from this display if control position label is IAS;
Click a compressor to start/stop when the button AUTO
is depressed.
When buttons AUTO are pressed (highlight) for both
compressors, use the button FOLLOW for one com-
pressor, the other being lead automatically.
Also the compressors are operated from MSB GSPs
push button panel (use menu item Starting Compressors
PB of the page ER3).
• SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR – click to start/stop the
compressor if the control position label is IAS; click
the AUTO button to automatically start/stop the
compressor;
• No 1 (No 2) CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR – compressors in
lead/follow configuration can be operated remotely The No 1 (No 2) CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR and SERVICE AIR
from this display if control position label is IAS; COMPRESSOR are also operated from the LOP and push
Click a compressor to start/stop when the button AUTO button panel (use menu items Control & Service Compressors
is depressed. LOP and Control & Service Compressors PB of the page ER2).
When buttons AUTO are pressed (highlight) for both

compressors, use the button FOLLOW for one com-
pressor, the other being lead automatically.

89
Fresh Water Generator System
2.27. Fresh Water Generator System

Click on the FRESH WATER GENERATOR button in the IAS
bottom menu to open the display FRESH WATER GENERATOR
SYSTEM – M27.

• FWG system with generators and tanks; FW genera-
tors and Distillate pumps are operated from the LOPs
(use menu item FWG No 1, 2 LOP of the page ER1);
• MAIN CSW PUMP 1 (2) – cooling sea water pumps in duty/
stand-by configuration can be operated remotely from
push button panel (use menu item SW Pumps PB of the
page ER1).
• SUBMERGED FWG SW FEED PUMP – click to start/stop the
pump if the control position label is IAS;
• FLASH FWG SW FEED PUMP – click to start/stop the pump
if the control position label is IAS;
Also the pump is operated from MSB GSP (use menu • BRINE PUMPS indicators; the pumps are operated
item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB). from the LOPs (use menu item FWG No 1, 2 LOP of the
page ER1);
• HOT W. CIRC. PP 1 (2) indicators; the hot water circulating
pumps are operated from MSB GSPs (use menu items
LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel and LV MSB No. 2/2 Group
Starter Panel of the page MSB) and push button panels
(use menu item FW Pumps PB of the page ER2);
• DOMESTIC FW HYD pumps (hydrophore unit) indicators.

90
Central Cooling Fresh Water System
2.28. Central Cooling

Fresh Water System
Click on the CENT. COOLING F.W. SYS button in the IAS
bottom menu to open the display CENT. COOLING F.W.
SYSTEM – M28.

• System diagram with central fresh water coolers 1 (2);
• CF005 valve controller; see the description in the
paragraph 1.2.3 on page 59;
• MAIN COOLING SW PP 1 (2) – SW pumps in duty/stand-
by configuration can be operated remotely from
push button panel (use menu item SW Pumps PB of the
page ER1).
• SUBMERGED FWG SW FEED PUMP 1 – click to start/stop
the pump if the control position label is IAS;
• FLASH FWG SW FEED PUMP 2 – click to start/stop the
pump if the control position label is IAS; • CENTRAL COOLING FW PP 1 (2) – SW pumps in duty/
Also the pump is operated from MSB GSP (use menu stand-by configuration can be operated remotely from
item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB). this display if control position label is IAS (see the

91
Low Pressure Steam Generator (LPSG)
2.29. Low Pressure Steam

Generator (LPSG)
Click on the LPSG button in the IAS bottom menu to open
the display LPSG – M29.
• LPSG system with deaerator, drain cooler and tanks;
• ES122, ES130, CD117, FD108 – pneumatic valve control-
lers; see the description in the paragraph 1.2.3 on
page 59;
• FD117 – pheumatic 0–1 valve; press the A button (it
highlights) to activate automatic control of the valve by
the LPSG DRAIN INS. TK high level sensor; depress the
button to operate the valve manually from the display
Condensate Water System (use menu item Condensate Wa-
ter System of the page SYS);
• LPSG FEED WATER PP 1 (2) – pumps in duty/stand-by con-
figuration can be operated remotely from this display
if control position label is IAS (see the paragraph 1.2.4
on page 60);

92
Ballast Tanks & Piping
2.30. Ballast Tanks & Piping

Click on the BALLAAST TANK & PIPING button in the IAS bot-
tom menu to open the display BALLAST TANK & PIPING – M30.
• Ballast system diagram with ballast tanks;
• Controlled 0–100 valves; use the spin control Up and
Down arrows to set the valve position;
• BALLAST PP 1, 2, ST-BY – indicators; the pumps are op-
erated from the MSB panels (use menu items HV MSB
Bow Thruster & No. 1 Ballast Pump Panel and HV MSB St-By
Ballast Pump & No. 2 Ballast Pump Panel of the page MSB)
and push button panel (use menu item Bilge Ballast
Pumps PB of the page ER1).

93
Ballast Pumps & Piping
2.31. Ballast Pumps & Piping

Click on the BALLAAST PUMP & PIPING button in the IAS bot-
tom menu to open the display BALLAST PUMP & PIPING – M31.
• Ballast system diagram with P LL and P HH alarm
boxes to indicate low-low and high-high pressure on
the ballast lines;
• Controlled 0–100 valves; use the spin control Up and
Down arrows to set the valve position;
• No 1 (No 2, St-By) BALLAST PP – click to operate the
pumps from this display if control position label is IAS;
If no sufficient power is available, PMS sends the
request for additional generator start, and START RE-
QUEST indicator illuminates.
The pumps control position is selected on their MSB
panels (use menu items HV MSB Bow Thruster & No. 1
Ballast Pump Panel and HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump & No. 2
Ballast Pump Panel of the page MSB). The pumps can be
also operated from these MSB panels and push but-
ton panel (use menu item Bilge Ballast Pumps PB of the
page ER1).

94
Fire Water & Bilge Piping
2.32. Fire Water & Bilge Piping

Click on the FIRE & BILGE PIPING button in the IAS bottom
menu to open the display FIRE WATER SYSTEM – M32.
• System diagram with cofferdam valves and piping;
• EMCY FIRE PP indicator; the pump is operated from
ESB (use menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the
page EmG) and push button panels (use menu item Fire
Pumps PB of the page ER1 and page FFS);
• JOCKEY PP – click to start/stop the pump if the control
position label is IAS; click the AUTO button to enable
automatic pump operation;
Also the pump is operated from MSB (use menu item
LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB);
• BILGE FIRE & GS PP – click to start/stop the pump if the
control position label is IAS; also the pump is operated
from MSB (use menu item LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter
Panel of the page MSB);
• FIRE PP – click to start/stop the pump if the control po-
sition label is IAS; also the pump is operated from MSB
(use menu item LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel of the
page MSB);
• WATER SPRAY PP – click to start/stop the pump if the
control position label is IAS; also the pump is operated The pumps BILGE FIRE & GS PP, FIRE PP, WATER SPRAY PP,
from MSB (use menu item LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter EMCY FIRE PP are also operated from the wheel house (use
Panel of the page MSB). menu item BCC Misc Panel of the page BCC).
The pumps FIRE PP, WATER SPRAY PP, JOCKEY PP, EMCY FIRE
PP are also operated from push button panels (use menu
items Fire Pumps PB of the page ER1 and page FFS).

95
Inert Gas Generation (I.G.G.) Unit
2.33. Inert Gas Generation (I.G.G.) Unit

Click on the I.G.G. UNIT button in the IAS bottom menu to
open the display I.G.G. UNIT – M33.
• I.G.G. unit diagram to monitor the parameters;
• IGG FO PP – indicator;
• IGG BLOWER No 1 (No 2) – indicators;
• No 2 BALLAST PP – click to start/stop the pump if the
control position label is IAS; also the pump is operated
from the MSB GSP (use menu item HV MSB St-By Bal-
last Pump & No. 2 Ballast Pump Panel of the page MSB) and
push button panel (use menu item Bilge Ballast Pumps
PB of the page ER1);
• START/STOP button; click to open the pop up panel to
operate the plant:
The plant operating mode, condition and alarm boxes

are displayed on this panel.
The I.G.G. unit is locally operated from the LCPs (use
menu items IGG Main Control Panel of the page ER3).
The pump IGG FO PP and IGG BLOWER No 1 (No 2) are locally
operated from the starters (use menu item IGG Starters of
the page ER3).

96
Load Calculator System
2.34. Load Calculator System

Click the LSC button in the IAS main menu to open the dis-
play, which contains:
• GZ; Shear Force; Bending Moment – graphs;
• DFP; DAP – draft fore peak, draft after peak values;
• DM_PS; DM; DM_SB – draft middle PS, centre and SB
values;
• HEEL; TRIM – values;
• Pictures of the ship:
-- 1 heel;
-- 2 trim: red line on PS; green line on SB.
1 2

97
Chapter 2. Integrated Automation System . IAS Alarm & Log Displays in Simulator
Alarm Summary
3. IAS Alarm & Log 3.2. Alarm History

Click the ALARM HISTORY button on the bottom bar of
Displays in Simulator any IAS page to open the display ALARM HISTORY.
The display contains the list of all alarms in the
3.1. Alarm Summary ship’s systems with their corresponding attributes:
Click the ALARM SUMMARY button on the bottom bar of any
• N – the number of an alarm;
IAS page to open the display.
• Description – the ID and brief description of
The display contains the list of current alarms in the
alarm;
ship’s systems with their corresponding attributes:
• Status – the alarm state;
Each table row displays:
• Date – the date of alarm;
• Point-ID Description – the ID and brief description of • Time – the time of alarm (starting from the exer-
alarm; cise start).
• Value – parameter value that caused alarm state; Alarm records are colored according to the alarm
• Unit – parameter units; status: unacknowledged alarms are red; acknowl-
• Limit 1 and Limit 2 – parameter range; edged but not cleared alarms are light magenta;
acknowledged and cleared alarms are gray.
• Status – alarm state of types:
-- LOW – parameter fell out of the range by Limit 1;
-- HIGH – parameter fell out of the range by Limit 2;
-- ALARM – any failure of normal operation of a pa-
rameter that is not measured.
Status of an unacknowledged alarm flashes, status of
an acknowledged alarm is on colored in red. When the
alarm cause has been removed the alarm line is deleted
from the list.

98
Chapter 2. Integrated Automation System . IAS Alarm & Log Displays in Simulator
Event List
3.3. Event List 3.4. Trend

Click the EVENT LIST button on the bottom bar of any IAS page to open the Click the TREND button on the bottom bar of any IAS page
display EVENT LIST. to open the display TREND.
The display contains the list of all events in the ship’s systems with their The Trend application allows outputting time curves of
corresponding attributes: working parameter changes for devices and mechanisms
of the ship systems. With this application Trainee is able
• Description – the ID and brief description of event;
to select parameters for monitoring, adjust required set-
• Value – the state of appropriate parameter; ting to display the curves on screen, review the current
• Date – the date of event; state of certain aggregates and mechanisms, and forecast
• Time – the time of event (starting from the exercise start). changes in order to take appropriate actions.
Description of the available options and functionality
is given in the section Application ‘Trends’ of the manual
TechSim/ERS-5000_General_Trainee_Manual.pdf.

99
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant

This chapter contains the description of the Electric Power Plant
for training the watch personnel of the LNG Carrier in
skills of the proper EPP operation.

Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant

Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant
Contents:
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 4.3.5. Load Sharing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
1.1. Plant Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 4.3.6. Preferential Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2. Power Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 4.3.7. Blackout Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 4.3.8. Reconnection after Blackout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
2.2. Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 5. Power Distribution Control in Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
2.2.1. Generator Diesel Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 5.1. Main Circuit Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
3. Power Generation Control in Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 5.2. HV MSB No.1 Turbo Generator & Diesel Generator Panels . . . . . . 119
3.1. Turbo Generator No 1 LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 5.3. HV MSB No.1 Turbo Generator & Diesel Generator VCB Panels . . . 120
3.2. Turbo Generator No 2 LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 5.3.1. Door Opening Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
3.3. Turbo Generators EMCY Trip at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 5.4. HV MSB Diesel Generator & No.2 Turbo Generator Panels . . . . . . 123
3.4. Diesel Generator Engine LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 5.5. HV MSB No.2 Turbo Generator & Diesel Generator VCB Panels . . . 123
3.5. Shore Supply Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 5.6. HV MSB No.1 Synchronizing Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
4. Power Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 5.7. HV MSB No.2 Synchronizing Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
4.1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 5.8. HV MSB Bow Thruster & No.1 Ballast Pump Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.2. Major Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 5.9. HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump & No.2 Ballast Pump Panels . . . . . . . . . 127
4.2.1. Air Circuit Breaker (ACB) Components & Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 5.10. HV MSB Bow Thruster VCB & No.1 Ballast Pump VMC Panels . . . 128
4.2.2. Consumers’ CB Principle of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 5.11. HV MSB No.2 Ballast Pump & St-By Ballast Pump VMC Panels . . . . .
4.2.4. Synchroscope Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 128
4.2.3. VCB Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 5.12. HV MSB No.1 CSBD Feeder & No.1 Step Down Transformer Panels . . .
129
4.2.5. Multirelay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
5.12.1. Common Controls on HV MSB Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
4.3. Power Management System (PMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.13. HV MSB No.2 CSBD Feeder & No.2 Step Down Transformer Panels . . .
4.3.1. Normal Operation At Sea . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
130
4.3.2. Bus Tie Breaker Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.14. HV MSB No.1 & No.2 Bus Tie Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4.3.3. Load Dependent Start/Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
5.15. HV MSB No.1 CSBD Feeder & No.1 Step Down Transformer VCB Panels
4.3.4. Start Blocking of Heavy Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 131

101
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant

5.16. HV MSB No.2 CSBD Feeder & No.2 Step Down Transformer VCB Panels 6. Emergency Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
131
6.1. General Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
5.17. HV MSB No.1 & No.2 Bus Tie VCB Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
6.1.1. EMCY Generator Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
5.18. LV MSB No.1 Incoming & Bus Tie Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
6.2. EM’CY Stop & Preferential Trip Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
5.19. LV MSB No.2 Incoming & Bus Tie Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
7. EMCY Power Supply Control in the Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
5.20. LV MSB No.1 AC440V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
7.1. EMCY Generator Engine LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
7.2. EMCY Generator & Disconnecting Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
5.22. LV MSB No.1/1 Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
7.3. EM’CY Bus Tie Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
7.4. ESB Consumers 440V & EM’CY GSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
7.5. ESB Consumers 220V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
7.6. Battery Charging & Discharging Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
7.6.1. EMCY 24V DC Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.6.2. Wheel House BD - 1 24V DC Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
7.6.3. ECR BD - 2 24V DC Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
5.29. Local Group Starter Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
7.6.4. ER1 BD - 3 24V DC Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
5.29.1. LGSP - 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.29.2. LGSP - 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.29.3. LGSP - 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.29.4. LGSP - 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
5.30. Power Distribution Boards 440V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
5.31. Power Distribution Boards 220V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

102
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . General
Plant Specification
1. General
The Ship Electrical Power System is designed to meet the
vessel’s electrical power demands in standard and emer-
consumers. The ship electrical network in turn consists
of main and emergency switchboards (MSB, ESB), power
1.1. Plant Specification
gency conditions. distribution boards (PD) and electric cables (feeders). The EPP includes:
The Ship Electrical Power System simulator module is The simulator composition corresponds to EPP standard • 2 x Turbine generator: 6600 V, 3 Ph, 60 Hz, 3450 kW;
designed for training the Engine Room watch personnel in setup, parameters and performance of the simulated • 1 x Diesel generator: 6600 V, 3 Ph, 60 Hz, 3450 kW;
skills of correct operating the vessel’s Electrical Power mechanisms and systems onboard the ship. • 1 x EM’CY Diesel generator: 450 V, 3 Ph, 60 Hz, 500 kW;
Plant (EPP), including: • Shore power supply connection: 440 V, 60 Hz, 1250 A;
The simulator module architecture comprises a set a
• Preparation of equipment/systems for their operation, displays for monitoring of the EPP only. There are five • 2 x High Voltage Main Switch Board (HV MSB);
start-up, and shutdown; displays in Integrated Automation System (described in
• 2 x Transformer 6600/440V;
• Monitoring of operation using variable parameters; Chapter 2). A set of displays of the pages MSB, EmG and in
ER pages simulate the Switchboard panels, Group Starter
• 2 x Low Voltage Main Switch Board (LV MSB);
• Troubleshooting. • 6 x GSP in HV MSB;
panels and Local Operating Panels of the generator en-
In addition to training in practical skills, the simulator gines / turbines. • 4 x LGSP in Engine rooms;
allows the Trainee to learn the basic principles of the
Virtual Hardware console duplicates the EPP displays, • Charger: 230V AC – 24V DC for supply of distribution
structure, functions, and interaction of EPP components
which can be distributed on a set of screens to provide boards by 24 V DC;
and systems.
realistic performance. • Power Distribution sections AC440 V, AC220 V, 24 V
Electrical Power system consists of the ship electrical DC; Customers with CB and starters;
power plant (EPP), ship electrical network and power
• Local panels and starters in ER.

103
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . Power Generation
General Description
2. Power Generation designed with discrimination on the distribution system,

so that the generator breaker is the last to open if any
2.2.1. Generator Diesel Engine
A stationary engine in power station is type 8L32/40, tur-
abnormalities occur.
2.1. General Description bocharged, unidirectional, four-stroke, in-line engine with
Starting of large motors is blocked until there is sufficient a cylinder bore of 320 mm and a stroke of 400 mm.
Two turbine generators (TG) are provided. TGs are sup-
power available. The diesel generator will be started to
plied with superheated steam at boiler conditions (60 kg/ The engine is moderately supercharged by means of one
meet the shortfall. Under normal circumstances, the
cm2, 510°C) and normally exhaust to the main condenser. exhaust gas turbo-charger and a two stage air cooler.
diesel generator will be used as a stand by unit to the tur-
They each supply one main high voltage (HV) switchboard The engine has two camshafts. Cooling water and lub-oil
bine generators. The main diesel generator can be used
independently, but under normal conditions the two pumps are driven via a drive unit also on the free end of
in parallel with them when the ship is on cargo load/un-
switchboards will be linked. the engine.
load and port in/out operation. The order of the stand by
Each generator is rated at start is selected through the power management system. Conditioned fresh water, supplied from the engine room
4375 kVA at AC 6600 V, 3 Ph, 60 Hz. central fresh water cooling system, is used to cool the
A diesel generator will start under the following conditions:
charge air, Lubricating oil, generator and generator bear-
They are of the totally enclosed, self excited, brushless
• Busbar blackout (if the generator is in stand-by mode); ing LO cooler.
type. The load voltage is kept constant by controlling the
excitation current to the exciter. Output power from the • Load dependent start; The engine is normally supplied with LO under pressure
stator is fed into a current/voltage compound transformer • Start request from heavy consumers; to all its running parts by an engine driven gear type LO
and the output of this is rectified and fed through the • Overcurrent on running generator; pump. The pump discharges through the cooler, at which
exciter stator windings. The magnetic field in the exciter the temperature is regulated by a three way valve, allow-
• Boiler tripped or low-low steam pressure at turbine
stator induces AC in the excited rotor, which is rectified by ing the LO to pass through or by pass the cooler.
generators;
the rotary diodes and passed to the DC main rotor wind-
• Standby start based on frequency (58.5 Hz 10s delay). An electric driven pre-lubrication pump is used to circulate
ings. Initial voltage build-up is by residual magnetism in
LO through the engine while it is in stand-by condition.
the rotor. Constant voltage control is achieved by the au- Two generators will be required to operate in parallel when:
tomatic voltage regulator, which shunts a variable current The fuel is supplied to the engine by the injection pumps,
• Discharging cargo;
through the exciter windings via a thyristor to keep the AC which are operated by cams on the camshaft.
• Loading cargo;
stator output voltage constant.
The engine is started using the Starting Air system.
• Maneuvering with bow thruster in use.
The generator is cooled by passing air over an integral
fresh water cooler, using a closed circuit air supply. Space
heaters are fitted, which are energized when the genera-
2.2. Major Components
tor circuit breakers are open to protect against internal The ship’s main power generation equipment comprises:
condensation during shut down periods. • 2 x Turbine generator: 6600 V, 3 Ph, 60 Hz, 3450 kW;
The breakers are normally operated by the power • 1 x Diesel generator: 6600 V, 3 Ph, 60 Hz, 3450 kW;
management system, but can be operated manually • 1 x EM’CY Diesel generator: 450 V, 3 Ph, 60 Hz, 500 kW;
at the switchboard front. The electric power system is
• Shore power supply connection: 440 V, 60 Hz, 1250 A.

104
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . Power Generation Control in Simulator
Turbo Generator No 1 LOP
3. Power Generation
Control in Simulator
3.1. Turbo Generator No 1 LOP
Click on the menu item TG 1 LOP of the page ER3 to open the
display with the panels for supervision of the generator
turbine engine AUX LO PUMP and TURNING GEAR MOTOR.
The No 1 T/G ENGINE SUPERVISORY PANEL contains:
• TURBINE RPM – turbine speed digital indicator;
• SOURCE – indicator lamp;
• Alarm lamps to illuminate when:
-- GLAND STM PRESS HIGH ALARM – > 0.2 kg/cm2;
-- GLAND STM PRESS LOW ALARM – < 0.03 kg/cm2;
-- BOTH BOILER TRIP - ALARM – both boilers are tripped;
-- OIL TK LEVEL LOW ALARM – < 50%;
-- EXH STM PRESS HIGH ALARM – 400 mmHg;
-- MAIN STM PRESS LOW ALARM – < 48 kg/cm2;
-- MANUAL TRIP – TG is tripped manually;
-- LO PRESS LOW TRIP – < 0.4 kg/cm2;
-- EXH STM PRESS HIGH TRIP – 200 mmHg;
-- MAIN STM PRESS LOW TRIP – < 40 kg/cm2;
-- VIBRATION HIGH TRIP – 80 μm;
-- OVER SPEED TRIP – ≥ 11 500 rpm.
• EXH STM PRESS HIGH TRIP MODE group comprising SELECT SWITCH
to set the exhaust steam condenser receiver:
-- NOR – exhaust steam is drained to the main condenser; indi-
cator lamp NOR illuminates;
-- ATMOS – exhaust steam is drained to the atmospheric con-
denser; indicator lamp ATMOS illuminates.

105
• LAMP TEST – button; click to test if the indicator lamps The AUX LO PUMP starter panel contains: The TURNING GEAR MOTOR starter panel contains:
are healthy: all lamps should illuminate;
• MAIN SWITCH – automatic circuit breaker to turn the • MAIN SWITCH – automatic circuit breaker to turn the
• MANUAL TRIP – button with protection cover; click once pump power 440 V on/off; the SOURCE lamp illuminates turning gear motor power 440 V on/off; the SOURCE
to open the cover; click second time to stop the turbine when the power is on; lamp illuminates when the power is on;
in the case of emergency;
• AMMETER, RUNNING HOUR METER – gauges; • AMMETER, RUNNING HOUR METER – gauges;
• TRIP RESET – button; click to reset the safety system;
• RUN – indicator lamp to illuminate when the pump is in • RUN – indicator lamp to illuminate when the turning
• MAIN SWITCH – automatic circuit breaker to turn power operation; gear motor is in operation;
220V on/off for the supervisory panel.
• START / STOP buttons to operate the pump in MAN mode; • IN TURNING – indicator lamp to illuminate when the
Switch power supply 220 V for the No 1 T/G ENGINE SUPER- gear is engaged and the motor is running;
• SELECT SWITCH – two-position mode select switch to
VISORY PANEL from the LPD - 1 220V (use menu item LPD - 1
select between: • INTERLOCK BY LO LOW PRESS – alarm lamp to illuminate
AC220V of the page ER2) by No 1 T/G LOCAL GAUGE BOARD cir-
-- AUTO: the pump starts automatically when the LO when the motor is locked due to LO press < 0.2 bar;
cuit breaker.
inlet pressure ≤ 0.6 kg/cm2; • START and STOP buttons to operate the motor in LOC
The right panel contains the pressure gauges for moni- control mode;
-- MAN: the pump is operated by the buttons on this panel.
toring the state of the turbine steam and LO supply: MAIN
Switch power supply 440 V for the AUX LO PUMP from the LV • DISENGAGE /ENGAGE – two-position switch handle; set
STEAM INLET; TURBINE EXH STEAM; GOVERNOR OIL INLET; TUR-
MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No. 1 the handle in required position using the mouse.
BINE 1ST STAGE; GLAND PACKING STEAM; LO TURBINE INLET.
AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by AUX LO PUMP FOR TG Switch power supply 440 V for the TURNING GEAR MOTOR
No 1 circuit breaker. from the ESB 440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC440V
Feeder Panel of the page EmG) by ST FOR NO 1 T/G TURNING
GEAR circuit breaker.

106
3.2. Turbo Generator No 2 LOP

Click on the menu item TG 2 LOP of the page ER3 to open
the display with the panels for supervision of the genera-
tor turbine engine and support systems.
The turbo generator No 2 LOP is similar to TG No 1 LOP,
see the description in the paragraph 3.1 on page 105.
Switch power supply 220 V for the No 2 T/G ENGINE SUPER-
VISORY PANEL from the LPD - 2 220V (use menu item LPD - 2
AC220V of the page ER1) by No 2 T/G LOCAL GAUGE BOARD cir-
cuit breaker.
Switch power supply 440 V for the AUX LO PUMP from the ESB
440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel
of the page EmG) by ST FOR No 2 T/G AUX LO PUMP breaker.
Switch power supply 440 V for the TURNING GEAR MOTOR
from the ESB 440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC440V
Feeder Panel of the page EmG) by ST FOR NO 2 T/G TURNING
GEAR circuit breaker.
3.3. Turbo Generators

EMCY Trip at ECR
the display ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D - UPPER, which con-
tains (in the right bottom part):
• MANU TRIP – buttons with protection cover each; click
once to open the cover; click second time to activate
tripping in the case of emergency:
-- No 1 T/G;
-- No 2 T/G.

107
Diesel Generator Engine LOP
3.4. Diesel Generator Engine LOP

Click on the menu item DG Engine LOP of the page ER3 to
open the display with the panels for supervision of the
generator diesel engine and support systems.
The DIESEL ENGINE LOP contains:
• Pressure gauges for monitoring the engine mechanisms:
CHARGE AIR PRESS; STARTING AIR PRESS; FO INLET PRESS; LO
INLET PRESS; HT ENGINE INLET PRESS; T/C LO INLET PRESS;
LT ENGINE INLET PRESS; NOZZLE COOLING OIL PRESS;
• LOCAL SPEED SET – potentiometer to adjust engine
speed in LOCAL control mode;
• START BOX – controller for engine operation and control
mode change-over, comprising:
-- ENGINE SPEED and TC SPEED – digital indicators;
-- OVERSPEED SHUTDOWN – alarm indicator lamp to il-
luminate when speed > 828 RPM;
-- HIGH FRESH WATER TEMP SHUTDOWN – alarm indicator
lamp to illuminate when temperature > 98 °C;
-- LOW LUB.OIL PRESS.SHUTDOWN – alarm indicator lamp
to illuminate when pressure < 2.5 bar; (alarm < 3 bar);
-- EMERGENCY STOP – alarm indicator lamp;
-- START and STOP – illuminated buttons to start the
engine from this panel, in LOCAL control mode;
-- REMOTE – button with a LED; click to enable starting
the diesel from MSB panel (see the paragraph 5.6 on
page 124 or the paragraph 5.7 on page 126) or from
the IAS display (see Chapter 2); the LED illuminates
to indicate the active control position; • Cylinder temperatures monitor panel; click on one of the • Two-position mode select switch to set the preheater
arrow buttons to select the required cylinder; its temper- control mode:
-- LOCAL – button with a LED; click to enable starting
ature reading will be displayed on the digital indicator; -- MANU: operate the preheater from this panel;
the diesel from this panel; the LED illuminates to
indicate the active control position; The CFW PREHEATER panel contains: -- AUTO: the preheater starts when temperature <
-- BLOCKING reset – button with a LED; click to reset the • RUN/START and STOP buttons to operate the preheater 40 °C and the engine is stopped.
start blocking condition. from this panel in MANU mode; • SOURCE – indicator lamp.

108
Diesel Generator Engine LOP
The LOCAL ALARM PANEL contains: • AC SOURCE and DC SOURCE indicator lamps to illuminate -- AUTO: the pump can be started by MANUAL ON button
when the respective source is available; and will run for 5 min.; otherwise, when the engine
• GROUP INDICATOR LAMP to illuminate when:
• RESET – button; click to acknowledge the alarms; is running, the pump operates automatically accord-
-- LOCAL; REMOTE – control modes; ing to the charge air pressure: at pressure > 1.4 bar
-- BLOCKING – engine was shutdown; • BELL STOP – button; click to stop the audible signal;
the pump changes to high speed mode.
-- READY TO START; • FLICKER STOP – button; click to acknowledge the
The TURNING GEAR MOTOR STARTER panel contains;
-- RUNNING; alarms;
• ALARM TEST – button; click to test if the lamps are • MAIN SWITCH – automatic circuit breaker to turn the
-- STOP – the engine is stopped;
healthy: all lamps should illuminate. pump power 440 V on/off; the SOURCE lamp illuminates
-- TURNING GEAR ENGAGE;
when the power is on;
-- CYL LO PUMP LOW SPEED and CYL LO PUMP HIGH SPEED – The LO PRIMING PUMP STARTER panel contains;
• AMMETER, RUNNING HOUR METER – gauges;
actual speed of the pump. • MAIN SWITCH – automatic circuit breaker to turn the
• SHUT DOWN & ALARM LAMP to illuminate when: • FORWARD and REVERSE illuminated buttons; click to
pump power 440 V on/off; the SOURCE lamp illuminates
start the motor rotate in required direction;
-- OVERSPEED – > 828 RPM; when the power is on;
• STOP illuminated button to stop the motor;
-- LO LOW PRESS SHUT DOWN – < 2.5 kg/cm2; • AMMETER, RUNNING HOUR METER – gauges;
-- HT WATER HIGH TEMP SHUT DOWN – > 98 °C; • DISENGAGE /ENGAGE – handle.
• RUN/START and STOP illuminated buttons to operate the
-- OIL MIST HIGH SHUT DOWN; pump in MANU mode; Switch power supply 440 V from the LV MSB No 2 440V FEED-
ER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel
-- START FAIL; • Two-position mode select switch to select between:
of the page MSB) for:
-- LO FILTER DIFF HIGH PRESS – > 1.2 bar; -- AUTO: the pump starts automatically before engine
-- FO FILTER DIFF HIGH PRESS – > 1.2 kg/cm2; start; • TURNING GEAR MOTOR by DG TURNING GEAR circuit
-- LO SUMP TANK LOW LEVEL – < 20%; breaker;
-- MANU: the pump is operated by the buttons on this
-- FO LEAKAGE BOX HIGH LEVEL . panel. • CFW PREHEATER by DG CW PREHEATER circuit breaker.
• GROUP ALARM LAMP to illuminate when: The CYLINDER LO PUMP STARTER panel contains; Switch EMCY supply 440 V from the ESB 440V FEEDER
-- PLC POWER SYSTEM FAIL; CABLE FAIL – not modeled; PANEL (use menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the page
• MAIN SWITCH – automatic circuit breaker to turn the EmG) for:
-- LO CYCLO NON FLOW – the engine is running and cylin- pump power 440 V on/off; the SOURCE lamp illuminates
der pump is stopped; when the power is on; • LO PRIMING PUMP STARTER by ST FOR D/G LO PRIMING PUMP
-- OIL MIST DETECTOR FAIL – not modeled; circuit breaker;
• AMMETER, RUNNING HOUR METER – gauges;
-- PRIM LO LOW LEVEL – the priming pump has not start- • CYLINDER LO PUMP STARTER by ST FOR D/G CYL LUB PUMP
• LOW SPEED and HIGH SPEED – indicator lamps to illumi-
ed by remote command (pump in AUTO mode); circuit breaker.
nate when the pump runs at low/high speed;
-- OIL MIST HIGH ALARM;
• MANUAL ON and MANUAL OFF illuminated buttons to op-
-- EMERGENCY STOP – the engine was stopped by EMCY
erate the pump in HIGH SPEED mode;
stop button from MSB panel;
• Two-position mode select switch to select between:
-- FW EXP TANK LEVEL LOW LOW – < 10%.
-- OFF: the pump is stopped;

109
Shore Supply Box
3.5. Shore Supply Box

Click on the menu item Shore Supply & Bus Tie Panel of the
page EmG to open the display with the SHORE SUPPLY BOX
panel, which contains.
• ACB OPEN, SHORE SOURCE, ACB CLOSE – indicator labels
to illuminate when the respective condition is active;
• WATTMETER, VOLTMETER, AMMETER, FREQ METER – gaug-
es to read the shore supply parameters;
• SHORE KW-HOUR METER – digital indicator;
• PHASE CHECK – lamps; when phases are correct, the
left lamp is illuminated brighter than the right lamp;
• AMMETER SW – four-position switch to select the amme-
ter readings between OFF and measured phases R, S, T;
• SHORE ACB CONTROL – two-position switch to OPEN/
CLOSE the shore ACB;
• SHORE SUPPLY ACB – air circuit breaker (see the opera-
tion description in the paragraph 4.2.1 on page 112).

110
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . Power Distribution
General Description
4. Power Distribution 4.2. Major Components Vacuum circuit breakers (VCB) are operating on the HV
MSB generator and consumer panels. Air circuit breakers
The ship’s power distribution system comprises: (ACB) are operating on LV MSB and ESB panels.
4.1. General Description • High Voltage Main Switch Board (HV MSB) consists of: VCBs are installed on ship inside the MSB panels and are
The ship electrical network is designed for delivering
-- Bow Thruster & No 1 Ballast Pump panel; therefore not presented on the simulator displays. Their
electrical power from the ship EPP to the consumers.
-- 2 x Cargo SWBD Feeder & Step Down Transformer multirelays and switches are used to control these VCBs.
The ship electrical network supplies consumers with
panel; Diesel Generator can be connected to either one of the HV
6600V and 440V, 3-phase, 60Hz power generated by the
generators. -- 2 x Turbo Generator & Diesel Generator panel; MSB sections. DG control is available from both TG No 1
-- 2 x Synchronizing panel; and TG No 2 MSB panels.
-- Bus Tie 1 & 2 panel;
-- No 2 & No 3 Ballast Pump panel.
• 2 x Transformer 6600/440V;
• Low Voltage Main Switch Board (LV MSB) consists of:
-- 2 x Incoming & Bus Tie panel;
-- 2 x AC440V Feeder panel;
-- 6 x Group Starter panel (GSP);
-- AC220V Feeder panel;
-- Local Group Starter panel (LGSP).
• 4 x LGSP in Engine rooms;
• Charger: 230V AC – 24V DC for supply of distribution
boards by 24 V DC;
• Power Distribution sections AC440 V, AC220 V, 24 V
DC; Customers with CB and starters;
• Local panels and starters in ER.

111
Major Components
4.2.1. Air Circuit Breaker (ACB) stored to ensure that the opening spring is also charged. If the motor mechanism module is powered, then the motor
In electrical fault circumstances such as a blackout con- re-charges the spring, and in 4 sec it is again in charged
Components & Operation dition, the motor mechanism will be unable to recharge state. The spring state is indicated by the tag indicator.
The air circuit breaker consists of: the stored energy system for any ACB(s) that tripped,
The ACB consists of:
subsequently these ACB(s) will require resetting and re-
• Springs to open/close the ACB;
charging using the manual charging lever. • 1 I pushbutton to manually close the ACB; it is active
• Electric motor module to automatically change the only when the spring is changed;
spring; ACB can be opened either by remote tripping mechanism
or manually. To open the ACB manually it is sufficient to • 1 O pushbutton to manually open the ACB;
• Electromagnetic tripping device operating at overcur-
click the button on the front panel. Spring energy is not • 2 Tags of the signalling device:
rent, over/under voltage and overload;
required for opening. -- The ACB state is indicated by either a white ”I
• Push buttons to manually open and close the ACB; the
To close the ACB manually the operator needs to ensure closed”, or light blue ”O open” tag;
close button is active only when the spring is changed;
that springs are charged. The RESET push button on the -- The condition of the stored energy mechanism is
• Signalling device mechanically connected to the
front panel should be clicked. To close the ACB it is suf- indicated by either a white “discharged” or yellow
spring. The condition of the stored energy mechanism
ficient to click the button. At that the spring closes the ACB. “charged” tag.
is indicated by a color tag which displays either a “dis-
charged” or “charged” indicator; • 3 RESET pushbutton to reset ACB after tripping and
re-enable the protection mechanism; the pushbutton
• Signalling device mechanically connected to the
is pulled out when ACB trips;
spring. The condition of the ACB is indicated by a tag
which displays either a “Closed” or light “Open” ACB • 4 The lever to manually charge the spring. In the
indicator; simulator, drag the lever once down and up using the
mouse to achieve the yellow “charged” tag being dis-
• RESET push button to reset ACB after tripping and re- 3 4 played, which confirms successful charging.
enable the protection mechanism; 1
• The lever to manually charge the spring.
The ACB will not close unless the closing spring is fully
charged. In automatic operation (including under/over
voltage tripping, where used) the closing/opening springs 2
are charged automatically by the motor mechanism. When
the ACB opens, the geared motor recharges the stored
energy system allowing for a closing/opening operation
so that by charging the closing spring, sufficient energy is

112
Major Components
4.2.2. Consumers’ CB Principle of Operation 4.2.4. Synchroscope Operation 4.2.3. VCB Protection
Circuit Breakers of the consumers are three-position auto-
Synchroscope Gauge Generators VCB
matic power switches having the following positions:
The “rotation” of the red LED circle indicates the fre- • Overcurrent: 110% Inom, delay > 10 s;
• 0 – power is switched off;
quency difference. The circle can rotate clockwise and • Short circuit: 200% Inom, delay > 80 ms;
• TRIP – CB is tripped; the CB opens and the operating lever counterclockwise.
rotates to the tripped position; to reset the CB the opera- • Reverse power: -5% Pnom (Pnom= 3450kW), delay > 5.0 s;
tor needs to manually switch the lever into 0 position, and If the generator frequency is less than the bus frequen- • Undervoltage: 95% Unom, delay > 5.0 s;
only after that CB can be closed manually; cy the circle rotates counterclockwise (TOO SLOW). If
• Overvoltage: 105% Unom, delay > 5.0 s;
generator frequency is greater than the bus frequency
• 1 – power from the bus is supplied to the consumer. • Underfrequency: 95% Fnom, delay > 5.0 s;
the circle rotates clockwise (TOO FAST).
CBs have inbuilt short circuit and thermal protection. • Overfrequency: 105% Fnom, delay > 5.0 s;
If the generator is synchronized with the bus (it is safe
Switching a CB in the simulator is done by the double-click, to connect the generator to the bus), then only the up- • Loss of excitation: -1293.8 kvar,-30%, delay >1.5 s.
or by dragging the lever into desired position with the mouse. per LED indicator is illuminated (12 o’clock position). Bow Thruster, Ballast Pumps VCB
Closing of a CB (the lever in position 1) means that the power Read the actual voltage and frequency values on • Overcurrent: 110% Inom, delay > 10 s;
is supplied to the specified consumer(s). For operation the the respective gauges. To adjust frequency, use the • Short circuit: 200% Inom, delay > 80 ms;
consumer(s) need to be switched on either remotely or on manual voltage regulator (MVR) of the synchronizing
their local panels. • Low insulation detected: immediately.
generator.
The automatic CBs located on the local panels and starters.
Light Synchroscope
Three lamps R, S, T of the light synchroscope illuminate
in round robin way:
• The sequence S -> T -> R indicates that the genera-
tor frequency is greater than the bus frequency;
• The sequence S -> R -> T indicates that the genera-
tor frequency is less than the bus frequency.
The automatic CBs located on the distribution boards and
switchboard panels. Associated consumers’ names are dis- At the synchronizing point between the generator and
played on the nameplates above the switch: the bus, the top lamp (S) is turned OFF, and two other
lamps (R and S) are illuminated in the same brightness.
Then the generator VCB can be closed.
CB is on CB is tripped CB is off

113
Major Components
4.2.5. Multirelay • IAS LED; it turns on to green when the control is per-
formed from IAS; otherwise is white;
The multirelay protects feeder lines against overcurrent,
• HV MSB LED; it turns on to green when the control is
reverse power, etc., featuring the following functions:
performed from this MSB panel; otherwise is white;
• Protection; • The buttons with Up and Down arrows to browse
• Measurement; through the LCD screens;
• ackn button; click to acknowledge alarms;
• Control;
• Digital indicators of actual values A , kV, kW, Hz, cos φ;
• Monitoring and self diagnosis;
these values are also indicated on the LCD (screen 2);
• Communication. • The LCD with several screens:
All above-mentioned and also power quality functions are The HMI is a complete system for the local management of -- Screen 1 – displays actual VCB state;
integrated into a programmable environment. the switch gear. The operator can operate the primary ob- -- Screen 2 – displays actual measured values;
jects, visualize measurements and events, reset alarms.
The multirelay is composed of two parts: a base unit and
(Options of changing the unit working mode and setting the
a separate human machine interface (HMI). The base unit
protection functions are not modeled in the simulator).
contains the power supply, the processor board, the ana-
log input board and binary input and output (I/O) modules, The HMI panel includes:
as well as optional modules for supplementary functions.
• TRIP LED; it turns to red when the VCB abnormally
The base unit and a HMI are connected with a serial cable.
opens; when this LED is on, it is not possible to close
The HMI is a stand-alone unit with its own power supply. the breaker; the trip condition has to be removed and
It can be installed on the low voltage (LV) compartment VCB reset by VCB ABNORMAL (RESET) button on the re-
door close to the central unit. The HMI can be used to set spective MSB panel;
the protection parameters to locally operate the switch- • ALARM LED; it turns to red when user-defined alarms -- Screen 3 – displays VCB protection setpoint values;
ing devices in the switch gear and to visualize events and become true; when this LED is on, it is not possible to
measurements. A shielded, isolated twisted pair accord- close the circuit breaker; the alarm condition has to be
ing to the RS-485 standard interface connects the HMI to removed and the alarm must be acknowledged first;
the base unit. • READY LED; it is turned on when the unit is operational;
• INTERLOCK LED; it is usually green; the LED turns
The multirelay is a real-time system. A digital signal
temporarily to red when the user attempts an opera-
processor (DSP) carries out the measurement and pro-
tion that would violate the programmed interlocking
tection functions, and a micro controller (MC) the control
conditions.
functions. The binary input and output modules interface
• NET COMM LED; when a communication module is de-
the primary process to send commands and to acquire
tected inside the unit, the LED turns on to green; if a
status information.
communication module is not detected or fails, the
-- Screen 4 – displays the list of alarms; each line
The HMI control unit, features a LC Display, push buttons, LED turns from green to red; when the unit is not con-
provides time, alarm signal description and alarm
digital indicators and several LED indicators. figured for the communication, the LED is switched off;
acknowledgement status.

114
Power Management System (PMS)
4.3. Power Management System (PMS) 4.3.1. Normal Operation At Sea Common
Ring connections for the switchboard using cargo or low Control at the main switchboards shall normally be se-
6600 V System (HV) lected to REMOTE, allowing control of the generators and
voltage switchboard is allowed for a short predefined pe-
Under normal condition at sea, the system will operate circuit breakers from the IAS system via the operator
riod during configuration changes. Since there is only one
with one turbine driven generator (TG1 or TG2) supplying work stations in the engine control room.
synchronizer on the main bus-tie (HMBT1 and HMBT2),
power to the Main 6600V switchboard. All main genera-
the ring connection is allowed as long as the main bus-tie Selection of standby generators and load sharing mode
tors are capable of operating in parallel under the control
is closed. If the ring connection is active for more than a will be undertaken from the IAS and implemented via the
of the PMS, and Diesel generator may be called to start
predefined period (8 sec.), an alarm will be announced. PMS system. The PMS system will be operative and it will
and parallel automatically by the PMS system when se-
The internal switchboard logic will trip the last circuit ensure the system is automatically controlled to maintain
lected for Standby.
breaker to be closed after a predefined time to prevent bus frequency at 60 Hz.
continuous ring connection. The bus-tie breakers on the main 6600V switchboard
The PMS performs the following main control functions:

HMBT1 & HMBT2 will normally be CLOSED. 4.3.2. Bus Tie Breaker Operation
Power to the cargo switchboards HC1 and HC2 is simu- The HV bus tie breakers will be operated in Master/Slave
• Generator control & monitoring;
lated by instructor. The tie breakers to the cargo switch- pairs. This means that giving a close/open command to
• Switchboard control and monitoring; boards will normally be OPEN. the master breaker, the slave breaker will also be closed/
• Load dependent start and stop; opened. In the IAS, slave breakers will only be monitored
• Standby starts; 440 V System (LV) for status and alarms, and operation will not be possible.
• Blackout restart; Power supply to the two main 440V switchboards is
The HMBT1 will be Master; HMBT2 will be Slave. It is only pos-
achieved by the use of two step-down transformers,
• Breaker reconnection after blackout; sible to synchronize port and starboard side through HMBT1
HMTR1 and HMTR2. Each rated 6600V/440V, three phase
• Consumer restart after blackout; and HMBT2 since this is the only pair with a synchronizer.
2500 KVA using circuit breakers HM1LM1/LM1HM1 and
• Load sharing/ net frequency control; HM2LM2/LM2HM2 respectively. The bus-tie breakers Other feeders and incomers can be operated individually.
• Heavy consumer control; LMBT1 and LMBT2 on the 440V main switchboards will The following breakers are interlocked:
normally be OPEN.
• Preferential trip. • Only LM1E is operatable from IAS; ELM1 is interlocked
The emergency generator has sufficient capacity to sup- The supply to the emergency switchboard can be arranged when LM1E is opened.
ply the auxiliaries required to start a diesel generator in from either 440V MSB No.1 or 440V MSB No.2 the circuit • Only LM2E is operatable from IAS; ELM2 is interlocked
the event of total power failure. All three generators can breakers on the 440V main switchboards LM1E & LM2E are when LM2E is opened.
operate in parallel, but not with the emergency genera- not controlled remotely and would be normally CLOSED,
tor. The emergency generator power can be fed back to their position is monitored and indicated on the IAS. 4.3.3. Load Dependent Start/Stop
a dead main switchboard. The emergency generator will The Circuit breakers at the emergency switchboard The PMS will always ensure that the correct numbers of
start automatically in the event of a blackout and feed the ELM1, ELM2 and ELC2 are interlocked such that only one generators are connected, in accordance with the actual
emergency switchboard. breaker may be closed. If the emergency switchboard is electric power demand. The turbine generators will not be
de-energized the breakers may be closed by the IAS. started or stopped in this mode since they are only started
locally. The diesel generator will, according to priority,
start and take excessive load.

115
To enable the load dependent start/stop system, the func- If selected off, the consumers will be started without The load sharing mode can be selected individually for
tions Load Dependent Start and Load Dependent Stop checking the available power. On mimic displays and each generator. Load sharing is based on active power
must be switched on. Further, the diesel generator must switchboard starter panel, heavy consumers will at all (kW) measurements.
be set to standby operation. times have an indication by a blue lamp, telling whether
For load sharing and net frequency control, speed in-
the power situation is OK or not.
The load dependent start/stop function is based on the per- crease/decrease signals (pulses) are sent to the speed
centage load (kW) of the connected generators. For starting, If power is available (blue lamp is off), the required heavy governor. Speed droop is always applied (about 4%).
two sets of values with different time delays are defined. consumer can be started directly by a one time start ac-
tion from IAS or switchboard. If sufficient power is not Symmetric Load Sharing
A load dependent stop is initiated if the percentage load
available (blue lamp is on), and the consumer is started In this mode, the load of the generators running in paral-
(kW) of the remaining generators after stop will be less
from IAS, a power request goes to the PMS that will bring lel will be equal. A small dead band, 1% of rated power,
than the specified value.
a standby generator on line. Meanwhile, the consumer is foreseen.
The below table shows the initial parameters for the load goes out of start mode and will have to be started again.
dependent start/stop function: If a start is made from the switchboard while power is Asymmetric Load Sharing
not available, the switchboard will hold the start request The intention of the asymmetric load sharing function
Gens Start Delay Start Delay Stop Delay
signal until the “power available” signal is active, then the is to burn off carbons accumulated during diesel engine
Con- Limit Time Limit Time Limit Time
consumer will start. low load operation. In asymmetric load sharing one gen-
nected 1 2
1 85 % 15 s 90 % 10 s – – Upon a start request from the IAS or switchboard, the erator (master), will be loaded to 80% while the other
2 85 % 15 s 91 % 10 s 70 % 15 min PMS will check whether the available power is sufficient generators will share the remaining load. A generator
3 70 % 15 min to allow starting of the electric motor. If not, a standby will run as “main”, for four hours before it change over to
generator start request is given. If sufficient capacity is the next generator.
4.3.4. Start Blocking of Heavy Consumers not reached within a predefined time, a “Power request
time out” alarm is announced. When the capacity of the
It is sufficient to select diesel generator for this mode. If
the remaining load on the slave generators drops below
To prevent overload of the power generation plant, the power plant is sufficient the consumer shall not be start- 30%, the load on the master generator will be reduced. If
PMS contains start blocking of the following consumers ed automatically. A second start command shall be given. the load on the slave generators exceeds 80%, load will be
with 120 sec timeout:
The system will prevent starting of more than one heavy shared symmetrically between all generators.
• Ballast pump 1 – one generator needed; consumer at the time.
• Ballast pump 2 – one generator needed; Fixed Load
• Ballast pump st-by – one generator needed; 4.3.5. Load Sharing For maintenance purposes it is sometimes required to run
a generator with steady load. This can be achieved by se-
• Bow thruster – two generators needed; The PMS supports the following load sharing options:
lecting the generator to fixed load sharing. The set value
• Cargo pumps and HD compressors – each need one • Symmetric load sharing; is selected by the operator and maintained by the PMS.
generator; these units are not modeled.
• Asymmetric load sharing; Fixed load mode can not be selected when the generator
The heavy consumer start block function can be switched
• Fixed load; is in standby mode.
on/off from the operator station.
• Manual load sharing.

116
Fixed/Manual Load Sharing 4.3.6. Preferential Trip 4.3.7. Blackout Detection

For maintenance purpose it is sometimes required to run To prevent overload on the power management, there are A blackout is detected by the following: Blackout relay
a generator with steady load. Each generator can indepen- defined three levels of preferential trip. AND bus voltage < 10% of nominal value.
dently be set in either manual or fixed load sharing. Load
• PT1 : No.1 / 2 HV MSB, No. 1 / 2 LV MSB
on the generator in manual and fixed load modes will be 4.3.8. Reconnection after Blackout
read and the rest of the total load will be shared by gen- • PT2 : No.1 / 2 HV CSB.
All HV circuit breakers are equipped with under voltage
erators in symmetric mode. • PT3 : No.1 /2 HV CSB, No.1 /2 LV MSB relays, which means all breakers will be opened after a
Generators in fixed load mode will be controlled to main- IAS will give general outputs to switchboards. The trip of blackout. The PMS will reconnect the breakers after DG
tain the load they had when the mode was selected, how- individual consumers is arranged within the switchboards. has started according to below table. This requires that
ever it will be possible for the operator to modify this want- Trip logic: none of the breakers are blocked for any reason.
ed set point by means of the Increase/Decrease command.
1. Preferential trip due to overload: Upon power restoration after black out, each consumer
In manual load mode is accomplished by giving a engine If a constant overload situation occurs, PT1, PT2 and shall resume operation in the predetermined time.
speed increase or decrease command which causes the PT3 will be activated with 5, 10 and 15 seconds time
pilot motor of the selected generator to run-up or run- delay respectively.
down as appropriate and the net frequency / generator
2. Preferential trip due to under frequency:
load to increase or decrease accordingly.
All preferential trips will be activated if the frequency
When the generator is stopped and in standby it is pos- stays below 57.5 Hz for more than 10 seconds.
sible to select manual or fixed mode. This will have the 3. Preferential trip due to generator trip:
effect of taking the generator out of standby mode. When one of the generators in parallel is abnormally
When the generator is running, connected, standby and tripped and an overload situation occurs, sufficient
symmetric it is possible to select manual or fixed mode. preferential trips will be activated to bring the total
This will have the effect of taking the generator out of stand- load below the online capacity.
by mode and it will no longer share the load symmetrically.

117
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . Power Distribution Control in Simulator
Main Circuit Diagram
5. Power Distribution
Control in Simulator
5.1. Main Circuit Diagram
Click the menu item MCD of the page MSB to open the Main
Circuit Diagram (MCD) display.
Active (powered) elements of the diagram, such as gen-
erators, buses, transformers, closed CBs are painted
in magenta. Digital indicators display the actual values
of appropriate electrical parameters: voltage, current,
power, frequency.
Non-active (not powered) elements are painted on the dia-
gram in green.
Tripped CBs are painted in red.
Circuit breakers can be operated from this diagram except
Generators VCBs.
Double-click a required CB to open/close it on the MCD
display. Operation is not possible when a CB is blocked by
the bus or generator automatics. It should be then carried
out from the local panel or respective switchboard section.
Generators VCBs can be operated from generator and syn-
chronizing MSB panels and from IAS display.
The legend explains the designation of the MCD elements.
For maintenance the HV breakers are supplied with earth-
ing connections protected by interlocks. The operation
is modeled in the simulator (see the description in the
paragraph 5.3.1 on page 120).

118
HV MSB No.1 Turbo Generator & Diesel Generator Panels
5.2. HV MSB No.1 Turbo Generator

& Diesel Generator Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB No. 1 Turbo Generator & No. 1
Diesel Generator Panel of the page MSB to open the No 1 TUR-
BO GENERATOR PANEL and DIESEL GENERATOR PANEL .
Turbo generators and Diesel generator panels contain

similar set of controls described below.
Generator panel contains:
• SPACE HEATER, VCB OPEN, VCB CLOSE – indicators of the
space heater and VCB state;
• GEN RUN – indicator, which illuminates when the gen-
erator is in operation;
• VOLTMETER – gauge with change-over five-position
switch: BUS, R-S, S-T, T-R, OFF;
• AMMETER – gauge with change-over five-position
switch: OFF, R, S, T, OFF;
• FREQUENCY, POWER FACTOR, EXCITATION AMMETER –
gauges for monitoring the generator parameters;
• THERMO METER – digital indicators of the windings tem-
peratures: “R” PHASE, “S” PHASE, “T” PHASE.
• Hour Meter gauge;
• DE-EXCITATION – illuminated button with protection
cover; click once to open the cover; click second time
to de-excite the generator; the button is used when
the generator is stopped, e.g. for maintenance; an
alarm condition is activated if the button is used on
running generator; • VCB ABNORMAL (RESET) – button; click to reset the VCB • VOLTAGE CONTROL – two-position mode select switch:
• GEN DE-EXCITE (RESET) – button; click to recover the after an abnormal opening: the TRIP LED illuminates -- MAN: operate the MVR regulator to adjust reactive
VCB closing circuit after DE-EXCITATION button has red on the multirelay; power and voltage in parallel generators operation;
been used; • SPACE HEATER – two-position operation switch to turn -- AUTO: adjust reactive power & voltage automatically;
• Multirelay (see the operation description in the the space heater OFF/ON; when the heater is ON, blue
• MVR – regulator to adjust generator reactive power
paragraph 4.2.5 on page 114); indicator SPACE HEATER illuminates;
and voltage in MAN mode.

119
HV MSB No.1 Turbo Generator & Diesel Generator VCB Panels

& Diesel Generator VCB Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB VCB No. 1 Turbo Generator
& No. 1 Diesel Generator Panel of the page MSB to open the
No 1 TURBO GENERATOR VCB PANEL and DIESEL GENERATOR
VCB PANEL .
The description below is given for the No 1 turbo genera- 1 2 3

tor VCB panel. The diesel generator VCB panel is similar
to No 1 turbo generator panel.
For safety precautions during maintenance, an interlock
is installed inside the panel. Interlock is simulated on the
VCB operation plate and on the MCD (see the paragraph 5.1
on page 118).
The panel contains:

• 1 EARTHING SWITCH – box comprising:
-- placeholder for the switch handle; the handle ap-
pears to be available when the door is open;
-- EARTHING OPERATION DOOR – button; click to open the
5.3.1. Door Opening Instructions
door for operating the switch; the button is enabled The service position of the VCB is presented on the figure
when the breaker is in the DRAW OUT position; above. The breaker 2 is in the INSERT position and the red
lamp SERVICE is illuminated.
-- OPEN, CLOSED – lamps; illuminate to indicate the
EARTHING SWITCH position. 4 The initial state of the No 1 turbo generator and VCB is
• 2 BREAKER – box, comprising: presented on the MCD:
-- handle switch; drag the handle to DRAW OUT position
to start the maintenance procedure; the indicator
lamp TEST illuminates; • 3 BREAKER – box, comprising the handle switch to
-- SERVICE – lamp; illuminated when the breaker is trip the V.C.B. D1: drag the handle to EMCY TRIP position;
ready for service (the handle is in INSERT position); • 4 Handle to unlock the front panel door.
-- TEST – lamp; illuminated when the breaker is ready Important! When maintenance work is carried out on the gen-
for maintenance (the handle is in DRAW OUT position); erator panel be sure to stop the generator and voltage is free.
Note: The VCB cannot be drawn out to the TEST position
when the VCB is in the closed position.

120
Action On the generator VCB panel On MCD

1. Set the handle in 2 box to DRAW OUT
position. The lamp TEST illuminates.
The Main Bus and load will be completely isolated when
the VCB is drawn out to the TEST position.
When the VCB is in the TEST position and the Control wire
is connected, the VCB Control Circuit check can be car-
ried out. Safe access while checking is ensured by the
automatic closing shutter.
2. Click the EARTHING OPERATION DOOR button to open

the door. The switch is now available for operation.
If the generator side has voltage, the Earthing Operation
Door can not be opened.
3. Carry out the Earthing Connection by

setting the EARTHING SWITCH handle to CLOSE
position. The lamp CLOSED illuminates.

121
4. To open the front panel door, first click (unlock) the

door handle 4 . The key and buttons CLOSE FRONT
DOOR and OPEN REAR DOOR appear available.
5. Click on the key to simulate taking it. The rear

door can be opened only using the key.
6. Now “with the key in hand” click the OPEN REAR DOOR
button. The VCB is available for maintenance.
7. For example, click the I green button to close the VCB.

8. To return to the original positions, carry out
the above procedures in reverse order.

122
HV MSB Diesel Generator & No.2 Turbo Generator Panels
5.4. HV MSB Diesel Generator &

No.2 Turbo Generator Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB No. 2 Turbo Generator & No.
2 Diesel Generator Panel of the page MSB to open the DIESEL
GENERATOR PANEL and No 2 TURBO GENERATOR PANEL .
The DIESEL GENERATOR PANEL is a copy of the DIESEL GEN-

ERATOR PANEL . The No 2 TURBO GENERATOR PANEL is similar
to No 1 TURBO GENERATOR PANEL; see the description in the
paragraph 5.2 on page 119.

& Diesel Generator VCB Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB VCB No. 2 Turbo Generator
& No. 2 Diesel Generator Panel of the page MSB to open the
No 2 TURBO GENERATOR VCB PANEL and DIESEL GENERATOR
VCB PANEL .
The VCB panels for No 2 TG and DG are similar to the

VCB panel of the No 1 TG (see the description in the

123
HV MSB No.1 Synchronizing Panel
5.6. HV MSB No.1 Synchronizing Panel

Click on the menu item HV MSB No. 1 Synchronizing Panel of
the page MSB to open the No 1 SYNCHRONIZING PANEL . The
generators are mainly controlled through the synchro
panels. Only manual synchronization of the generators
and buses is possible.
The synchro panel contains:
• Common indicator and alarm lamps;
• DG (No 1) panel for Diesel Generator control;
• TG No 1 panel for Turbo Generator control; 2 3
• Synchroscope and light synchroscope (see the opera-
tion description in the paragraph 4.2.4 on page 113);
1 4
• SYNCHROSCOPE – five-position switch to select for syn-
chronizing: TG 1 with its bus; DG 1 with selected bus; TIE
between HM1 and HM2;
Note: to synchronize bus tie using the TIE switch position, it is
required to set HVMSB position on the CONTROL POSITION switch
of both HVMSB BUS TIE No 1 & No 2 panels.
5 6
• CONTROL POSITION – two-position mode select switch:
-- MSB: control from MSB panels;
-- IAS: control from IAS displays (see Chapter 2).
Note: irregardless of the CONTROL POSITION switch position
the breakers can be opened/closed and the generator engine and 7
turbines can be operated.
• LAMP TEST – button; click to test if the lamps on the
panel are healthy.
The gauges indicate: • 3 Voltmeter and Frequency meter – voltage and Common indicator and alarm lamps illuminate when:
• 1 Wattmeter – DG active power; frequency of the bus; to change over the phase of the • DC 110V SOURCE – DC 110V power source is normal and
main bus use the 6 VOLT & FREQ METER switch; is supplied to control command and protection circuits;
• 2 Voltmeter and Frequency meter – voltage and fre-
quency of each generator on the bus; to change over • Earth monitor – main bus insulation resistance; • DC 24V SOURCE – DC 24V power source is normal and
the phase of the generator and the bus use 5 GEN • 4 Wattmeter – TG 1 active power. is supplied to automatic control command circuit and
VOLT & FREQ METER and 7 VOLT & FREQ METER switches; generator exciting circuit;

124
• E/G RUN – the EMCY generator is running; • GOVERNOR CONTROL – impulse switches to adjust the DG (No 1) and TG No 1 indicator & alarm lamps illuminate
• E/G AUTO ST’BY – the EMCY generator can be automati- respective generator frequency for synchronization: when:
cally started; click and hold the handle to LOWER /RAISE the frequen-
• AUTO SYN – automatic synchronization control is per-
cy watching the gauges and synchroscope readings;
• SHORE POWER ON – power is supplied from shore; formed after the VCB close command from IAS;
• DG ENGINE GSE 3 – two-position operation switch to
• HVMSB – generators can be controlled from this panel; • GEN RUN – the generator is running;
START/STOP the DG engine, when CONTROL POSITION is
• IAS – generators can be controlled from IAS; set to MSB; • VCB OPEN – generator VCB is open;
• BUS TIE VCB OPEN – HMBT1 is open; • TURBINE TRIP GSE 1 – two-position operation switch to • VCB CLOSE – generator VCB is closed;
• BUS TIE VCB CLOSE – HMBT1 is closed; OFF/ TRIP the turbine, when CONTROL POSITION is set to • VCB ABNOR TRIP – generator VCB trip;
• BUS TIE SHORT CIRC. TRIP – HMBT1 is tripped; MSB; • VCB NON-CLOSE – failed generator VCB close;
• BUS HIGH VOLTAGE – 105% of rated voltage during 5 sec.; • DG No 1 HVMSB SELECTION – button to connect the DG • OVER CURRENT – gen. VCB trip due to overcurrent;
to No 1 HVMSB; at that the DG No 1 HVMSB SELECT lamp
• BUS LOW VOLTAGE – 95% of rated voltage during 5 sec.; • REVERSE POWER – gen. VCB trip due to reverse power;
illuminates;
• BUS HIGH FREQ – 105% of rated frequency during 5 sec.; • SHORT CIRCUIT TRIP – gen. VCB trip due to short circuit.
• EM’CY STOP DG button with protection cover: click once
• BUS LOW FREQ – 95% of rated frequency during 5 sec.; to open the cover; click second time to stop the DG in
• AUTO SYNCHRO FAIL – IAS controlled automatic syn- emergency.
chronization failed (no synchronization after 60 sec. DG (No 1) indicator & alarm lamps illuminate when:
delay);
• DG No 2 HVMSB SELECT – DG is connected to No 2
• PREF TRIP – any of the preferential trip levels of the
HVMSB;
HM1 bus is activated by generator overload; non-es-
sential consumers of connected buses are tripped. • DG No 1 HVMSB SELECT – DG is connected to No 1
HVMSB;
To control the generators and bus, use the controls:
• READY TO START – starting conditions (engine interlock)
• DG VCB CONTROL – two-position impulse OPEN /CLOSE of the DG are satisfied, and ENGINE CONTROL switch is
switch to operate DG VCB; set to REMOTE;
• RESET – button; click to acknowledge alarms and reset • AUTO ST-BY – the DG engine can be automatically
the preferential trip condition on respective panel; started;
• BUS TIE VCB CONTROL – two-position impulse OPEN / • LOCAL – the DG engine can be started from the GE
CLOSE switch to operate both HMBT1 and HMBT2 LCP;
simultaneously;
• REMOTE – the DG engine can be started from either
• TG 1 VCB CONTROL – two-position impulse OPEN /CLOSE panels HVMSB 1, HVMSB 2 or IAS.
switch to operate TG 1 VCB;

125
5.7. HV MSB No.2 Synchronizing Panel

Click on the menu item HV MSB No. 2 Synchronizing Panel of
the page MSB to open the No 2 SYNCHRONIZING PANEL .
The No 2 panel is similar to No 1 panel, see the
paragraph 5.6 on page 124 .

126
HV MSB Bow Thruster & No.1 Ballast Pump Panels
5.8. HV MSB Bow Thruster &

No.1 Ballast Pump Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB Bow Thruster & No. 1 Ballast
Pump Panel of the page MSB to open the No 1 BALLAST PUMP
STARTER PANEL and BOW THRUSTER STARTER PANEL .
The No 1 BALLAST PUMP STARTER PANEL is described in

Chapter 4, Ballast System section (see the section 11.6 on
page 249).
The BOW THRUSTER STARTER PANEL is described in Chap-

ter 1, Bow Thruster section (see the section 7 on page 47).
5.9. HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump

& No.2 Ballast Pump Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump & No. 2
Ballast Pump Panel of the page MSB to open the No 2 BALLAST
PUMP STARTER PANEL and ST-BY BALLAST PUMP STARTER
PANEL . Both panels are similar to No 1 BALLAST PUMP
STARTER PANEL (see the description in Chapter 4, Ballast
System section (see the section 11.6 on page 249).

127
HV MSB Bow Thruster VCB & No.1 Ballast Pump VMC Panels
5.10. HV MSB Bow Thruster VCB &

No.1 Ballast Pump VMC Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB VCB Bow Thruster & No. 1 Bal-
last Pump Panel of the page MSB to open the No 1 BALLAST
PUMP VMC PANEL and BOW THRUSTER VCB PANEL .
The No 1 ballast pump VMC panel and BT VCB panel are

similar to the VCB panel of the No 1 TG (see the descrip-
tion in the paragraph 5.3 on page 120).
5.11. HV MSB No.2 Ballast Pump &

St-By Ballast Pump VMC Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB VMC St-By Ballast Pump & No.
2 Ballast Pump Panel of the page MSB to open the No 2 BAL-
LAST PUMP VMC PANEL and ST-BY BALLAST PUMP VMC PANEL .
The No 2 and St-by ballast pumps VMC panels are similar

to the VCB panel of the No 1 TG (see the description in the

128
HV MSB No.1 CSBD Feeder & No.1 Step Down Transformer Panels
5.12. HV MSB No.1 CSBD Feeder &

No.1 Step Down Transformer Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB No. 1 CSBD & No. 1 Step Down
Trans. Panel of the page MSB to open the No 1 CSBD FEEDER
PANEL and No 1 STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER PANEL .
Each panel contains a set of common controls.
5.12.1. Common Controls on HV MSB Panels

Common controls set contains:
• SPACE HEATER, VCB OPEN, VCB CLOSE – indicators of the
heater and VCB state;
• AMMETER and Hour Meter gauges;
• Multirelay (see the operation description in the
• VCB ABNORMAL (RESET) – button; click to reset the VCB
after an abnormal opening: the TRIP LED illuminates
red on the multirelay;
• VCB CONTROL – two-position OPEN /CLOSE impulse
switch to operate the VCB when CONTROL POSITION
switch is set to HVMSB position;
• CONTROL POSITION – two-position select switch:
-- HVMSB: control from this panel;
-- IAS: control from IAS display ELEC MAIN DISTRIBUTION
- M20 (see Chapter 2).
• SPACE HEATER – two-position operation switch to turn
the space heater OFF/ON; when the heater is ON, blue
indicator SPACE HEATER illuminates.
The panel can also contain THERMO METER digital indica-
tors of the windings temperatures:
“R” PHASE, “S” PHASE, “T” PHASE.

129
HV MSB No.2 CSBD Feeder & No.2 Step Down Transformer Panels
5.13. HV MSB No.2 CSBD Feeder &

No.2 Step Down Transformer Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB No. 2 CSBD & No. 2 Step Down
Trans. Panel of the page MSB to open the No 2 STEP DOWN
TRANSFORMER PANEL and No 2 CSBD FEEDER PANEL .
The panels are similar to No 1 CSBD FEEDER PANEL and

No 1 STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER PANEL described in the
paragraph 5.12 on page 129.
5.14. HV MSB No.1 & No.2

Bus Tie Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB No. 1 & No. 2 Bus Tie Panel of
the page MSB to open the No 2 HVMSB BUS TIE PANEL and No
1 HVMSB BUS TIE PANEL .
Each panel contains a set of common controls described

in the paragraph 5.12.1 on page 129.
Important! For HV buses synchronization, set CONTROL
POSITION switch to position HVMSB on both panels.
HMBT1 and HMBT2 breakers are opened/closed together

operated by either of the VCB CONTROL switches.

130
HV MSB No.1 CSBD Feeder & No.1 Step Down Transformer VCB Panels
5.15. HV MSB No.1 CSBD Feeder & No.1

Step Down Transformer VCB Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB VCB No. 1 CSBD & No. 1 Step Down
Trans. Panel of the page MSB to open the No 1 CARGO SWBD VCB
PANEL and No 1 STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER VCB PANEL .
The VCB panels of the No 1 CSBD and No 1 transformer are

similar to the VCB panel of the No 1 TG (see the description in
the paragraph 5.3 on page 120).
5.16. HV MSB No.2 CSBD Feeder & No.2

Step Down Transformer VCB Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB VCB No. 2 CSBD & No. 2 Step Down
Trans. Panel of the page MSB to open the No 2 CARGO SWBD VCB
PANEL and No 2 STEP DOWN TRANSFORMER VCB PANEL .
The VCB panels of the No 2 CSBD and No 2 transformer are

similar to the VCB panel of the No 1 TG (see the description in
the paragraph 5.3 on page 120).
5.17. HV MSB No.1 & No.2 Bus

Tie VCB Panels
Click on the menu item HV MSB VCB No. 1 Bus Tie Panel of the page
MSB to open the No 1 BUS TIE VCB PANEL .
Click on the menu item HV MSB VCB No. 2 Bus Tie Panel of the page
MSB to open the No 2 BUS TIE VCB PANEL .
The VCB panels of the No 1 and No 2 bus ties are similar to the
VCB panel of the No 1 TG (see the description in the paragraph 5.3
on page 120).

131
LV MSB No.1 Incoming & Bus Tie Panels
5.18. LV MSB No.1 Incoming

& Bus Tie Panels
Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 1 Incoming & Bus Tie Panel
of the page MSB to open the LV MSB No 1 INCOMING PANEL
and LV MSB No 1 BUS TIE PANEL .
The LV MSB No 1 INCOMING PANEL contains:
• Indicator panels, which illuminate when:
-- SHORE ACB CLOSE – shore ACB (SC) is closed;
-- SHORE POWER – power is supplied from shore;
-- E/G AUTO CLOSE – EMCY generator ACB is closed;
-- E/G RUN – EMCY generator is running;
-- E/G AUTO ST-BY – all following conditions are
satisfied:
On the EMERGENCY GENERATOR PANEL (see the
paragraph 7.2 on page 146; use menu item EM’CY
Generator & Disconnecting Panel of the page EmG) the
indicators DC24V SOURCE and READY TO START are
illuminated;
On the EMCY GEN ENGINE LOP (see the paragraph 7.1
on page 144; use menu item EMG LOP of the page
EmG) the OPERATION SWITCH is set to AUTO position;
On the ESB main bus DISCONNECTING PANEL (see
the paragraph 7.2 on page 146; use menu item
EM’CY Generator & Disconnecting Panel of the page
EmG) the DISCONNECT SW OPERATION switch is set to
CLOSE, and E/G SEQUENCE TEST switch is set to NOR
position.
-- ACB OPEN – LM1HM1 breaker is open;
-- SOURCE ON – power supply from HMTR1 is available;
-- ACB CLOSE – LM1HM1 breaker is closed;
-- FEED BACK – LV MSB No 1 is powered from ESB.

132
• EARTH LAMPS – lamps R, S, T; normally the lamps are il- • ACB ABNORMAL (RESET) – button; click to reset the ACB
luminated; in the circumstances, when insulation resis- after an abnormal opening;
tance is low on a phase/phases, the respective lamp light • LM1HM1 – air circuit breaker (see the operation descrip-
glows, or lights down; tion in the paragraph 4.2.1 on page 112);
• EARTH TEST – button to test insulation resistance of the • LAMP TEST – button: click to test if all lamps are healthy.
phases R, S, T; normally all lamps are illuminated in the
The LV MSB No 1 BUS TIE PANEL contains:
same brightness; click and hold the button; the lamp of
poor resistance phase glows dimly compared to other • ACB OPEN and ACB CLOSE – buttons: click to open/close the
lamps; LMBT 1 ACB;
• AMMETER SW – gauge with change-over switch; • ACB CONTROL POSITION – two-position select switch:
• VOLTMETER SW – gauge with change-over switch; -- MSB: LMBT 1 breaker is operated from this panel;
• ACB CONTROL POSITION – two-position select switch: -- IAS: LMBT 1 breaker is operated from IAS display ELEC-
-- MSB: LM1HM1 breaker is operated from this panel; TRIC MAIN DISTRIBUTION - M20 (see Chapter 2).
-- IAS: LM1HM1 breaker is operated from IAS display • ACB ABNORMAL (RESET) – button; click to reset the ACB
ELECTRIC MAIN DISTRIBUTION - M20 (see Chapter 2). after an abnormal opening;
• SYNCHROSCOPE gauge (see the description in the • BUS TIE ACB CONTROL – two-position impulse switch to
paragraph 4.2.4 on page 113); and three-position select OPEN /CLOSE the LMBT 1 breaker;
switch: • LMBT1 – air circuit breaker (see the operation description
-- INCOMING: to synchronize the HMTR1 secondary winding in the paragraph 4.2.1 on page 112).
with LM1 bus;
-- OFF: switch the gauge off;
-- BUS TIE: to synchronize the buses LM1 and LM2.
Note: The LMBT1 and LMBT2 are operated independently.
• GOVERNOR E/G – three-position impulse switch to adjust
the E/G frequency, for change-over from feed-back mode;
• ACB CONTROL – two-position impulse switch to OPEN /
CLOSE the LM1HM1 breaker;
• E/G ACB OPEN – button; click to open EMCY generator ACB;

133
5.19. LV MSB No.2 Incoming

& Bus Tie Panels
Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 2 Incoming & Bus Tie Panel
of the page MSB to open the LV MSB No 2 INCOMING PANEL
and LV MSB No 2 BUS TIE PANEL .
The LV MSB No 2 INCOMING PANEL is similar to LV MSB No 1
INCOMING PANEL and the LV MSB No 2 BUS TIE PANEL is simi-
lar to LV MSB No 1 BUS TIE PANEL (see the description in the

134
LV MSB No.1 AC440V Feeder Panel
5.20. LV MSB No.1 AC440V

Feeder Panel
Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of
the page MSB to open two LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL .
The left part contains circuit breakers of:
• LGSP - 4;
• LGSP - 5;
• UPS MAIN CABINET (ER);
• AUX LO PUMP FOR TG No 1;
• No 1 IAS UPS;
• PROVISION REF. PLANT;
• PACKAGE AIR COND. No 1 MSB RM;
• PACKAGE AIR COND. ECR;
• No 1 FRESH WATER GENERATOR;
• SOOT BLOWER PANEL;
• BRINE CIRC. PUMP;
• IGG FO PUMP;
• BLR No 1 FEED W STOP MOTOR V/V;
• MB FO ELECTRIC HEAT TRACING SYS.
The LM1E air circuit breaker (see the description in the
paragraph 4.2.1 on page 112) serves to feed the EM’CY
switchboard from the No.1 LV MSB.
The right part contains circuit breakers of:
• PD - 1;
• No 1 TR-R AC440/225V 180 kVA; • IGG No 1 BLOWER;
• LGSP - 3;
• No 1 AIR COND. COMPRESSOR; • IGG FREON COOLER;
• No 1 CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR;
• AFT DECK MACH. (No 1 MAIN PUMP); • No 1 STEERING GEAR.
• FWD DECK MACH. (No 1 MAIN PUMP);
• AFT DECK MACH. (No 3 MAIN PUMP);
• GALLEY TR-R AC440/440V 150 kVA (isolating transformer);
• IGG DRYER UNIT;
• LGSP - 1;

135

Feeder Panel
Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel of
the page MSB to open two LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER PANEL .
The left part contains circuit breakers of:
• DC 110V UPS FOR HM 2;
• DC 110V UPS FOR HC 2;
• BLR No 2 FEED W STOP MOTOR V/V;
• No 2 CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR;
• SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR;
• PD - 2;
• No 2 N2 GEN FEED AIR COMPRESSOR;
• ELECTRIC FO HEATER;
• DG TURNING GEAR;
• No 2 TR-R AC440/225V 180 kVA;
• AFT DECK MACH. (No 2 MAIN PUMP);
• IGG No 2 BLOWER;
• No 2 AIR COND. COMPRESSOR;
• LGSP - 1.
The right part contains circuit breakers of:
• LGSP - 2;
• LGSP - 3;
• SOOT BLOWER PANEL; The LM2E air circuit breaker (see the description in the
• LGSP - 5; paragraph 4.2.1 on page 112) serves to feed the EM’CY
• No 2 AUX LO PUMP FOR MFWPT; switchboard from the No.2 LV MSB.
• PAC FOR WORKSHOP;
• BATTERY SWITCHBOARD;
• No 2 FRESH WATER GENERATOR;
• EMULSION BREAK UNIT;
• DG CW PREHEATER.
• MT GLAND COND. EXH FAN;

136
LV MSB No.1/1 Group Starter Panel
5.22. LV MSB No.1/1 Group 5.23. LV MSB No.1/2 Group

Starter Panel Starter Panel
Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel of
the page MSB to open the display, which contains the fol- the page MSB to open the display, which contains the fol-
lowing starter panels. lowing starter panels.
• No 1 LO PURIFIER FEED PUMP; • No 1 DG ENGINE DO SERVICE PUMP;
• PURIFIER ROOM EXH FAN; • SLUDGE PUMP;
• No 1 HOT W CIRC PUMP; • No 1 BOILER SEAL AIR FAN;
• No 1 F W HYD PUMP; • No 1 BOG EXTRACTION FAN;
• No 1 LO PURIFIER; • FIRE AUX JOCKEY PUMP;
• No 1 STERN TUBE LO PUMP; • No 1 MAIN COND PUMP;
• FW GEN SW FEED PUMP (FLASH); • No 1 CENTRAL CFW PUMP;
• LDO TRANSFER PUMP; • No 1 M/T AUX LO PUMP;
• No 1 BOILER FO SERVICE PUMP; • FIRE PUMP;
• No 1 LPSG FEED PUMP; • No 1 MAIN CSW PUMP;
• HFO TRANSFER PUMP; • No 1 E/R EXH FAN (REVERSIBLE);
• No 1 FWD HFO TRANSFER PUMP; • No 1 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED);
• No 1 NAVIGATION DRAIN PUMP; • No 3 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED).
• No 1 MAIN COND VACUUM PUMP.

137
5.24. LV MSB No.1/3 Group 5.25. LV MSB No.2/1

Starter Panel Group Starter Panel
• No 1 BOILER FD FAN; • No 2 BOILER FD FAN;
• No 3 BOILER FD FAN; • AUX FEED W PUMP
• No 1 D/G ENGINE STARTING AIR COMPRESSOR; • No 1 CENTRAL CFW PUMP;
• No 1 MAIN SW CIRC PUMP; • No 2 M/T AUX LO PUMP;
• No 3 MAIN SW CIRC PUMP. • No 2 MAIN SW CIRC PUMP;
• WATER SPRAY PUMP;
• No 2 D/G ENGINE STARTING AIR COMPRESSOR;
• No 2 MAIN CSW PUMP.

138
5.26. LV MSB No.2/2 5.27. LV MSB No.2/3

Group Starter Panel Group Starter Panel
• LO TRANSFER PUMP; • No 2 D/G ENGINE DO SERVICE PUMP;
• DO PURIFIER FEED PUMP; • No 2 MAIN COND VACUUM PUMP;
• No 2 HOT W CIRC PUMP; • No 2 NAVIGATION DRAIN PUMP;
• EM’CY FEED W PUMP; • No 2 LO PURIFIER FEED PUMP;
• DRAIN PUMP; • DO PURIFIER;
• No 2 FW HYD PUMP; • FW GEN SW FEED PUMP (SUBMERSIBLE);
• No 2 MAIN COND PUMP; • E/R BILGE PUMP;
• No 2 BOG EXTRACTION FAN; • No 2 LO PURIFIER;
• No 2 LPSG FEED PUMP; • FIRE, BILGE & G/S PUMP;
• No 2 STERN TUBE LO PUMP; • No 2 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED);
• DO TRANSFER PUMP; • No 4 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED);
• No 2 BOILER FO SERVICE PUMP; • No 2 E/R EXH FAN (REVERSIBLE).
• No 2 FWD HFO TRANSFER PUMP.

139

Feeder Panel
Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 1 & No. 2 AC220V Feeder
Panel of the page MSB to open LV MSB No 1 220V FEEDER PAN-
EL and LV MSB No 2 220V FEEDER PANEL .
Each panel contains the gauges and controls:

• AMMETER SW gauge and four-position switch to select
between OFF and measured phases R, S, T;
• VOLTMETER SW gauge and four-position switch to select
between OFF and measured phases R-S, S-T, T-R;
• Insulation resistance monitor gauge;
• EARTH LAMP: normally the lamps are illuminated; in
the circumstances, when insulation resistance is low
on a phase/phases, the respective lamp light glows, or
lights down;
• EARTH LAMP TEST button; click to test if the earth lamp
indicators are healthy.
The LV MSB No 1 220V FEEDER PANEL contains CBs:
• LD - 1 (No 3 W/H GROUP PANEL);
• LPD - 1;
• LD - 5 (E/R 3RD DK);
• ECR CONSOLE (MAIN AC220V DB);
• NAVIGATION LIGHT CONTROL PANEL;
• FIRE SPRINKLER CENTRAL CABINET;
• CCC (CO2 ALARM);
• FOAM SYSTEM PANEL; • No 1 LV MAIN TR-R AC 440/225 V. • W/H NAV/CHART CONSOLE; • SOOT BLOWER RELAY PANEL;
• No 1 HV MSBD; The LV MSB No 2 220V FEEDER PANEL contains CBs: • FIRE DET CENTRAL PANEL; • ER LD - 2 – ER light for hardware
• GALLEY TR - R; • LPD - 2 (E/R 2nD DK); • BOILER CP No 2; interface operation;
• No 1 HV CSBD; • LPD - 3 (No 2 W/H GROUP PANEL); • No 2 HV MSBD; • LD - 4;
• LD - 3; • ECR CONSOLE (COLUMN LIGHT); • No 2 HV CSBD; • W/H CONSOLE (MAIN AC220V DB);
• No 1 BOILER CP; • CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE; • CONTROL PANEL FOR 2 N2 GEN; • No 2 LV MAIN TR-R AC 440/225 V.

140
Local Group Starter Panels
5.29. Local Group Starter Panels -- ST FOR No 2 HOSE HANDLING CRANE; 5.29.3. LGSP - 3
-- ST FOR RESQUE BOAT DAVIT; The No 3 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL 440V contains:
In the simulator the following LGSPs are modeled:
-- ST FOR EER PACKAGE AIR COND;
• No. 1 LGSP – menu item LGSP - 1 AC440V of the page MSB; • Starter panels:
-- ST FOR W/H PACKAGE AIR COND;
• No. 2 LGSP – menu item LGSP - 2 AC440V of the page SG; -- No 1 BOSUN STORE SUPPLY FAN;
-- HOSPITAL EXH FAN;
• No. 3 LGSP – menu item LGSP - 3 AC440V of the page BT; -- No 2 BOSUN STORE SUPPLY FAN;
-- AHU FAN SWITCHBOARD;
• No. 4 LGSP – menu item LGSP - 4 AC440V of the page ER3. -- BOW THRUSTER RM SUPPLY FAN;
-- ST FOR No 2 CSBD PACKAGE AIR COND;
The panels contain starters of the fans and mechanisms -- FWD PUMP RM EXH FAN.
-- ST FOR SIGNAL LIGHT POST WINCH;
(see the general description in Chapter 4, the section 1.3 • Automatic circuit breakers for starting the mecha-
on page 160) and circuit breakers. The color labels on the -- ST FOR LIFE BOAT DAVIT; nisms and powering the boards:
panels indicate the emergency shutdown and preferen- -- ST FOR No 1 HOSE HANDLING CRANE; -- ST FOR FWD DECK MACH SERVO PUMP;
tial trip conditions (see the legend in the paragraph 6.2 on -- ST FOR No 1 PROV CRANE; -- ST FOR HYD OIL PUMP;
page 143).
-- FAN SWBD FOR PROV REF PLANT; -- FWD ICCP SYSTEM;
5.29.1. LGSP - 1 -- GALLEY PACKAGE AIR COND; -- ELEC HEATER FOR BOSUN STORE;
The No 1 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL 440V contains: -- CONTROL PANEL FOR DUMP WATER. -- ELEC HEATER FOR BOW THRUSTER RM;
Switch power 440V for LGSP - 1 on: -- RP FOR WELDING MACHINE;
• Starter panels:
-- LIFT MACH RM EXH FAN; • LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL right part (use menu -- LPD–4 PANEL (F’CLE TR-R 30KVA);
item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) -- HEATER CONTROL PANEL FOR BOW THRUSTER.
-- GALLEY SUPPLY FAN;
by LGSP - 1 circuit breaker;
-- BATTERY ROOM EXH FAN; Switch power 440V for LGSP - 3 on :
• LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER PANEL left part (use menu item
-- STAIRWAY SUPPLY FAN; LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by • LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL right part (use menu
-- GALLEY EXH FAN; LGSP - 1 circuit breaker; item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB)
-- MESS/SERVICE RM EXH FAN;
5.29.2. LGSP - 2 • LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER PANEL right part (use menu
-- CHEMICAL STORE EXH FAN;
The No 2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL 440V contains: item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB)
-- LAUNDRY EXH FAN; by LGSP - 3 circuit breaker.
• SG ROOM EXH FAN starter panel;
-- SANITARY SPACE EXH FAN.
• S/G ROOM ELEC. HEATER circuit breaker;
• Automatic circuit breakers for starting the mecha-
nisms and powering the boards: • ST FOR HYD OIL FILL PUMP circuit breaker.
-- EDR PACKAGE AIR COND; Switch power 440V for LGSP - 2 on:
-- ST FOR No 1 CSBD PACKAGE AIR COND; • LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER PANEL right part (use menu
-- CCR PACKAGE AIR COND; item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB)
-- ST FOR No 2 PROV CRANE;

141
Local Group Starter Panels
5.29.4. LGSP - 4 5.30. Power Distribution Boards 440V 5.31. Power Distribution Boards 220V
The No 4 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL 440V contains: In the simulator the following PDs are modeled: In the simulator the following LPDs are modeled:
• Starter panels: • No. 1 PD – menu item PD - 1 AC440V of the page ER2; • No. 1 LPD – menu item LPD - 1 AC220V of the page ER2;
-- INCINERATOR RM SUPPLY FAN; • No. 2 PD – menu item PD - 2 AC440V of the page ER1. • No. 2 LPD – menu item LPD - 2 AC220V of the page ER1.
-- GARBAGE STORE EXH FAN; The PD - 1 440V consumers: The LPD - 1 220V consumers:
-- PAINT STORE EXH FAN. • CONTROL PANEL FOR STP; • SALINITY IND. FOR DIST W. TK TOILET;
• Automatic circuit breakers for powering: • CONTROL PANEL FOR HP ELEC HOIST; • RELAY PANEL FOR E/R BALLAST VV;
-- INCINERATOR MAIN CONTROL PANEL; • NOx CONTROL PANEL; • REFRIGERATED AIR DRYER (two breakers);
-- WO TK CONTROL PANEL . • CONTROL PANEL FOR ION EXCHANGER. • M/T LO FILTER (two breakers);
Switch power 440V for LGSP - 4 on: The PD - 2 440V consumers: • IGG POWER D/S PANEL;
• LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL left part (use menu item • STERILIZER;
• LATHE;
LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by
• GRINDING MACHINE; • No 1 T/G LOCAL GAUGE BOARD;
LGSP - 4 circuit breaker.
• ST FOR HI-FOR PUMP; • MGPS PSU FOR SW S/C.
• CONTROL PANEL FOR AFT ICCP; The LPD - 2 220V consumers:
• CONTROL PANEL FOR HOT W CALORIFER; • BOILER WATER ANALYSIS UNIT
• ST FOR WORKSHOP EXH FAN; • No 2 REGEN. AIR DRYER;
• CONTROL PANEL FOR BILGE W SEPARATOR; • No 2 T/G LOCAL GAUGE BOARD;
• CONTROL PANEL FOR DEHUMIDIFIER; • SALINITY IND. FOR DRAIN PUMP OUTLET;
• CONTROL PANEL FOR AMINE; • SALINITY IND. FOR MAIN COND. PUMP OUTLET;
• CONTROL PANEL FOR HYDRAZINE. • BOILER F.D. FAN VIB. MONITOR PANEL;
Switch power 440V for: • SALINITY IND. FOR A/COND OUTLET;
• PD - 1 440V on LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL right part • SHAFT MONITORING METER.
(use menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of the Switch power 220V for:
page MSB) by PD - 1 circuit breaker; • LPD - 1 220V on LV MSB No 1 220V FEEDER PANEL (use
• PD - 2 440V on LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER PANEL left part menu item LV MSB No. 1 & No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel of the
(use menu item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by LPD - 1 circuit breaker;
page MSB) by PD - 2 circuit breaker. • LPD - 2 220V on LV MSB No 2 220V FEEDER PANEL (use
menu item LV MSB No. 1 & No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel of the
page MSB) by PD - 2 (E/R 2nd DK) circuit breaker.

142
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . Emergency Power Supply
General Description
6. Emergency Power Supply The emergency generator is, normally, intended for fully
automatic operation. Manual operations described in this
6.2. EM’CY Stop &
section are therefore primarily for inspection and mainte- Preferential Trip Labels
6.1. General Description nance purposes as well as giving general idea what can be Tripping of non-essential consumers is done according to
A self-contained emergency diesel generator (EG, EMCY done in the event of an automatic control circuit failure. the stages presented in the table.
DG) rated for 500kW at 450V, 60Hz is fitted adjacent to the
emergency switchboard for use in an emergency or to 6.1.1. EMCY Generator Engine Circuit breakers on starter panels, feeder panels and dis-
start up a dead ship. The generator is of the self-excited tribution boards that are marked by colored tripping la-
The engine is a V-12 turbocharged diesel engine, running
brushless type and can be set for manual or automatic bels will be tripped in the reverse order of the given table:
at 1800 rev/min. The engine has an air start motor and
operation. AUTO will be normally selected, with the MAN- i.e. PT3 will be the first and ES1 will be the last to trip.
a manual hand hydraulic system. Crankshaft, camshaft
UAL setting being used for testing the generator. The unit and bearings etc. are lubricated by a forced lubrication
will start automatically should the main running unit fail, EM’CY Stop (red and orange labels)
system from an engine driven gear pump. The pump
or it can be started manually either from the emergency ES–1 E/R FANS
draws oil from the sump pan and, after passing through
switchboard or engine starter panel. ES–2 E/R FUEL OIL, DIESEL OIL PUMPS
a cooler and a filter, a pressure regulating valve main-
ES–3 E/R LUBE OIL, HYD.OIL PUMPS
The emergency switchboard (ESB) is normally supplied tains the line pressure. Heating elements are fitted to the
ES–4 ACCOMMODATION FANS
from the main switchboard. When AUTO is selected, the sump to provide preheating of the lub-oil and heating ele-
ments are also fitted to the cooling water jacket. These
ES–5 DECK FANS, PUMPS; FWD FANS, FO, HYD.
emergency generator is started automatically by detect-
are normally left on. PUMPS
ing no-voltage on the emergency switchboard bus. The
ES–6 PURIFIER ROOM EQUIPMENT
emergency generator ACB will connect automatically An engine-mounted radiator with v-belt driven fan cools FT–T FOAM TRIP: E/R ALL
to the emergency switchboard after confirming the no- the jacket water, and an engine driven pump circulates the FT1 FOAM TRIP: DG ROOM
voltage condition. water through the jacket spaces. FT2 FOAM TRIP: PURIFIER ROOM
The emergency generator should restore power to the Fuel is supplied from the 5.0m3 emergency diesel gen- FT3 FOAM TRIP: INCINERATOR ROOM
emergency switchboard within 45 seconds. The ACB on erator oil tank located in the emergency generator room, FT4 FOAM TRIP: STEERING GEAR ROOM
the emergency switchboard, which feeds from the main gravity fed to the fuel injection pump. Air for starting is CT –C CO2 TRIP: ECR
switchboard, is opened automatically when no-voltage is supplied from a separate air reservoir, which is topped up CT –E CO2 TRIP: PAINT STORE
detected on the main switchboard. The generator is fit- by the engine-driven emergency diesel generator start- CT –F CO2 TRIP: MSB ROOM
ted with space heaters to prevent condensation when the ing air compressor or generator engine starting air com- CT –G CO2 TRIP: FWD PUMP ROOM
generator is stationary or idling. The heater is interlocked pressors. Start air is supplied to the starter motor after GT –1 GAS TRIP: EMR
with the air circuit breaker. initiating the operation of a solenoid valve in the line. Preferential trip (yellow labels)
The controls of ACB EMCY GEN are located on the ESB PT–1 First
panel (refer to Emergency Switchboard). PT–2 Second
PT–3 Third

143
Chapter 3. Electric Power Plant . EMCY Power Supply Control in the Simulator
EMCY Generator Engine LOP
7. EMCY Power Supply

Control in the Simulator
7.1. EMCY Generator Engine LOP
Click on the menu item EMG LOP of the page EmG to open the
display EMCY GEN ENGINE LOP panels. 1 2
The AUTO START/STOP PANEL contains:
• RPM TACHO – digital indicator of the engine speed;
• HOUR COUNTER – digital indicator;
• LUBE OIL PRESS, LUBE OIL TEMP, COOLANT TEMP, COOLANT
PRESS – gauges to measure the parameters of the die-
sel LO and cooling systems; 3 4
• CONTROLLER panel comprising:
-- LED shutdown indicators to illuminate when:
IN OPERATION – diesel engine is running;
START FAILURE – diesel start failed;
OVERSPEED (R.P.M. Fail) – 2070 rpm;
LOW LUB. OIL PRESSURE STOP – press. < 0.84 kg/cm2;
HIGH COOL. WATER TEMP STOP – temperature > 102 °C;
EMERGENCY STOP – diesel stopped by EMERGENCY
STOP button.
-- START, STOP – buttons to operate the diesel engine
when the OPERATION SWITCH is set to MAN mode;
-- TEST RESET – button; click to reset shutdowns and to
test if LEDs are healthy;
-- POWER ON – indicator lamp, which illuminates when
the CONTROLLER panel has power.

144
EMCY Generator Engine LOP
• ALARM panel comprising: The panel 1 contains: Important! While automatic start of the EMCY DG
-- LED indicators to illuminate when: is normally executed, the diesel engine should be stopped
• LOW VOLTAGE – alarm lamp to illuminate when the EG gov-
manually when ESB is supplied from LV bus.
HIGH LUBE OIL TEMP. – temperature > 117 °C; ernor voltage < 20 V;
LOW LUB. OIL PRESSURE – pressure < 1.27 kg/cm2; • MAIN POWER – indicator lamp to illuminate when the bat-
HIGH COOL. WATER TEMP – temperature > 95 °C; tery charger power is on;
LOW COOL WATER LEV – level < 20%; • 1-BATT 2-OFF – two-position switch to turn power on/off
LOW COOL WATER PRESS – pressure < 0.5 bar; for the EG governor:
FUEL PIPE LEAKAGE; • Two-position switch to turn power OFF/ON for the battery
charger of the EG governor.
LOW START AIR PRESS – pressure < 15 bar.
The 2 BATTERY CHARGER panel contains:
-- RESET – button; click to acknowledge alarms;
-- TEST – button; click to test if LEDs are healthy; • VOLTAGE – control voltage of the EMCY generator;
-- POWER ON – indicator lamp, which illuminates when • CURRENT – current of the battery charger for control
the ALARM panel has power. power circuit;
• EMERG HARBOUR – two-position switch : • Two-position switch to turn the power OFF/ON for the bat-
tery charger.
-- 1 – (EMERG) only “overspeed” shutdown condition is
checked; The 3 HYDRAULIC STARTER panel contains:
-- 2 – (HARBOUR) all shutdown conditions are checked. • OIL PRESSURE – pressure in the hydraulic starter
• OPERATION SWITCH – three-position mode select switch accumulator;
to set the engine: • HAND PUMP – the lever imitating hand pumping handle of
-- OFF – switch all panels’ powers off ; the hydraulic starter;
-- AUTO – the engine starts automatically after • OPERATING LEVER – turn to right position to open oil supply
blackout; to hydraulic starter of the EG engine.
-- MAN – operate the engine using the START, STOP but- The 4 EMCY ENGINE STARTING AIR COMPRESSOR panel contains:
tons on CONTROLLER panel. • AIR PRESSURE – starting air pressure;
• EMERGENCY STOP – button. • STARTING HANDLE – imitation of the handle: drag to START
position to run the compressor for filling EMCY D/G Air
Reservoir if sufficient air pressure is not available.

145
EMCY Generator & Disconnecting Panels
7.2. EMCY Generator &

Disconnecting Panels
Click on the menu item EM’CY Generator & Disconnecting Panel
of the page EmG to open the display with two panels.
The EMERGENCY GENERATOR PANEL contains:
• SPACE HEATER, ACB OPEN, ACB CLOSE – indicators of the
space heater and generator ACB state;
• GEN. RUN – indicator, which illuminates when the gen-
erator is in operation;
• VOLTMETER – gauge with VOLTMETER SW change-over 1 2
five-position switch: BUS, R-S, S-T, T-R, OFF;
• AMMETER – gauge with AMMETER SW change-over five-
position switch: OFF, R, S, T, OFF;
• FREQ METER – gauge with FREQUENCY SW change-over
three-position switch: GEN, OFF, BUS;
• WATT METER – gauge for monitoring the generator
power;
• LAMP TEST – button; click to test if lamps are healthy;
• Indicator and alarm lamps, which illuminate when:
-- DC 24 V SOURCE – DC 24V power source is normal and
is supplied to automatic control command circuit
and generator exciting circuit;
-- READY TO START;
-- E/G AUTO ST-BY – the EMCY generator can be auto-
matically started;
-- AUTO – automatic E/G operation after blackout;
-- MANU – manual E/G control;
-- EM’CY STOP SOURCE FAIL – no power in the preferen-
tial trip circuit;
-- ACB ABNORM TRIP – generator ACB tripped.
• Hour Meter gauge;

146
EMCY Generator & Disconnecting Panels
• SPACE HEATER – two-position operation switch to turn • BUS, MSB BUS, SHORE VOLTMETER and BUS, MSB BUS,
the space heater OFF/ON; when the heater is ON, blue SHORE FREQUENCY – gauges, both connected to the
indicator SPACE HEATER illuminates; same BUS & SHORE VOLT & FREQ SW change-over five-
• SHORE TROUBLE (RESET) – button; click to recover after position switch: BUS, 1 MSB, OFF, 2 MSB, SH;
the ESB short circuit; • SYNCHRO SCOPE gauge (see the operation description
• PREF TRIP (RESET) – button; click to recover after pref- in the paragraph 4.2.4 on page 113) with SYNCHRO SCOPE
erential trip, which was caused by E/G; five-position change-over switch to select for syn-
chronizing: E/G with its bus; BUS 1: between ESB and
• ACB ABNORMAL (RESET) – button; click to reset the
LV MSB 1; BUS 2 : between ESB and LV MSB 2; OFF;
EMCY GEN ACB after an abnormal opening;
• DISCONN SW OPEN and DISCONN SW CLOSE – indicator
• ACB CONTROL – two-position impulse operation switch
labels to illuminate, when the switch is open/closed;
to OPEN /CLOSE the generator ACB;
• BUS & TIE ACB MODE SELECT – two-position select
• GOVERNOR CONTROL – impulse switch to adjust the gen-
switch:
erator frequency: click and hold the handle to LOWER /
RAISE the frequency watching the gauges and synchro- -- NORMAL: power supply to No 1 LV MSB or No 2 LV MSB
scope readings; from ESB is prohibited;
• E/G SEQUENCE TEST – three-position select switch: -- FEED BACK: power supply to No 1 LV MSB or No 2 LV MSB
from ESB is allowed.
-- ENG – to initiate the engine starting test: starting E/G
only without blackout of EMCY SWBD; • 1 CONTROL POSITION – two-position mode select
switch for No 1 LV MSB BUS TIE ACB:
-- NOR – normal E/G start after blackout;
-- MSB: control from this ESB panel;
-- ENG & ACB – to initiate the E/G blackout sequence
with ESB–MSB disconnection. -- IAS: control from IAS displays (see Chapter 2).
• MVR – regulator to adjust gen. reactive power and • No 1 LV MSB BUS TIE ACB CONTROL – two-position im-
voltage. pulse operation switch to OPEN /CLOSE the bus tie ACB;
• EMCY GEN ACB – air circuit breaker (see the operation • 2 CONTROL POSITION – two-position mode select
description in the paragraph 4.2.1 on page 112). switch for No 2 LV MSB BUS TIE ACB:
The DISCONNECTING PANEL contains: -- MSB: control from this ESB panel;
-- IAS: control from IAS displays (see Chapter 2).
• EARTH LAMP: normally the lamps are illuminated; in
the circumstances, when insulation resistance is low • No 2 LV MSB BUS TIE ACB CONTROL – two-position im-
on a phase/phases, the respective lamp light glows, or pulse operation switch to OPEN /CLOSE the bus tie ACB;
lights down; • INVERTER PANEL FOR LIGHTING CB – automatic circuit
• EARTH LAMP TEST button; click to test if the earth lamp breaker to power the inverter.
indicators are healthy;

147
EM’CY Bus Tie Panels
7.3. EM’CY Bus Tie Panels

Click on the menu item Shore Supply & Bus Tie Panel of the
page EmG to open the display with three bus tie panels.
The description given below is for No 1 BUS TIE PANEL . The
No 2 BUS TIE PANEL is similar to No 1 BUS TIE PANEL .
The No 1 BUS TIE PANEL contains:

• No 1 LVMSB POWER ON, ACB OPEN, ACB CLOSE, FEED BACK –
indicators of the ELM1 bus tie ACB state;
• ACB CONTROL – two-position impulse operation switch to
OPEN /CLOSE the bus tie ACB;
• ELM1 ACB – air circuit breaker (see the operation de-
scription in the paragraph 4.2.1 on page 112).
The No 1 BUS TIE PANEL contains:
• ACB OPEN, ACB CLOSE – indicators of the ELC2 ACB state;
• ACB CONTROL – two-position impulse operation switch to
OPEN /CLOSE the bus tie ACB;
• ELC2 ACB – air circuit breaker.

148
ESB Consumers 440V & EM’CY GSP
7.4. ESB Consumers • ST FOR BREATHING AIR COMPRESSOR;

• No 1 DC 110V UPS FOR HM 1;
440V & EM’CY GSP • ST FOR NO 1 T/G TURNING GEAR;
Click on the menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the page
• ST FOR NO 2 T/G TURNING GEAR;
EmG to open the display with two panels.
• ELEC HEATER (EM’CY D/G RM);
The ESB 440V FEEDER PANEL contains CBs of:
• No 2 IAS UPS (No 1 MSBR);
• No 2 D/G ENGINE DO SERVICE PUMP; • PSU FOR S-BAND RADAR;
• No 2 BOG EXTRACTION FAN; • No 2 M/T AUX LO PUMP;
• No 4 E/R SUPPLY FAN; • ST FOR NO 2 STEERING GEAR;
• No 2 D/G ENG START AIR COMPR; • ST No 1 N2 FEED AIR COMPR;
• No 2 LO PURIFIER; • EM’CY TRANSFORMER.
• No 2 LO PURIFIER FEED PUMP;
• ST FOR HYD P/P SUPPLY FAN;
The EMERG GROUP STARTER PANEL contains panels:
• ST FOR TURNING GEAR;
• CO2/H E FOAM RM EXH FAN;
• ST FOR H E FOAM PUMP;
• No 2 E/R EXH FAN (REVERSIBLE);
• BATTERY SWITCH BOARD;
• EM’CY FIRE PUMP.
• ST FOR D/G PRIMING LO PUMP;
• ELEC HEATER D/G DO SERV PUMP;
• ST FOR No 2 T/G AUX LO PUMP;
• CONTROL PANEL FOR No 1 N2 GEN;
• ST FOR D/G CYL LUB PUMP;
• ST FOR BALLAST & E/R No 2 HPP;
• ST FOR CARGO V/V No 2 HPP;
• CONTROL PANEL FOR ELEVATOR;
• No 1 AUX LO PUMP FOR MFWPT;
• No 1 DC 110V UPS FOR HC 1;
• BATTERY RM EXH FAN;
• RELAY FOR HORN SYSTEM;
• ST FOR FWD PUMP RM EXH FAN;
• ELEC HEATER (CO2 RM);

149
ESB Consumers 220V
7.5. ESB Consumers 220V • ECR CONSOLE (COLUMN LIGHT);

• CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE (CCC);
EmG to open the ESB 220V FEEDER PANEL . • W/H CONSOLE (MAIN 220V D/B);
• NAV LIGHT CONTROL PANEL;
The panel contains:
• FIRE DET CENTRAL PANEL;
• EARTH LAMP lamps; normally the lamps are illumi-
• EM’CY D/G RM RECEPTACLE;
nated; in the circumstances, when insulation is low on
a phase/phases, the respective lamp light fades, or • EM’CY D/G RM LIGHT;
lights down; insulation monitor then points to the yel- • S/G RM LIGHT;
low or red sector on the scale; • DG CONTROL CABINET;
• AMMETER SW gauge and four-position switch to select • MACH TALK BACK MAIN UNIT;
between OFF and measured phases R, S, T;
• CONTROL PANEL FOR No 1 N2 GEN;
• VOLTMETER SW gauge and four-position switch to select
• CCC (FOR CO2 SYS);
between OFF and measured phases R-S, S-T, T-R;
• BOILER CP No 1;
• Insulation resistance monitor gauge;
• BOILER CP No 2;
• EARTH LAMP TEST button; click to test if the earth lamp
indicators are healthy. • FIRE SPRINKLER CENTRAL CABINET;
The consumers of the 220V feeder panel: • CONTROL PANEL FOR H E FOAM SYS;
• BATT CHARGER EM’CY D/G;
• EM’CY TR–R 2ND;
• SOOT BLOWER RELAY PANEL .
• EPD–3;
• ER ELD–2 – emergency ER light for hardware (light col-
umn) operation;
• ELD–3;
• UPS FOR MAIN CABINET;
• EPD–1;
• EPD–2;
• ELD–1;
• ELD–4;
• ECR CONSOLE (MAIN 220V D/B);

150
Battery Charging & Discharging Board
7.6. Battery Charging & Discharging Board

Click on the menu item Battery CD Board of the page EmG to open
the display with two panels.
The left panel contains:
• The diagram of the charging/discharging process with the
indicator lamps, which illuminate corresponding to the cur-
rent circuit;
• UNDER VOLTAGE, OVER VOLTAGE, EARTH (LOW INSULATION) –
alarm indicator lamps, which illuminate when respective
condition occurs;
• CHARGE MODE – two groups of controls to operate in floating
or boosting modes:
-- FLOATING CHARGE – button and lamp; click to start charging
in floating mode; use the potentiometer to adjust the bat-
tery charger voltage;
-- BOOSTING TIME – the value displays the boosting mode time
countdown; when time =0 charging is automatically contin-
ued in floating mode;
-- BOOSTING CHARGE – button and lamp; click to start charging
in boosting mode; use the potentiometer to adjust the bat-
tery charger voltage;
In each of the charge modes the following controls are used:
-- VOLTAGE ADJUSTABLE – potentiometer;
-- RECTIFIER/BATTERY 1,2/LOAD VOLTAGE METER and RECTIFIER/
BATTERY 1,2/LOAD AMMETER – digital indicators;
-- RECT. V, BATT. V, LOAD V – button and lamp; click a button to
measure respective voltage and read the voltmeter;
• MAIN SWITCH – circuit breaker to power this board; in ON po-
sition the rectifier is powering consumers;
• Insulation monitor;
• EARTH TEST – button to start the earth test; insulation moni-
tor then indicates 500 kOm.

151
Battery Charging & Discharging Board
7.6.1. EMCY 24V DC Consumers • ECHO SOUNDER RECORDER; 7.6.4. ER1 BD - 3 24V DC Consumers
Click on the menu item Battery CD Board of the page EmG to • MAGNETIC COMPASS LIGHT; Click on the menu item BD - 3 DC24 V of the page ER1 to
open the panel with 24V consumer CBs: • W/H MANO. CONSOLE; open the panel with 24V consumer CBs:
• BD - 1 (No 1 WH GROUP PANEL); • DAY SIGNAL LIGHT; • No 1 LV MSB (INCOMING PNL);
• BD - 2 (ELEC EQUIPT RM); • WEATHER FAX RECORDER; • No 2 LV MSB (INCOMING PNL);
• BD - 3 (No 2 SBR); • RUDDER ANGLE INDICATOR SYSTEM; • No 1 HV MSB (HM1);
• BD - 4; • CP FOR H.E. FOAM SYSTEM; • No 2 HV MSB (HM2);
• ECR CONSOLE; • NAVIGATION LIGHT PANEL; • DC LIGHT No 1/2 SWBD RM;
• CARGO CONTROL CONSOLE; • ELECTRONIC CABINET FOR BOW THRUSTER. • DC LIGHT ECR;
• WH SURV. CONSOLE; Switch power 24V DC for BD - 1 on ESB BATTERY CHARGING • DC LIGHT BOILER SIDE;
& DISCHARGING BOARD (use menu item Battery CD Board of
• No 2 PSU FOR GYRO PLANT; • DC LIGHT MAIN TURBINE SIDE;
the page EmG) by BD - 1 (No 1 WH GROUP PANEL) breaker.
• EM’CY LIGHTS CC RM; • DC LIGHT EMCY GEN RM SIDE.
• EM’CY LIGHTS NAV/ELEC EQUIP RM; 7.6.3. ECR BD - 2 24V DC Consumers Switch power 24V DC for BD - 3 on ESB BATTERY CHARGING
• EM’CY LIGHTS ENGINE ROOM; Click on the menu item BD - 2 DC24 V of the page ECR to & DISCHARGING BOARD (use menu item Battery CD Board of
open the panel with 24V consumer CBs: the page EmG) by BD - 3 (No 2 SBR) circuit breaker.
• EM’CY LIGHTING UPPER DECK;
• EM’CY LIGHTING; • RELAY BOX REF. CHAMBER ALARM;
• DG CONTROL CABINET. • HOSPITAL ALARM RELAY BOX;
• REMOTE CONTROL PNL FOR WATER SPRAY V/V;
7.6.2. Wheel House BD - 1
• SAFETY LINK CABINET FOR S/S COMM.;
24V DC Consumers • No 1 LV CMSB;
Click on the menu item BD - 1 DC24 V of the page BCC to
• No 2 LV CMSB;
open the panel with 24V consumer CBs:
• AUTO TEL. EXCHANGER;
• POWER SUPPLY UNIT FOR AIS;
• RELAY BOX PNL BALLAST& ER V/V CONTROL .
• STEERING GEAR CONTROL SYSTEM;
Switch power 24V DC for BD - 2 on ESB BATTERY CHARGING
• LORAN-C RECEIVER; & DISCHARGING BOARD (use menu item Battery CD Board of
• ELECT FOG BELL/GONG SYSTEM; the page EmG) by BD - 2 (ELEC EQUIPT RM) breaker.
• MASTER CLOCK MAIN UNIT;

152
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms

This chapter contains the description of the simulator tools for training
the watch personnel of the LNG Carrier in skills of correct operating
the tanker ship Systems and Mechanisms.

Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms

Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms
Contents:
1. Systems General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 2.4.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 3.3.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
1.1. Selecting a 2D Diagram or a Local Operating Panel . . . . . . . . . 158 2.4.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 3.3.3.1. Boiler Main Feed Water Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
1.2. Operating SYS Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 2.5. Gland Packing & Leak-Off System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 3.3.3.2. Aux & EMCY Feed Water Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
1.3. General Control Panels in the Simulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 2.5.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 3.3.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
1.3.1. Push Button Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 2.5.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 3.4. Feed Water Pump Turbines System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
1.3.2. Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 2.5.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 3.4.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2. Steam Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 3. Condensate & Feed Water Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 3.4.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.1. Superheated (SH) Steam System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 3.1. Main Condensate System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 3.4.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.1.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 3.1.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 3.4.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
2.1.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 3.1.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 4. Sea Water Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
2.1.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 3.1.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 4.1. Main SW Circulating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
2.2. Desuperheated Steam & Steam Dump System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 3.1.3.1. Main Condensate Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 4.1.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
2.2.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 3.1.3.2. Vacuum Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 4.1.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
2.2.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 3.1.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 4.1.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
2.2.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 3.2. Condensate Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 4.1.3.1. Main SW Circulating Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
2.2.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 3.2.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 4.1.3.2. Marine Growth Preventing System (MGPS) . . . . . . . . . . 182
2.3. High Pressure Exhaust Steam & Bleed System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 3.2.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 4.1.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
2.3.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 3.2.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 4.2. Cooling SW Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.3.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 3.2.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 4.2.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.3.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 3.2.3.2. Drain Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .173 4.2.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
2.3.3.1. LP Steam Generator Feed Water Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 3.2.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 4.2.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2.4. General Service Steam System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 3.3. Boiler Feed Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 4.2.3.1. Main Cooling SW Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2.4.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 3.3.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 4.2.3.2. FWG Feed Water Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
2.4.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 3.3.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 4.2.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

154

5. Centralised FW Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 7.2.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 7.5.3.6. Starting Incinerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
5.1. Consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 7.2.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 7.5.3.7. Sludge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
5.2. Centralised FW Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 7.2.4.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 7.5.3.8. Incinerator DO Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
5.2.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 7.2.4.2. DO Purifier LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 7.5.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
5.2.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 7.2.4.3. DO Purifier & DO Purifier Feed Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 8. Lubricating Oil Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
5.2.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 7.2.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196 8.1. Main Turbine LO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5.2.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 7.3. Boiler Fuel Oil Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 8.1.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5.2.3.2. Central Cooling FW Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 7.3.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 8.1.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
5.2.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 7.3.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 8.1.3. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6. Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment System . . . . . . . . . . . . 188 7.3.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 8.1.4. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
6.1. Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 7.3.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197 8.1.4.1. M/T Aux LO Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
6.1.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 7.3.3.2. Boiler FO Service Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 8.1.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
6.1.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 7.3.3.3. Electric FO Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 8.2. Stern Tube LO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
6.1.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 7.3.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198 8.2.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
6.1.3.1. Chemical Injection Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 7.4. Boiler Fuel Gas Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 8.2.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
6.1.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190 7.4.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 8.2.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
7. Fuel Oil & Fuel Gas Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 7.4.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 8.2.3.1. Stern Tube LO Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
7.1. FO Bunkering & Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 7.4.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 8.2.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
7.1.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 7.4.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199 8.3. LO Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
7.1.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 7.5. FO Service for Incinerator & EMCY DG System . . . . . . . . . . . . 200 8.3.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
7.1.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 7.5.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 8.3.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
7.1.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192 7.5.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 8.3.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
7.1.3.2. HFO, DO, LDO Transfer Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 7.5.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 8.3.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
7.1.3.3. FWD HFO Transfer Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 7.5.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 8.3.3.2. LO Transfer Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
7.1.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 7.5.3.2. Incinerator WO Tank Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201 8.3.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
7.2. DO Purifying & G/E FO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 7.5.3.3. Incinerator Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202 8.4. LO Purifying System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
7.2.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 7.5.3.4. Loading Solid Waste Matter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 8.4.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
7.2.2. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 7.5.3.5. Overheat Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203 8.4.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

155

8.4.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 10.5.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 11.2.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
8.4.3.1. LO Purifiers LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 10.5.3.1. Fire Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225 11.3. Fresh Water Generators System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
8.4.3.2. LO Purifiers Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 10.5.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .226 11.3.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
8.4.3.3. LO Purifier Feed Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 10.6. Foam Fire Extinguishing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 11.3.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
8.4.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216 10.6.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 11.3.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
9. Generators Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 10.6.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 11.3.3.1. FWG No 1 & No 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
9.1. Turbine Generators System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 10.6.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 11.3.3.2. Starting FW Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9.1.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 10.6.3.1. Foam Pump & CO2/Foam Room Exhaust Fan . . . . . . . 228 11.3.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
9.1.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217 10.6.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 11.4. Fresh Water General Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
9.1.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 10.7. High Expansion Foam Main Control Panel at FFR . . . . . . . . . 229 11.4.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
9.1.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 10.8. CO2 System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 11.4.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
9.1.3.2. TG Aux LO Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 10.8.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231 11.4.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
9.1.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218 10.8.2. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 11.4.3.1. Hot Water Calorifer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
9.2. Diesel Generator Engine System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 10.8.2.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232 11.4.3.2. Hot Water Circulating Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
9.2.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219 10.9. EM’CY Shut Off Valves & Fire Dampers Panel at FFR . . . . . . 233 11.5. Steering Gear System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
9.2.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 11. Auxiliary Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235 11.5.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
9.2.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 11.1. Deadman System at ECR and ER Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 11.5.2. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
9.2.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 11.1.2.1. Dead Man System Panel at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 11.5.2.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
9.2.3.2. D/G Engine DO Service Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 11.1.2.2. Dead Man System Panel on Bridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 11.5.2.2. SG Local & Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
9.2.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 11.1.2.3. Dead Man System Start Panel at ER3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236 11.5.3. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
10. Fire Fighting & ESD Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 11.1.2.4. Dead Man System Reset Panels at Engine Rooms . . . 236 11.6. Ballast System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
10.1. ES Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 11.2. Compressed Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 11.6.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
10.2. Fire Detector & EMCY Shutdown Panel at W/H . . . . . . . . . . . 222 11.2.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 11.6.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
10.3. Fire Detector Repeater Panel at ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 11.2.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 11.6.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
10.4. Fire Detector Repeater Panel at FFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223 11.2.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 11.6.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
10.5. Fire & Deck Wash System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 11.2.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238 11.6.2.1. Ballast Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
10.5.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 11.2.3.2. Control & Service Air Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239 11.6.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
10.5.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224 11.2.3.3. D/G Engine Starting Air Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241

156

11.7. Bilge System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 11.10. Ventilation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 11.13. Air Conditioning System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
11.7.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 11.10.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 11.13.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
11.7.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 11.10.2. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263 11.13.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
11.7.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 11.10.2.1. E/R Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 11.13.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
11.7.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 11.10.2.2. Miscellaneous Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265 11.13.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
11.7.3.2. E/R Bilge Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .253 11.11. Sanitary Discharge System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 11.13.3.2. AC Plant Control Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
11.7.3.3. Fire Pump and Bilge, Fire & G/S Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253 11.11.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 11.13.3.3. AC Compressors & Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
11.7.3.4. Oily Water Separator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 11.11.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267 11.13.3.4. Operating Pressostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .277
11.7.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254 11.11.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 11.13.3.5. Package Air Conditioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
11.8. Selective Catalytic NOx Removal System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 11.11.3.1. Sewage Treatment Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 11.13.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
11.8.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 11.11.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 11.14. Hydraulic Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
11.8.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255 11.12. Provision Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 11.14.1. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
11.8.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 11.12.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 11.14.1.1. FWD HPP Mooring Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
11.8.3.1. NOx Reduction System Control Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 11.12.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 11.14.1.2. HPP AFT Mooring Winches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
11.8.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 11.12.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 11.14.1.3. HPP for Valve Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
11.9. Inert Gas & Dry Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 11.12.3.1. Controls on Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 11.14.2. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
11.9.1. Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 11.12.3.2. Loading Provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
11.9.2. Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257 11.12.3.3. Unloading Provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
11.9.3. Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 11.12.3.4. Starting Provision Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
11.9.3.1. IGG Main Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258 11.12.3.5. Provision Plant LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
11.9.3.2. IGG Blowers & IGG Fuel Oil Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262 11.12.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
11.9.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

157
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Systems General
Selecting a 2D Diagram or a Local Operating Panel
1. Systems General 1.2. Operating SYS Displays

Operating the SYS displays requires the general knowl- Press the Hint On /Off button on the simulator toolbar to en-
1.1. Selecting a 2D Diagram or edge of the layout and graphical representation of the able the simulator mode, in which a balloon hint appears
information on screen including the objects’ construction on the display when the mouse hovers over an object:
a Local Operating Panel and color. The guidelines are described below.
The page SYS corresponding to the button SYS in the bot-
To zoom in/out on SYS displays in the simulator rotate the
tom bar of the simulator Propulsion console contains a
mouse wheel; the mouse cursor should point to the centre
set of displays listed in its drop-down menu. The set of
of a zoomed area. Press and hold the mouse wheel to drag The pipes’ color reflects the substance type, which flows
SYS displays is designed to provide general information
a zoomed-in diagram for navigation to a required area. through. The flow rate and direction is displayed by ani-
about the systems on the 2D interactive diagrams and to
mation of the pipes. Animation is enabled when the Hint On
simulate local manual control of the systems’ valves. The change of state of units and mechanisms is displayed
/Off button is pressed (hints are on). The flow indicators
simultaneously on the SYS and IAS displays.
Along with the page SYS, more pages are implemented in are presented by sight glasses and by arrow signs; an ar-
the simulator, which contain displays modelling local op- Some of the pumps, fans and compressors can be re- row body is filled by the substance color when the flow is
erating (control) panels and push button boxes located in motely controlled from IAS displays. Local control panels present; no flow is indicated by an empty arrow.
ship rooms. Click the bottom bar buttons to access: (LOP) and push button (PB) panels can be used for local
control of the mechanisms. The valves can be controlled
• ER1 (Engine Room 1), ER2 (Engine Room 2), ER3 (Engine
locally from the displays of the SYS page.
Room 3) – Engine rooms pages;
• FFS – Fire fighting system room page; When the units and mechanisms run, their state (run) in-
dicator body is highlighted by green color; otherwise, only The mouse pointer changes its form from the ‘arrow’ to the
• SG – Steering gear room page;
the indicator border is colored in green. ‘hand’ for the objects that are controlled from SYS displays.
• BT – Bow thruster room page.

158
Operating SYS Displays
An open valve circle is filled with green color; a closed The following valves are used on the diagrams:
valve circle has a green border only.
On the diagrams of the page SYS the manually controlled • Locally controlled open valve
0–1 valves are switched by the mouse click.
The manually controlled modulating (0–100) valves are
operated using the pop up panel with the wheel simulating • Locally controlled closed valve
the valve handle. To open the panel, click a valve:
• Locally controlled 3-way valve (e.g. to switch the

duplex filter flow)
• Locally controlled valves: motorized; hydraulic
• Quick Closing Valve; the QCV is remotely closed

Rotate the wheel by the mouse: from the Fire Fighting Room, and opened locally
when required
• Clockwise to close the valve;
• Counterclockwise to open the valve.
• Safety valves
Or double-click to open/close the valve fully.
The digital indicator shows the valve state position. On
releasing the mouse button the valve picture on the SYS • Thermoregulator 3-way valve
display immediately reflects the set state.
Click X to close the panel.
• Thermoregulator pneumatic 2-way valves
• Thermoregulator rotary piston 2-way valves

159
General Control Panels in the Simulator
1.3. General Control Panels 1.3.2. Group Starter Panel

in the Simulator Group Starter Panels (GSP) on simulator displays vary
slightly for different types of mechanisms.
Pumps can be manually controlled from the starter pan-
els located on the switchboards, and from the push button The MSB GSP contains:
boxes located on the pump itself. • Label with the name of mechanism;
• Color labels with the designation of trip type (e.g. ES–
1.3.1. Push Button Panel 2), and white labels with restart sequence delay time;
Push button (PB) panels are used for local operating of
• Power switch – automatic circuit breaker;
pumps, compressors, etc., comprising:
• Ammeter & Run hours counter;
• Mechanism nameplate;
• SOURCE indicator lamp to illuminate when power in On;
• START push button;
• SPACE HEATER two-position OFF/ON switch and blue in-
• STOP button with a blocking ring. Click on the button dicator lamp, which illuminates when the heater is ON;
center (red) to simply stop the mechanism. Click (or
• Two-position control mode select switch:
turn) on the button border (gray) to stop the mechanism
and block its start; the button stays in pressed state. To -- LOC – control is possible from this panel or push
unblock, click on the border; the button depresses; button panel; on IAS display the mechanism is
marked by MSB label;
Some PB panels can contain an indicator lamp of the mech-
anism state, a gauge, a button to reset the alarm condition. -- REM – control is possible from IAS display only; on
IAS display the mechanism is marked by IAS label.
• START and STOP buttons to operate from this panel in
LOC control mode;
On the MSB starter panels of the mechanisms, which are
not subject to IAS control, there are no select switch and
respective lamps (e.g. fan panels).
Some of the GSPs will contain the main controls, such as
power switch and operation buttons, and also can provide
alarm indicator lamps.

160
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Steam Systems
General Control Panels in the Simulator
2. Steam Systems
The steam systems include: Steam from the drum is led to the primary superheater
section trough an orifice where the pressure drop is mea-
• Superheated (SH) Steam System;
sured and converted to a signal for steam flow. The steam
• Desuperheated Steam & Steam Dump System; then flows through the primary section of the superheater
• High Pressure Exhaust Steam & Bleed System; and on to the secondary superheater section. For control
• General Service Steam System; the superheater outlet steam temperature/ submerged
desuperheater and remotely operated control valve are
• Gland Packing & Leak-Off System.
provided to the water drum and submerged desuperheater
All the steam requirements for the vessel are gener- outlet respectively.
ated within the two main boilers. Boiler details:
The main stop valves interconnect both boilers and a com-
• Max. evaporation: 61 500 kg/h; mon line and supplies the main turbine superheated steam.
• Normal evaporation: 50 00 kg/h; Each boiler has an auxiliary machinery stop valves, which
• Steam condition: 61.5 kg/cm2 superheated steam supply a manifold line, and in turn supply the two main
at 515 °C; boiler feed water pumps and turbo generators.
• Safety valve settings: Steam from the superheater outlet is led to the internal
-- Drum high set: 78.0 kg/cm2; desuperheater, situated in the steam drum, from where it is
-- Drum low set: 77.5 kg/cm2; distributed to the various steam service.
-- Superheater: 64.7 kg/cm2.

161
Superheated (SH) Steam System
2.1. Superheated (SH) Steam System

The system is designed for maintaining the main steam
temperature constant at set point (selected from the IAS).
5 4
Click on the menu item Superheated (SH) Steam System of the
page SYS to open the system diagram.
2.1.1. Content 3 2 2 3
• № 1 (№ 2) Main Boiler – with superheater, Steam Drum,
Water Drum and water headers;
Boilers are operated from local control panels and 1
ECR desk (see the description in Chapter 1), and moni-
toring is available from IAS (see Chapter 2).
• MAIN STEAM TURBINE unit comprising HP TURBINE, LP
TURBINE, ASTERN TURBINE and MAN. VALVE;
• 1 MS001 Main Stop Valve, By-pass (heating), Drain valves
– for SH steam supply to Main Turbine from № 1 Boiler;
MS014 Main Stop Valve, By-pass (heating), Drain valves –
for SH steam supply to Main Turbine from № 2 Boiler;
• 2 MS002 Auxiliary Stop Valve, By-pass (heating), Drain
valves – for SH steam supply from № 1 Boiler; MS017
Auxiliary Stop Valve, By-pass (heating), Drain valves – for
SH steam supply from № 2 Boiler;
• 3 MS035, By-pass (heating), Drain valves – for DSH
steam supply from № 1 Boiler; MS052, By-pass (heating),
Drain valves – for DSH steam supply from № 2 Boiler;
• 4 MS009 To Turbine Generator, By-pass (heating), Drain
valves – valves for HP steam supply to TGs;
• 5 MS020 To Main Feed Water Pump Turbine, By-pass 2.1.2. Connections 2.1.3. Control
(heating), Drain valves – valves for HP steam supply to
• To Funnel Procedures as described in Chapter 5, which require oper-
turbines of the boilers main feed pumps;
• To Atmosphere ating the valves on this diagram.
• Pipelines with valves, measuring gauges.
• To Main Feed Water Pump Turbine
• Near Scupper
• To Turbine Generator

162
Desuperheated Steam & Steam Dump System
2.2. Desuperheated Steam

& Steam Dump System
The system is designed for supplying the following ser-
vices with desuperheated steam:
• LP turbine solo running operation;
• Main dump steam system;
• Main boiler soot blowers;
• General service and heating steam;
• HP exhaust steam system make-up;
• Reducing valve 60/16K, which supplies:
3
-- Main turbine warming up steam; 4
-- FW Generator ejector steam; 5
-- Boiler atomizing steam;
6
7 7
-- Turbine gland packing steam;
-- Emergency FO heating steam;
-- Gland steam system.
Click on the menu item DSH Steam & Steam Dump System of 2
the page SYS to open the system diagram.
1
2.2.1. Content
• № 1 (№ 2) Main Boiler – with Steam Drum, Water Drum
and Water Wall Header;
• Atmos Condenser;
• 1 No 1 (No 2) Dump Steam Exh. DSHTR – with Silencer and
Steam Control valve units each;
• 2 ES081 Exhaust Steam Make Up Valve 60/2.4 bar – pneu-
matic valve and Silencer;
• 3 SB002 Reducing Valve 60/16 kg/cm2;
• Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges.

163
Desuperheated Steam & Steam Dump System
2.2.2. Connections 2.2.3. Control

• From HP Bleed Procedures are described in Chapter 5, which require operat-
• To Low Pressure Steam Generator ing the valves on this diagram.
• From Main Condenser Water Pump & Drain Pump
2.2.3.1. Controls on Diagram
• To Main Condenser
• 4 SB010 valve to open Main turbine warming up steam;
• To Atmosphere the valve is operated by the WARM THROUGH protected
• To Feed Water Drain Tank button on the ECR console (use menu item ECR D - Bottom
• Air of the page ECR);
• To Atomizing Air • 5 SB012 valve to open Turbine gland packing steam;
• Condensate to Feed Water Drain Tank • 6 SB013 valve to open Boiler atomizing steam; the boiler
trips if the valve is closed and the boiler is running on FO;
• To Main Boiler 1 (2) Soot Blower
• 7 284B-1 and 284B-2 pneumatic valves to open steam
• To Atmos Condenser
supply to the soot blowers; the valves are operated au-
• To LPT Solo Run tomatically when soot blowers control position is in ECR
• To FW Generator Ejector (use menu item Soot Blower Control Panel of the page ECR,
• To Deaerator see Chapter 1); the valves are operated manually from
this diagram when soot blowers control position is LO-
• To EMCY FO Heating
CAL – from the push button panels (use menu item Soot
• To MT Warming Up Steam Blowers PB of the page ER3, see Chapter 1).
• To Gland Steam Packing
• To Main Boiler Atomizer

164
High Pressure Exhaust Steam & Bleed System
2.3. High Pressure Exhaust

Steam & Bleed System
The HP Exhaust system provides the requirements for
the deaerator, the main boiler steam air heaters, and the
fresh water generator heating steam. The HP Bleed steam
is bled from the main turbine at the sixth stage of the HP 1
turbine. The LP Bleed system is supplied directly to the
LP bleed heater.
2
Click on the menu item HP Exhaust Steam & Bleed System of
2.3.1. Content
• LP Turbine;
• HP Turbine;
• № 1 (№ 2) Main Feed Water Pump Turbine;
• Deaerator;
3
• Low Pressure Feed Water Heater;
• № 1 (№ 2) Steam Air Heater;
• Low Pressure Steam Generator (LPSG) with its feed water
pumps;
• Pneumatic valves, which are automatically operated
or manually controlled from ECR console (use menu
item ECR - D Bottom of the page ECR):
-- 1 ES165; LP bleed;
-- 2 ES041; IP bleed;
-- 3 ES136; HP bleed.

165
High Pressure Exhaust Steam & Bleed System

• Control Air
2.3.3.1. LP Steam Generator Feed Water Pumps
• From IP Bleed & Exhaust Steam
• To Feed Water Drain Tank ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
• To FW Drain Tank
• To Main Condenser page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 LPSG
• To Main & Atmos. Condenser FEED W PUMP.
• To Bilge Hold Tank Click the menu item LV MSB No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel of the
• To LPSG Drain Cooler page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 2 LPSG
• To Heating Stream System FEED W PUMP.
• To Atmospheric
• To Steam Air Heater
• To FW Gen. FD.W. Heater
• From M/B DSHTR

166
General Service Steam System
2.4. General Service Steam System

The system is designed for supplying the low pressure
steam of 8 kg/cm2 for auxiliary services. The Low Pres-
sure Steam Generator (LPSG) system is completely dis-
connected from the main steam system to prevent the
boiler and HP steam from contaminated drains.
Click on the menu item General Service Steam System of the
2.4.1. Content
• M.B. № 1 (№ 2) with Cleaning Device;
• Low Pressure Steam Generator;
• № 1 (№ 2) M/B FO Heater;
• № 1 (№ 2) LO Purifier Heater;
• LO, FO, Bilge tanks to be heated by steam;
2.4.2. Connections
• From 16kg/cm2 Steam System
• To Main Turbine Warm-Up
• To Atmosphere
• To Deck Service 1 2
• Domestic Service
• Air Conditioning
• Steam Tracing
2.4.3. Control
Heating of the Main turbine LO tanks:
• 1 GS044 for heating Main LO Sump Tank (C);
• 2 GS046 for heating LO Drain Tank.

167
Gland Packing & Leak-Off System
2.5. Gland Packing & Leak-Off System

The system is designed for gland sealing of the both tur-
bine generators and the main turbine using the 16K steam
supplied from the 60/16K desuperheated steam system.
Click on the menu item Gland Packing & Leak-Off System of
2.5.1. Content
• Gland Condenser with M/T gland condenser exhaust fan;
• HP Turbine; LP Turbine;
• Packing Steam Reservoir; Gland Packing Steam Reservoir of
all turbines;
• № 1 Turbo Generator; № 2 Turbo Generator;
• № 1 (№ 2) Main Feed Water Pump Turbine;
• Deaerator;
2.5.2. Connections
• Control Air
• To Atmospheric Condenser
• From 16 kg/cm2 Steam System
• To T/G Exhaust Steam Line
2.5.3. Control
The M/T gland condenser exhaust fan is started manually
from the M/T GLAND CONDENSER EXHAUST FAN panel (use
menu item Main Turbine LOP of the page ER1).

168
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Condensate & Feed Water Systems
3. Condensate & Feed

Water Systems
The Condensate & Feed Water Systems include:
• Main Condensate System;
• Condensate Water System;
• Boiler Feed Water System;
• Feed Water Pump Turbines System.
The following major steam training objectives are supported:
• The opening of steam isolating valves by balancing pres-
sure across them uses the bypass valves before opening.
• Warming through the steam pipes before pressurization us-
ing the steam traps bypasses and isolating valve bypasses.
• Warming up the steam turbines to prevent distortion of the
rotor “hogging and sagging”.
• Checking the correct expansion of the rotor and the condi-
tion of the thrust bearings before rotating under steam.

169
Main Condensate System
3.1. Main Condensate System

The main condensate system is part of the closed feed cycle.
It is designed to provide circulation of feed water from the
main condenser to the main feed pumps via the deaerator.
Exhaust steam from the main turbine, turbine genera-
tors, steam drum and other auxiliaries is condensed
under vacuum in the SW cooled main condenser. The
condensate water is extracted by a main condensate wa-
ter pump and circulated through heat exchangers before
entering deaerator.
Click on the menu item Main Condensate System of the page
SYS to open the system diagram.
3.1.1. Content
• Main Condenser with the level indicator and bar graph –
cooling area: 2 580 m2, flow: 110 m3/h;
• Gland Condenser– cooling area: 25 m2;
• No 2 Fresh Water Generator (Submerged) – controlled from
the LOP (see the paragraph 11.3.3.1 on page 243);
• Deaerator– capacity: 21 m3;
• Low Pressure Feed Water Heater;
• 1 No 1 (No 2 ) Main Condensate Pump – 110m3/h x 10 bar;
• No 1 (No 2 ) Vacuum Pump Unit; 1
3.1.2. Connections
• From Distilled Water Tank
• From Navigation Drain Pump • To Spray Water (FW Generator) • From Drain Pump
• To SLCC-A Dosing Tank • Air • To Chemical Feed Tank
• To Mech. Seal W for FD W Pump • To Distilled Water Tank (Spill) • From Fresh Water Hyd Line
• To Spray Water (Dump Steam) • From LPSG Drain Cooler

170
Main Condensate System
3.1.3. Control 3.1.3.2. Vacuum Pumps

3.1.3.1. Main Condensate Pumps ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
The general description of a starter panel and a push button
box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160. Click the menu item FW Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open
the No 1 MAIN COND VACUUM PUMP and No 2 MAIN COND VACU-
Click the menu item FW Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open the UM PUMP push button panels:
No 1 MAIN COND PUMP and No 2 MAIN COND PUMP push button
panels: Click the menu item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of the
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 MAIN
Click the menu item LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel of the COND VACUUM PUMP.
COND PUMP. Click the menu item LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel of the
Click the menu item LV MSB No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel of the COND VACUUM PUMP.
COND PUMP.
3.1.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor

Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the

171
3.2. Condensate Water System

The system is designed to return condensate from the
auxiliary services to the feed water drain tank for recir-
culation of the main cycle. Drain water that is free of any
possible contamination are pumped directly to the feed
water drain tank. Other service line drains are segregated
and inspected before leading to the drain tank.
The system operates in conjunction with the main conden-
sate system, whereby the condensate from both systems
join together before entering the deaerator.
Click on the menu item Condensate Water System of the page
3.2.1. Content
• Distilled Water Tank (P) and Distilled Water Tank (S) – tank
volume each 222.7 m3;
• Feed Water Drain Tank – ;
• LPSG Cooler; 3
• LPSG Drain TK; 1
• 1 No 1 (No 2) Navigation Drain Pump – 27 m3/h x 90 MTH;
• 2 Drain Pump – 54 m3/h x 90 MTH;
3.2.2. Connections
• From Main Condensate Pump 2
• From LPSG Drain
• Air • To LPSG Drain Inspection Tank
• To Boiler Water Filling
• To Main Condenser Hot Well • To Valve Water Seal System
• To Spray Water Line
• To EMCY Fresh Water Pump
• To Bilge Hold Tank
• From FWG

172
3.2.3. Control 3.2.3.2. Drain Pumps

3.2.3.1. Controls on Diagram box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
Normally the valve 3 FD117 is automatically operated.
However, manual control is available when automatic op- Click the menu item FW Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open the
eration is switched off on the IAS display LPSG - M29 (see push button panels:
the description is Chapter 2). • No 1 NAVIGATION DRAIN PUMP;
Normally the pneumatic valves are operated automati- • No 2 NAVIGATION DRAIN PUMP;
cally by the PID controllers (see the display CONDENSATE • DRAIN PUMP.
WATER SYSTEM - M15 of the page IAS). In the case of control Click the menu item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of the
air supply failure the pneumatic valves are operated man- page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 NAVIGA-
ually from this display. TION DRAIN PUMP.
Click on the valve to open the pop-up panel. Rotate the Click the menu item LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel of the
wheel with the mouse to operate the valve (see the de- page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 2 NAVIGA-
scription in the paragraph 1.2 on page 158). TION DRAIN PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: DRAIN PUMP.


173
Boiler Feed Water System
3.3. Boiler Feed Water System

The system is designed to provide circulation of water from
deaerator via the feed pumps to the boiler steam drum.
Click on the menu item Boiler Feed Water System of the page
3.3.1. Content
• № 1 (№ 2) Main Boiler – with Steam Drum and level bar
graph, Water Drum, Water Wall Header;
• № 1 (№ 2) Economizer – heating area: 1 490 m2; designed
pressure: 95.6 kg/cm2 ;
• 1 No 1 Main Feed Water Pump and 2 No 2 Main Feed Water
Pump – 160 m3/h x 855 MTH; turbine driven;
• 3 Aux Feed Water Pump – 70 m3/h x 855 MTH;
• 4 EMCY Feed Water Pump – 8 m3/h x 230 MTH;
3.3.2. Connections
• From Dist. Water Tank Outlet 2 1
• To/From Central Cooling Fresh Water System 4 3
• From Main Condensate Pump
• From Chemical Feed Pump N2H2
• To Sample Cooler
• Air
• Boiler Water Filling
• To Chemical Dosing Unit

174
3.3.3. Control
3.3.3.1. Boiler Main Feed Water Pumps
Click the menu item MFWP LOP of the page ER2 to open the
local control panels of the steam turbine driven Main Feed
Water Pumps (MFDWP) No 1 and No 2.
The description given below is for MFDWP No 1. Control of
the MFDWP No 2 is similar to MFDWP No 1.
The MFDWP No 1 ALARM/CONTROL panel contains:
• Alarm, trip and indicator lamps to illuminate when:
-- GOVERNOR TRIP – overspeed: > 9000 rpm; at that the
steam inlet valve sticks in the current position;
-- LO PRESS L-L TRIP – pressure < 0.5 bar;
-- ROTOR VIB H-H TRIP – vibration ≥ 80;
-- DEAERATOR LEVEL L-L TRIP – level < 20%;
-- SUCTION PRESS LOW TRIP – pressure < 1 bar;
-- ST-BY – the pump is in st-by mode;
-- AUX LO P/P START FAIL – pump automatic start failed:
the pump is broken;
-- LO TEMP HIGH ALARM – temperature > 75 °C;
-- LO SUMP TANK LEVEL LOW – level < 50%;
-- ST-BY START – the st-by start of the pump occurred;
-- BACK PRESS HIGH ALARM – pressure ≥ 5 bar.
• RESET button: click to acknowledge the alarm condition;
• MANUAL LOADER controller, comprising:
-- Digital indicators of:
RPM – pump turbine speed;
SP – setpoint of the steam line pressure;
PV – present value of the steam line pressure;
OV – present state of the turbine steam inlet valve.

175
-- Buttons: Switch the power supply 440V for:

SP – click to enter the controller programming • MFDWP No 1 AUX.L.O. PUMP on ESB 440V FEEDER PANEL
mode; the raise and lower arrow buttons are en- (use menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the page
abled in this mode; EmG) by No 1 AUX LO PUMP FOR MFWPT breaker.
AUTO – click to set the controller automatic mode • MFDWP No 2 AUX.L.O. PUMP on LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER
for operating the turbine steam inlet valve. PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder
Raise and lower buttons to setpoint the controller. Panel of the page MSB) by No 2 AUX LO PUMP FOR MFWPT
The MFDWP No 1 AUX.L.O. PUMP panel contains: breaker.
Switch the power supply 440V for:
• Two-position control mode select switch: • MFDWP No 1 STEAM INLET VALVE motor on LV MSB No 1
440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V
-- LOCAL: the pump is operated from this panel;
Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by BLR No 1 FEED W STOP
-- IAS: the pump is operated remotely from IAS display MOTOR V/V breaker.
MAIN FEED WATER PUMP - M11 (see Chapter 2);
• MFDWP No 2 STEAM INLET VALVE motor on LV MSB No 2
• Indicator and alarm lamps: 440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V
-- SOURCE – power is available; Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by BLR No 2 FEED W STOP
-- RUN – pump is running; MOTOR V/V breaker.
• START and STOP – buttons to operate the pump in LO-

CAL mode from this panel.
The MFDWP No 1 STEAM INLET VALVE panel contains:
The bottom panel contains the gauges for monitoring the
• Ammeter gauge to display the valve motor current; main feed water pump and turbine state:
• Indicator and alarm lamps:
• MFDWP FD. W SUCTION pump feed water suction
-- SOURCE – power is available; pressure;
-- OPEN and CLOSE – valve position indication. • MFWPT SH. STEAM INLET turbine superheated steam
• OPEN and CLOSE – buttons to operate the valve from inlet pressure;
this panel in LOCAL mode; • MFWPT BOWL PRESSURE turbine bowl pressure;
• STOP – button to close the valve electrically in the case • MFPT STEAM INLET TEMP turbine inlet steam
of emergency; temperature;
• Two-position control mode select switch: • FD.W. P/P T/B EXH. STEAM TEMP turbine exhaust steam
-- LOCAL: the valve is operated from this panel; temperature;
-- IAS: the valve is operated remotely from IAS display • MAIN FD.W. P/P T/B EXH. STM PRESS turbine exhaust
MAIN FEED WATER PUMP - M11 (see Chapter 2); steam pressure.

176
3.3.3.2. Aux & EMCY Feed Water Pumps

The No 1 and No 2 Main Feed Water Pumps are turbine driv-
en. The Aux and EMCY Feed Water Pumps are electric driven.
box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
Click the menu item FW Pumps PB of the page ER2 to open the
AUX FEED W PUMP and EMCY FEED W PUMP push button panels:
page MSB to open the display with starter panel:
EM’CY FEED W PUMP.
AUX FEED W PUMP.
The panel additionally contains:

• Alarm indicator lamps to illuminate when standard elec-
tric faults occur (actuated by instructor input):
-- MOTOR HIGH TEMP;
-- LOW INSULATION.

177
Feed Water Pump Turbines System
3.4. Feed Water Pump

Turbines System
The system is designed to provide power for the main feed 1
water centrifugal pumps. Control of the turbo-pump is in
all cases exercised through operation of the single bal-
2
anced governor steam valve which is affected by pump
discharge pressure, constant pressure regulator, cen-
trifugal speed governor and electric actuator.
Click on the menu item Feed Water Pump Turbines System of
3.4.1. Content
• Feed Water Pump No 1 (No 2) Turbine – units; each unit
comprising:
-- Turbine with Gland Packing Steam Receiver;
-- 1 FWPT Main Steam Valve operated from the MFWP
LOP; and Drain Valve;
-- 2 FWPT Main Stop Valve;
-- FWP LO Sump Tank; 3
-- 3 FWPT Aux Oil Pump operated from the MFWP LOP;
-- FWPT Main Oil Pump (shaft driven);
-- FWPT Oil Press Regulating Valve;
-- LO Cooler – cooled by fresh water.
3.4.2. Connections 3.4.3. Control 3.4.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor

• To Condenser • To Main Boiler Turbines are controlled by the Main steam valve from Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the
• To Gland Condenser • Gland Packing Steam Supply the MFWP LOP (see the paragraph 3.3.3.1 on page 175). paragraph 2.7.3 on page 328.
• Main Steam Inlet • Cooling Water Inlet/Outlet Drain valves should be open when turbines are
• From Deaerator warmed up, and closed when operating in full speed.

178
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Sea Water Systems
Feed Water Pump Turbines System
4. Sea Water Systems

The Sea Water Systems include:
• Main Sea Water Circulating System;
• Cooling Sea Water Service System.

179
Main SW Circulating System
4.1. Main SW Circulating System

The system is designed for supplying the main condenser
with sea water via the three main SW circulating pumps.
Click on the menu item Main SW Circulating System of the
4.1.1. Content
• 1 № 1 (№ 2, № 3) Main S.W. Circulating Pump – 2
7500/3800 m3/h x 5/8MTH capacity each;
• 2 EMCY Fire Pump – 150 m3/h x 100 MTH; operated
only from the ESB GSP (see the paragraph 10.5.3.1 on
page 225);
• Low Sea Chest (STBD) and High Sea Chest (STBD) with flow
meter arrows 3 From MGPS (anti-fouling system);
• Main Condenser;
• Saw Dust Box – contains sawdust and sea water to plug
minor leaks in the main condenser; the vacuum from 3
the condensate side of the tube stack will draw saw-
dust into any hole or crack in a tube;
4.1.2. Connections
• From Ballast Pump 1
• From Sea Water Cool Service System
• From MGPS
• To Foam Tank Unit
• From FW TK

180
4.1.3. Control
4.1.3.1. Main SW Circulating Pumps
The general description of a starter panel and a push but- The panels additionally contain alarm indica-
ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160. tor lamps to illuminate when standard electric
faults occur (actuated by instructor input):
Click the menu item SW Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open
the push button panels: • MOTOR HIGH TEMP;
• No 1 MAIN SW CIRC PUMP; • LOW INSULATION.
• No 2 MAIN SW CIRC PUMP;
• No 3 MAIN SW CIRC PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starter: No 2 MAIN SW
CIRC PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starters:

181
4.1.3.2. Marine Growth Preventing System (MGPS)

Click the menu item MGPS LOP of the page ER1 to open the
ANTI-FOULING SYSTEM (M.G.P.S.) FOR MAIN SW CIRC S/C and AN-
TI-FOULING SYSTEM (M.G.P.S.) FOR MAIN SW COOLING S/C panels.
Each panel contains:

• SUPPLY indicator lamp;
• MAIN SWITCH power circuit breaker;
• A set of digital indicators comprising:
-- CU – electric current of anode (Cuprum);
-- AL – electric current of cathode (Aluminum).
Indicators always display default values (system operation
is not modeled). Arrow buttons are not modeled.
Switch power 220V for both systems on LPD - 1 220V panel 4.1.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor
(use menu item LPD - 1 AC220V of the page ER2) Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the
by MGPS PSU FOR SW S/C circuit breaker. paragraph 2.7.4 on page 328.

182
Cooling SW Service System
4.2. Cooling SW Service System

The system is designed for supplying other systems, which
require SW cooling, via the main cooling seawater pumps.
Click on the menu item Cooling SW Service System of the
4.2.1. Content
• 1 № 1 (№ 2) Main Cooling Sea Water Pump – 790 m3/h x
25m capacity each;
• 2 FW Generator SW FD Pump For Flash (60m3/h x 35m);
FW Generator SW FD Pump For Submersible (9m3/h x 35m);
• № 1 (№ 2) Central Fresh Water Cooler;
• Main Turbine Vacuum Pump Cooler № 1 (№ 2) units;
• № 1 Fresh Water Generator (2-Stage Flash Type); 1
• № 2 Fresh Water Generator (Double Effect
Submerged Tube Type);
• 3 2 x Brine Pump; the pumps are operated from
the FWG LOP panels (see the paragraph 11.3.3.1 on
page 243);
• Low Sea Chest (STBD) and High Sea Chest (PORT) with flow 2 3
meter from M.G.P.S.;
• № 1 (№ 2, № 3) Anode Tank – to ionize sea water and re-
turn to cooling system;
3
4.2.2. Connections
• To HSC For Circ. W (STBD)
• To LSC For Circ. W (STBD)
• To Water Spray Pump & Fire Pumps • From Control Air
• To Ballast Pump • To Atmospheric Condenser
• To Aux CSW Pump • To Saw Dust Box
• To Bilge Water Separator Pump Suction • To S. Coll. TK & STP

183
Cooling SW Service System
4.2.3. Control 4.2.3.2. FWG Feed Water Pumps

4.2.3.1. Main Cooling SW Pumps ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160. Click the menu item SW Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open
the push button panels:
Click the menu item SW Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open
• No 1 FWG SW FEED PUMP (Submersible);
• No 2 FWG SW FEED PUMP (Flash).
• No 1 MAIN CSW PUMP;
• No 2 MAIN CSW PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: FW GEN
Click the menu item LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel of the SW FEED PUMP (FLASH).
No 1 MAIN CSW PUMP. Click the menu item LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel of the
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: FW GEN
Click the menu item LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel of the SW FEED PUMP (SUBMERSIBLE).
No 2 MAIN CSW PUMP.

184
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Centralised FW Cooling System
Consumers
5. Centralised FW 5.2. Centralised FW Cooling System 5.2.2. Connections

Sea water is used as the cooling medium from the FW • To/From AUX Feed Water Pump
Cooling System coolers, provided by the main SW cooling pumps. The • To/From Boiler Water Sample Cooler
coolers are of plate type design.
5.1. Consumers Click on the menu item Centralised FW Cooling System of
5.2.3. Control
The FW Cooling System is a closed system that provides the page SYS to open the system diagram (see the figure 5.2.3.1. Controls on Diagram
cooling fresh water throughout the engine room. It con- Centralised Fresh Water Cooling System on page 186). 4 Valves CF030, CF031 for № 2 Turbo Generator Air cooler.
sists of one loop. The pump discharges cooling FW to the
following units: 5.2.1. Content 5 Valves CF034, CF035 for № 1 Turbo Generator Air cooler.
• Boiler water sample coolers; • № 1 Central Fresh Water Cooler; № 2 Central Fresh Water 6 Valves CF013, CF014, CF015, CF016, for № 1 and № 2 Main
• Stern tube lube oil cooler; Cooler – capacity ; Lub. Oil cooler.
• 2 x Main turbine lube oil cooler; • 1 No 1 (No 2) Central CFW Pump – 640m3/h x 25MTH
capacity each;
• 2 x Main feed water pump lube oil cooler;
• Diesel Generator Engine cooling system units;
• Inert gas cooling unit condenser;
• 2 DG Jacket Preheating Unit Pump – ;
• Inert gas dryer unit cooler;
• 3 DG Driven Jacket Water Pump – ;
• 2 x Provision refrigeration plant;
• № 1 Turbo Gen. and № 2 Turbo Gen. cooling system units;
• DG engine jacket preheating unit;
• Fresh Water Expansion Tank – ;
• 2 x Turbine generator lube oil & air cooler;
• № 1, № 2, № 3 – air compressors;
• DG engine lube oil / air cooler, & generator air coolers;
• Consumers of Cooling Fresh Water;
• Steam drain coolers;
• Air conditioner for SWBD room;
• N2 Generator compressor;
• Air conditioner for workshop;
• DG starting air compressor;
• Air conditioner for accommodation;
• Control & Service air compressors;
• Air conditioner for ECR;
• Air conditioner for CCR;
• Air conditioner for Electric distribution room;
• Air conditioner for Electric equipment room.

185
Centralised FW Cooling System
2
4 5
3
Centralised Fresh Water Cooling System

186
5.2.3.2. Central Cooling FW Pumps 5.2.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor

The general description of a starter panel and a push but- Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the
ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160. paragraph 2.7.6 on page 328.
Click the menu item FW Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open
• No 1 CENTRAL CFW PUMP;
• No 2 CENTRAL CFW PUMP.
No 1 CENTRAL CFW PUMP.
No 2 CENTRAL CFW PUMP.

187
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment System
6. Boiler Water Sampling

& Treatment System
Water Characteristics
Boiler Water
Parameter Normal Max
Conductivity ≤ 120 US/CM
Total dissolved solids
Chlorides ≤ 10 max 10
Phosphates 5 ~ 25 25 ppm
Alkalinity
Silica ≤ 0.5 5
Ammonia ≤ 1.0
Feed Water
Parameter Normal Max
pH at 25 °C 8.6 ~ 9.0 9 ppm
Total hardness
Oxygen 0.007 ppm
Hydrazine reserve 0.01 ~ 0.03 max 0.03

188
Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment System
6.1. Boiler Water Sampling

& Treatment System
The system is designed for chemical analysis and treatment
of feed water to prevent corrosion and scale formation in the
main boilers and degradation of the steam quality.
On line analyzers are fitted to various units in the boiler
feed water system and constantly monitor the water condi-
tion. They give an alarm when a specific contamination (sa-
linity, pH, conductivity, Oxygen, hydrazine) is detected. Any
source of oil contamination must be identified and isolated
as soon as possible.
Click on the menu item Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment
System of the page SYS to open the system diagram.
6.1.1. Content
• № 1 Main Boiler, № 2 Main Boiler; with sampling valves;
1 2 3
• Water Analysis Unit comprising:
-- 1 № 1 Main Boiler Sample Cooler,
№ 2 Main Boiler Sample Cooler;
-- 2 Feed Water Sample Cooler.
• 3 LPSG Sample Cooler;
• Chemical Feed Tank (Amine) comprising:
-- 2 x Chemical Feed Tank (Amine) Dosing Pump.
• Chemical Feed Tank (Hydrazine N2H4) comprising:
-- 2 x Chemical Feed Tank (Hydrazine N2H4) Dosing Pump.
• SLCC–A Dosing Tank – 100 L;
• Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges. 6.1.2. Connections • To Feed Water Drain Tank
• To Bilge • To Main Feed Pump Suction
• To Fresh Water Cooling System • From Main Condenser Pump
• To Scupper System • From LPSG
• From Main Condenser Water Pump • From Main Feed Water Pump Suction Line

189
6.1.3. Control
6.1.3.1. Chemical Injection Control
Click on the menu item Boiler Chemical Dosing Pumps CP of
the page ER2 to open FEED WATER HYDRAZINE INJECTION
CONTROL PANEL and FEED WATER AMINE INJECTION CONTROL
PANEL . Both panels contain similar controls comprising:
• MAIN SWITCH – automatic circuit breaker to turn power

for the panel off/on;
-- SOURCE – power is on;
-- TANK LEVEL LOW – alarm is not modeled;
-- PUMP OVERLOAD – instructor introduced fault;
-- RUNNING – pump is running.
• START and STOP – operation buttons;
• ALARM RESET – button to acknowledge alarms.
Switch power supply 440 V for the panels and pumps from
PD - 2 440V (use menu item PD - 2 AC440V of the page ER1) by
• CONTROL PANEL FOR HYDRAZINE circuit breaker;

• CONTROL PANEL FOR AMINE circuit breaker. 6.1.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor
paragraph 2.7.7 on page 328, and the paragraph 2.10.2
on page 331.

190
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Fuel Oil & Fuel Gas Systems
7. Fuel Oil & Fuel Gas Systems Tanks Volumes

The fuel oil (FO) and fuel gas (FG) systems include: Fuel Oil Tanks
• Fuel Oil Bunkering & Transfer System; Tank Volume [m3]
• DO Purifying & G/E FO System; HFO Deep TK (C) 3540.9
• Boiler Fuel Oil Service System; HFO TK (P) 1007.0
• Boiler Fuel Gas Service System; HFO TK (S) 497.3
Low Sulphur TK (S) 509.7
• FO Service for Incinerator & EMCY DG System.
HFO Settling TK (P) 225.6
HFO Settling TK (S) 225.6
Diesel Oil Tanks

Tank Volume [m3]
DO Storage TK (P) 319.2
DO Service TK (P) 37.7
Miscellaneous Oil Tanks

Tank Volume [m3]
FO Overflow TK (C)) 64.4
FO Drain TK (S) 3.1
FO Sludge TK (S) 3.1
Note: Designation (P) means Port;

(C) – central; (S) – STBD tank location.

191
FO Bunkering & Transfer System
7.1. FO Bunkering & Transfer System

The system is designed for bunkering, settling and trans-
fer of the various types of HFO and DO.
Click on the menu item FO Bunkering & Transfer System of the
7.1.1. Content
• Tanks (see the table of volumes in the paragraph on 4
page 191); each tank is fitted with:
-- Level indicator and bar graph;
-- QCV;
-- HFO temperature indicator, HFO heater and Temp
set programmable controller (except LDO and DO
tanks).
• Cargo Manifold bunkering stations at Midships (P) and
Midships (S);
• Pumps:
-- 1 HFO Transfer Pump – 50m3/h x 3.5bar; 3
-- 2 DO Transfer Pump – 30m3/h x 3.5bar;
1 2
-- 3 LDO Transfer Pump – 3m3/h x 3.5bar;
-- 4 No 1 (No 2) FWD HFO Transfer Pump – 50m3/h x 4bar.
7.1.2. Connections
• To EMCY D/G DO Tank
• To IGG
• From IGG Return
7.1.3. Control
• From Incinerator DO Return
HFO tanks are fitted with Temp set spin box to set tem- The tanks are equipped with QCVs to cut off FO supply in
perature for the FO heater. Click on the spin box up/ the case of emergency.
down arrows to adjust the temperature setpoint value.

192
7.1.3.2. HFO, DO, LDO Transfer Pumps

ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
Click the menu item FO Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open the
HFO TRANSFER PUMP, DO TRANSFER PUMP, and LDO TRANSFER
PUMP push button panels:
page MSB to open the display with starter panels:
• HFO TRANSFER PUMP;
• LDO TRANSFER PUMP.
• DO TRANSFER PUMP.

193
7.1.3.3. FWD HFO Transfer Pumps 7.1.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor

Click the menu item FWD HFO Transfer Pumps PB of the page
BT to open the No 1 FWD HFO TRANSFER PUMP and No 2 FWD
HFO TRANSFER PUMP push button panels:
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 FWD
HFO TRANSFER PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 2 FWD
HFO TRANSFER PUMP.

194
DO Purifying & G/E FO System
7.2. DO Purifying & G/E FO System

7.2.1. General
The system is designed for the DO purification and service
to the generator diesel engine.
Click on the menu item DO Purifying & G/E FO System of the
7.2.2. Content
• DO Purifier;
1
• Diesel Oil Storage Tank – 319.2 m3;
• Diesel Oil Service Tank – 37.7 m3; 4
• Fuel Oil Sludge Tank – 3.1 m3;
• 1 DO Purifier Feed Pump – 2m3/h x 2.5MTH;
• 2 № 1 (№ 2) D/G Engine DO Service Pump – 2.3m3/h x 7kg/
cm2; the pumps are controlled from GSP and PB pan-
els (see the paragraph 9.2.3.2 on page 220);
• 3 EMCY Pneumatic DO Service Pump – ; the pump motor
is turned by service air from Compressed Air system
(see the paragraph 11.2.3.1 on page 238);
2
• 4 Incinerator Diesel Oil Pump – 0.4m3/h x 11kg/cm2;
(control from Incinerator CP, see the paragraph 7.5.3.3
5
on page 202);
7.2.3. Connections 3
• Control Water To Purifier
• From Service Air System 7.2.4. Control
• To Sludge Pump
7.2.4.1. Controls on Diagram Use 5 FO Fine Filter ChangeOver Valves to control the filter
• To Main Boiler fouling (the fault is introduced by instructor).
Fuel Oil Sludge tank is fitted with Temp Set spin box to set
• To Incinerator temperature for the sludge heater. Click on the spin box The tanks are equipped with QCVs to cut off FO supply in
• Overflow up/down arrows to adjust the temperature setpoint value. the case of emergency.

195
DO Purifying & G/E FO System
7.2.4.2. DO Purifier LOP 7.2.4.3. DO Purifier & DO Purifier Feed Pump

Click the menu item DO Purifier LOP of the page ER2 to open The general description of a starter panel and a push button
the display with purifier control panels. box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
The AUTO CONTROL PANEL DO PURIFIER is similar to the AUTO Click the menu item Purifiers PB of the page ER2 to open the
CONTROL PANEL No. 1 L.O. PURIFIER; MULTIMONITOR MM-1 push button panels:
controller panel and the BACK PRESSURE SETTING control-
• DO PURIFIER;
ler are similar to those on the L.O. Purifier panel (see the
description in the paragraph 8.4.3.1 on page 213). • DO PURIFIER FEED PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: DO PURIFIER
FEED PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: DO PURIFIER.

Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.7.10
on page 328,and the paragraph 2.10.4 on page 331.

196
7.3. Boiler Fuel Oil Service System

The system is designed for supplying the three burners
of each boiler from the FO settling tanks via one of the
two FO service pumps. DO may be used for flushing the 222B
lines or for flashing the boilers from cold when no heating
steam is available.
Click on the menu item Boiler FO Service System of the page
1
SYS to open the system diagram. 220B
225B
7.3.1. Content
• No 1 (No 2) Boiler FO Service Pump – 10.7m3/h x 28.5kg/cm2;
• Elec. FO Heater;
• No 1 (No 2) Fuel Oil Heater – steam heaters;
• Heavy Fuel Oil Settling Tank (P), (S) – 225.6 m3 each;
• 1 HFO 1st Strainer with change over three-way valves;
• 2 HFO 2nd Strainer with change over three-way valves; 215B
• 215B – FO recirculating valve;
• 220B–1, 220B-2 – FO header flow valves;
• 222B–1, 222B-2 – FO header supply valves; 225B
• 225B# – burner FO supply valves; 220B
The valves are remotely operated from ECR console (use
menu item ECR C - Bottom of the page ECR), and locally op- 222B
erated from BGB (use menu item Boiler Gauge Board Bottom
of the page ER3), see the description in Chapter 1.
2

• Air
• From Diesel Oil Service Tank
Click one of the valves on HFO Strainers 1 and 2 to
switch the flow in the case of the filter fouling fault (the
fault is introduced by instructor).

197
7.3.3.2. Boiler FO Service Pumps 7.3.3.3. Electric FO Heater

The general description of a starter panel and a push but- Click the menu item FO Pumps PB & FO Heater LOP of the page
ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160. ER3 to open the ELECTRIC FO HEATER CONTROL PANEL:
Click the menu item FO Pumps PB & FO Heater LOP of the page The panel contains:
ER3 to open the No 1 BOILER FO SERVICE PUMP and No 2 BOIL-
ER FO SERVICE PUMP push button panels:
-- SOURCE – power is ON;
-- HEATER RUNNING and HEATER OFF;
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 BOILER
FO SERVICE PUMP. -- OVERLOAD – actuated by instructor fault;
-- TEMP HIGH – temperature > 150 °C.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 2 BOILER • HEATER CONTROL – potentiometer to set the required
FO SERVICE PUMP. temperature, which should be maintained automati-
cally when running;
• FO TEMP – gauge;
• MAIN SWITCH – automatic CB to power the heater;
• HEATER RUNNING and HEATER OFF – buttons to start/
stop the heater; indicator lamps illuminate to reflect
the heater state;
• MANUAL RESET – button; click to reset the alarm
condition.
Switch power supply 440 V for the heater on LV MSB No 2
440V FEEDER PANEL left side (use menu item LV MSB No. 2
AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by ELECTRIC FO HEATER
circuit breaker.


198
Boiler Fuel Gas Service System
7.4. Boiler Fuel Gas Service System

The system is designed for supplying the three burners
of each boiler from the cargo tanks via the low duty gas
211B 208B
heater and low duty compressor. The combination burner
burns the mixture of FO and gas according to the opera-
tion conditions. 214B 212B
Click on the menu item Boiler Fuel Gas Service System of the
7.4.1. Content
• №1 (№2) Main Boiler – each comprising three burners GF040
with run indicators;
• 2 x Fuel Gas Header; Mast.
• Master Gas Valve – operated from ECR console, Boiler
Gas
Gauge Board (BGB), and IAS displays (use menu item
BOILER FO SERVICE SYSTEM - M16 and M/B FURNACE/UP-
TAKE - M13 of the page IAS); 380B
GF039
• 380B – master purge valve;
• 208B–1, 208B-2 – gas header flow valves;
• 211B–1, 211B-2 – gas header supply valves;
• 212B–1, 212B-2 – gas header purge valves;
• 214B# – burner gas supply valves; 214B 212B
The valves are remotely operated from ECR console (use
menu item ECR C - Bottom of the page ECR), and locally op-
211B 208B
erated from BGB (use menu item Boiler Gauge Board Bottom
of the page ER3), see the description in Chapter 1.
• From N2 Buffer Tank
• From LNG Boil-off Gas
Click to toggle valves GF039, GF040 for controlling the gas
• To Vent Riser supply to the gas headers.

199
FO Service for Incinerator & EMCY DG System
7.5. FO Service for Incinerator

& EMCY DG System
The FO Service for Incinerator system is designed for
disposal of the oil product and solids by burning, in accor-
dance with MARPOL requirements. The EMCY DG system
is designed for supplying the diesel engine with fuel oil.
To provide for combustion process, the Incinerator fur-
nace has:
• Electrical ignition burner using MDO only;
• Main Rotary cup type burner using both the MDO and 9
the oil product sludge.
10 1
The unit is fed from MDO service tank. The incinerator’s
own feed fuel oil pump takes suction from the MDO ser-
vice tank and supplies MDO under pressure to the burner 2 8
unit. The waste oil (WO) burner employs compressed
air atomizing with compressed air being supplied from
the general service air system. WO is supplied from the 5
waste oil tanks by means of milling pumps, and a waste
oil dosing pump is then used to supply the waste oil to the
burner. The milling pumps supply oil to the incinerator,
the excess returning to the waste oil tank.
3 4
WO tanks for the incinerator collect the waste oil from the
7
various tanks around the ER and supply the incinerator
waste oil burner. The sludge pump supplies the incin- 6
erator WO tank. The pump also discharges to the shore
connections.
Diesel Oil is burned in order to raise the combustion
chamber to the required temperature for the combustion
of solid material and waste oil; DO may also be burned to The combustion chamber is fitted with a loading door, to admit
assist the total combustion when required. garbage. The door may only be opened when the incinerator pri-
mary combustion chamber temperature is below 145°C.
In view of the pressing need to dispose of sludge and
waste oil the incinerator is essentially used as a sludge/ Click on the menu item FO Service Incinerator & EMCY DG System of
waste oil burner and is not used for burning garbage. the page SYS to open the system diagram.

200
7.5.1. Content 7.5.3. Control

• Incinerator – main burner using both the DO and the oil
product sludge; fuel is atomized by the compressed
7 The QCV valves for WO Suction to WO Sett. TK and to
atomizing air supplied to the burner from the ship’s
Compressed Service Air system; burner is integrated WO Serv. TK are used to cut off FO supply in the case of
with Air Supply Fan; emergency.
• WO Settling TK – 1.5 m3; Temp set controllers are used to setpoint WO heater tem-
• WO Service TK – 1.0 m3: perature of the WO Sett. TK and WO Serv. TK . Use the spin
box arrows to set WO temperature.
• 1 Incinerator Diesel Oil Pump – 3.5kg/cm2 x 2m3/h;
• 2 DO Supply Pump – 3.0kg/cm2 x 0.05m3/h; Drain valve is used for draining water to sludge tank.
• 3 WO Sett. TK Mill Pump – 0.5 kg/cm2 x 26 m3/h; WO return valve is used to direct part of fuel back to the WO
• 4 WO Serv. TK Mill Pump – 0.5 kg/cm2 x 26 m3/h; Settling tank or back to the WO pump inlet.
• 5 Waste Oil Dosing Pump – 2.0 kg/cm2 x 0.3 m3/h; To charge solid wastes, the incinerator is provided with a
• 6 Sludge Pump – 5.0 kg/cm2 x 40 m3/h; door 8 equipped with an open-status sensor. When open,
the charging door disables the starting of the non-operat-
• 10 W.O. Sett. TK Feeding Valve from Sludge Pump.
ing incinerator. Double-click to open/close the door.
• Shore Discharge station;
9 LOAD button is used to open the LOADING PANEL , where
the solid waste matter is set for burning.
The EMCY Generator Engine FO system contains:
• LDO Tank for EMCY DG – 5 m3 with QCV; 7.5.3.2. Incinerator WO Tank Control Panel
• EMCY Generator Engine with Driven FO Pump. Click on the menu item Incinerator Control Panel of the
page ER3 to open the panel for the pumps and WO TK
7.5.2. Connections local control.
• From LDO/DO Transfer Pumps The W.O. TANK CONTROL PANEL contains:
• From/To DO Storage TK
• SOURCE indicator; it illuminates when panel power is
• From/To Oily Bilge TK ON;
• From ER Bilge Pump • A set of alarm and state indicators:
• Compressed Service Air -- LOW LEVEL WO SERV. TANK – level < 30%;
• From FO Sludge TK -- LOW OIL TEMP. WO SERV. TANK – temperature < 60 °C;
• From FO Drain TK -- HIGH OIL TEMP. WO SERV. TANK – temperature > 110 °C;
• From LO Drain TK -- HIGH LEVEL WO SERV. TANK – level > 90%;
• From LO Sludge TK -- SERV. MILL PUMP RUNNING;

201
-- MOTOR OVERLOAD – of any pump; 7.5.3.3. Incinerator Control Panel

-- LOW LEVEL WO SETT. TANK – level < 30%; Click on the menu item Incinerator Control Panel of the page ER3 to open the
-- LOW OIL TEMP. WO SETT. TANK – temperature < 60 °C; INCINERATOR panel.
-- HIGH OIL TEMP. WO SETT. TANK – temperature > 110 °C; The INCINERATOR panel contains:
-- HIGH LEVEL WO SETT. TANK – level > 90%.
• SOURCE indicator, which illuminates when power is ON;
-- SETT. MILL PUMP RUNNING;
• A set of alarm indicators:
-- DO PUMP RUNNING. – incinerator Diesel Oil pump.
-- FLAME OUT – fire extinction in the furnace;
• SERV. MILL PUMP, SETT. MILL PUMP, DO PUMP three-posi-
-- FURNACE HIGH TEMP – temperature > 1200° C;
tion switches to select pump control mode:
-- FAN FAILURE – exhaust gas fan is overheated;
-- OFF position turns the pump off;
-- BURNER FAILURE – main burner failure;
-- AUTO position sets the pump to start automatically,
when incinerator starts; -- FURNACE TEMP LOW – temperature < 800° C;
-- MANU position sets the pump to manual control from -- EXHAUST GAS TEMP HIGH – temperature > 350° C;
this panel; MILL pumps are stared when the panel -- WO SERV TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW – level of oil product sludge in the
power is on; DO pump is operated by the buttons; Waste Oil service tank is high or low;
• DO PUMP START; DO PUMP STOP buttons – to actually -- DO TANK LEVEL HIGH/LOW – level is high or low;
start/stop the pump in MANU mode; on successful start -- WO SERV. TANK TEMP LOW – temperature < 80° C.
the DO PUMP RUNNING indicator illuminates; DO pump • SHUT DOWN indicator display; it highlights when the burner stops;
can be also operated from the push button panel in ER3;
• DOOR OPEN display; it highlights when the door is open;
• ALARM RESET button; click the button to reset the WO
• PRIMARY BURNER RUN indicator; it illuminates when the primary burn-
tanks system after the alarm condition when the cause of
er is running;
alarm has been removed;
• EXHAUST FAN RUN indicator; it illuminates when the fan is running;
• SLUDGE PUMP RUNNING indicator;
• SLUDGE BURNER RUN indicator; it illuminates when the main burner is
• SLUDGE PUMP STOP button duplicating the stop but-
running;
tons on the pump starter and PB panel (see the
paragraph 7.5.3.7 on page 204); • EXHAUST GAS TEMP digital indicator;
• MAIN SWITCH automatic CB. • PRIMARY BURNER three-position switch;
Switch the power supply 440 V for W.O. TANK CONTROL PAN- -- OFF position turns the ignition burner off;
EL and pumps on the No 4 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL 440V -- RUN position enables the burner to start and run;
(use menu item LGSP - 4 AC440V of the page ER3) by the WO
TK CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker.

202
-- START position is used to actually start the burner; 7.5.3.4. Loading Solid Waste Matter 7.5.3.5. Overheat Protection
on successful start the switch jumps back to the
1. Double-click on the burner door to open it. The incinerator is equipped with the local automatic sys-
RUN position and the PRIMARY BURNER RUN indicator
The MDO Feed pump and WO dosing pump tem and overheat protection. The operational principle is
illuminates.
stop automatically. The burner stops. based on the monitoring of the exhaust gas temperature
• SLUDGE BURNER three-position switch; and the furnace temperature.
-- OFF position turns the main burner off;
Monitoring the exhaust gas temperature:
-- RUN position enables the burner to start and run;
• If the exhaust gas temperature increases up to 320 °C,
-- START position is used to actually start the burner;
oil supply to the burner nozzles will be cut automati-
on successful start the switch jumps back to the
cally. After temperature reduction down to 310 °C, it
RUN position and the SLUDGE BURNER RUN indicator
will be resumed;
illuminates.
• If the exhaust gas temperature increases up 350 °C,
• INCINERATOR START two-position STOP–START switch
the dilution damper will open completely and auto-
to power the system; the Exhaust gas fan starts
matically for the purpose of cooling down the exhaust
automatically;
gases and protecting the flue and the exhaust gas fan
Attention! The correct starting sequence would be to: against overheating.
a). Start the incinerator; 2. Click on the LOAD button for the Monitoring the furnace temperature:
LOADING PANEL to pop up:
b). Start the primary burner;
• If the furnace temperature reaches 1100 °C, oil supply
c). Start the sludge burner when the furnace tem- to the burner nozzles will be cut automatically. When
perature > 800 °C. temperature drops down again to 1050 °C, oil supply
• INCINERATOR EMCY STOP emergency button; will be resumed;
• RESET FLAME FAILURE BURNER button; press the button • If the furnace temperature reaches 1200 °C, oil supply
to reset the incinerator system after the flame failure; to the burner nozzles will be cut automatically, and the
• RESET ALARM button; press the button to reset the in- WO/DO fuel pumps will be shutdown;
cinerator system after the alarm condition when the • After Incinerator is shutdown, and temperature in the
cause of alarm has been removed; 3. Specify a percentage of combustible materials furnace drops below 60 °C, the exhaust gas fan will
in the solid waste to be loaded in the stop automatically.
• MAIN SWITCH automatic CB;
BURNABLE % using the up and down arrows.
• Hour Meter gauge.
4. Set the required LOAD MASS kg using the up and
7.5.3.6. Starting Incinerator
Switch the power supply 440 V for INCINERATOR panel on down arrows to the right of the indicator; Instructions for starting the incinerator is given in Chap-
the No 4 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL 440V (use menu item ter 5, the paragraph 6.6 on page 304.
5. Click the LOADING button. The button highlights,
LGSP - 4 AC440V of the page ER3) by the INCINERATOR MAIN
the LOAD MASS kg indicator gets empty. The
CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker.
RESIDUE kg indicator changes value.
6. Double-click on the burner door to close it.
7. Start the burner manually from the Incinerator LOP.

203
7.5.3.7. Sludge Pump 7.5.3.8. Incinerator DO Pump

The general description of a starter panel and a push but- The general description of a push button box con-
ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160. trols is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
Click the menu item LO Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open the Click the menu item FO Pumps PB & FO Heater LOP
SLUDGE PUMP push button panel. of the page ER3 to open the INCINERATOR DO PUMP
push button panel. 7.5.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: SLUDGE Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.7.9
PUMP. on page 328,and the paragraph 2.11.6 on page 332.

204
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Lubricating Oil Systems
8. Lubricating Oil Systems Tanks Volumes

The Lubricating Oil (LO) systems include: Lube Oil Tanks
• Main Turbine Lube Oil System; Tank Volume [m3]
• Stern Tube Lube Oil System; Main LO Gravity TK (S) 33.6
• LO Transfer System; Main LO Settling TK (S) 51.3
• LO Purifying System. No.1 M/E Sys.Oil Stor. TK (S) 30.9
No.2 M/E Sys.Oil Stor. TK (S) 29.0
D/G LO Storage TK (S) 12.2
D/G LO Settling TK (S) 12.2
T/G LO Settling TK (S) 12.2
T/G LO Storage TK (S) 16.7
M/E Oil Sump TK (C) 68.0
Miscellaneous Tanks
Tank Volume [m3]
S/T LO Sump TK (C) 4.1
LO Sludge TK (S) 3.1
Note: Designation (P) means Port;

(C) – central; (S) – STBD tank location.

205
Main Turbine LO System
8.1. Main Turbine LO System

8.1.1. General
The system is designed to deliver lubricating oil to the
main turbine bearings and double reduction gearing
through a system, which ensures the continuity of supply
of high quality LO.
Click on the menu item Main Turbine LO System of the page
4
8.1.2. Content
• Main LO Gravity Tank (S) – 33.6 m3;
• Oil Mist Tank;
• Main LO Sump Tank – 68.0 m3;
• 1 № 1 (№ 2) Aux LO Pump – 180m3/h x 4.5kg/cm2 capac-
ity each;
• 2 Main LO Driven Pump – 210m3/h x 4.5kg/cm2;
2 3
• № 1 Main LO Cooler; № 2 Main LO Cooler – ;
• 3 HP Turbine; 4 LP Turbine; reduction gears;
• Intermediate Shaft Bearing No 1, No 2;
8.1.3. Connections
• To Oil Mist Chamber 1
• Control Air
• To Intermediate Shaft Bearing
• To LO Drain Tank

206
Main Turbine LO System
8.1.4. Control 8.1.5. Faults Introduced by Instructor

8.1.4.1. M/T Aux LO Pumps
The general description of a starter panel and a push button box
controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
Click the menu item LO Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open the No 1
M/T AUX LO PUMP and No 2 M/T AUX LO PUMP push button panels:
Click the menu item LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel of the page
MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 M/T AUX LO PUMP.
MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 2 M/T AUX LO PUMP.

207
Stern Tube LO System
8.2. Stern Tube LO System

The system is designed for lubrication of the stern tube
(ST) and the ST seal system.
Click on the menu item Stern Tube LO System of the page SYS
to open the system diagram.
8.2.1. Content
• Stern Tube Gravity TK – 0.1 m3;
• Stern Tube Sump TK – 4.1 m3;
• FWD Seal Tank (15 L); AFT Seal Tank (25 L);
• Stern Tube LO Cooler – 4.1 m3;
• No 1 (No 2) Stern Tube LO Pump – 4m3/h x 2.5bar;
• Propeller Shaft LO supply;
8.2.2. Connections
• To Air Vent System

208
Stern Tube LO System

8.2.3.1. Stern Tube LO Pumps
Click the menu item LO Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open the
No 1 STERN TUBE LO PUMP and No 2 STERN TUBE LO PUMP push
button panels:
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 STERN
TUBE LO PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No STERN
TUBE LO PUMP.

209
LO Transfer System
8.3. LO Transfer System

The system is designed for bunkering and supplying bulk
oil to the main machinery systems in the engine room.
Click on the menu item LO Transfer System of the page SYS
8.3.1. Content
• LO tanks (see the table of volumes in the paragraph on
page 205); each tank is fitted with:
-- Level indicator and bar graph;
-- QCV;
-- LO temperature indicator, LO heater and Temp set
programmable controller (for Settling and Main
Sump tanks).
• Bunkering stations on Upper Deck;
• LO Transfer Pump – 5.0 m3/h x 4.0 kg/cm2;
8.3.2. Connections
• To LO Purifier Feed Pump
• From LO Purifier
• To LO Drain TK
8.3.3. Control
The tanks are equipped with QCVs to cut off LO supply in
the case of emergency.

210
LO Transfer System
8.3.3.2. LO Transfer Pump 8.3.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor

LO TRANSFER PUMP push button panel:
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: LO TRANS-
FER PUMP.

211
LO Purifying System
8.4. LO Purifying System

The system is designed for circulation of the Lube Oil
through purifiers.
Click on the menu item LO Purifying System of the page SYS
8.4.1. Content
• No 1 LO Purifier; No 2 LO Purifier – capacity 2 100 L/SAE
#30 detergent each;
• No 1 (No 2) LO Purifier Feed Pump – 2.1 m3/h x 2.5 kg/cm2
each;
• No 1 LO Purifier Heater; No 2 LO Purifier Heater – capacity
2.1 m3/h x 40/90 °C;
• LO Sludge Tank – 3.1 m3;
8.4.2. Connections
• From/To Stern Tube LO Sump Tank
• From/To Main LO Sump Tank
• From Main LO Storage/Settling Tank
• From T/G LO Sump Tank
• From T/G LO Storage/Settling
• From/To D/G LO Settling/Sump Tank
• Control Water To Purifier
• To Main LO Settling Tank
• To T/G LO Settling Tank
• To T/G LO Sump Tank
• To Sludge Pump

212
LO Purifying System
8.4.3. Control Auto Control Panel

The panel contains:
8.4.3.1. LO Purifiers LOP
Click on the menu item LO Purifiers LOP of the page • Purifier diagram with MOTOR run indicator;
ER2 to open the AUTO CONTROL PANEL No.2 L.O. PURIFIER • LED indicators of the valves state:
and AUTO CONTROL PANEL No.1 L.O. PURIFIER. -- SV3 Regulating replacement water;
Purifiers and purifier LO supply driven pumps are -- SV2 For closing bowl;
controlled from their AUTO CONTROL PANEL(s). The de- -- SV1 For opening bowl – total;
scription given below is for No.1 Purifier control pan-
-- SV9 For opening bowl – partial;
els. The No.2 Purifier panels are similar to No.1.
-- SV4 Control water solenoid.
The top panel of the purifier LOP contains:
• CONDITION LED alarm indicators modeled:
• Purifier AUTO CONTROL PANEL (see the description -- LEAK;
below);
-- T(H), T(L) – high/low temperature
• Hour Meter indicator gauge of the separator
Buttons modeled in the simulator are used to:
motor;
• MON to monitor the proceeding condition of func-
• EMERGENCY STOP button to stop the purifier
tions in the ADDRESS and DATA digital indicators,
directly;
which display the timer setting times of the auto-
• MM FUNCTION OFF – ON two-position switch to con-
matic system (see the table below);
trol the feeding signal output from the control
panel of the Multi-Monitor; when the switch is in
Note: no changes can be done to factory settings in
OFF position the signal is not outputted even if
the simulator;
the SELFJECTOR is on feeding; • Up and down arrows to browse the list of ad-
• CONT. SOURCE OFF–ON two-position switch to pow- dresses of required timer or counter;
er the auto control panel. • DIS-T to partially discharge purified oil;
• AUTO START to start automatic purifying; the lamp
is on while automatic purifying is operating;
• AUTO STOP to pause automatic purifying and stop
the purifier after discharging sludge completely;
• ALARM RESET to reset common alarms; the lamp
is on when an alarm condition has occurred, and
off when reset.

213
LO Purifying System
The bottom panel of the purifier LOP contains:

• MULTI-MONITOR MM-1 unit comprising:
-- Pressure adjustment LED indicator; flashes when adjustment
is in process;
-- Information screen, which displays the current values of
the parameters:
Flow rate (L/Hr) in the upper box;
Temp (deg C), Light liquid press (bar), RPM exchanging in the
lower box with 5 sec. period.
Green LED indicators illuminate when parameters are within
the operating range;
-- Horizontal Shaft RPM LED indicator; flashes when purifier
motor and driven pump are starting; when is lights steadi-
ly, then the AUTO START button can be pressed to start the
purification process;
-- Error and Leakage alarm LED indicators.
• PID controller to operate the heater unit in AUTO mode (see
the controller description below);
• LUB OIL HEATER MODE two-position select switch to choose
between MAN–AUTO control;
• STEAM VALVE regulator to open the heater thermal oil valve
0–100 in MAN mode;
• BACK PRESSURE SETTING panel comprising:
-- Display to present the actual pressure or set point value;
-- SET button; click to start modify pressure set point; the
button highlights; click again to confirm the setting;
-- RANGE potentiometer knob to set the pressure value.

214
LO Purifying System
PID Controller Mode #2 “Set Value” • Set “P” proportional coefficient value in the lower line
using the more and less buttons. Click the P button to
PID (thermocontrollers) are used to setpoint the tem- Click P button to enable the more and less buttons.
confirm the setting and change the screen to the form:
perature values for various systems’ automatics and to
• The switch lock–unlock is in position lock.
monitor the current temperatures. The controller display
outputs the Set Point in the upper line and the Current • Use the more and less buttons to set the required value
value in the lower line. in the upper line.
Click P button to confirm the setting and return to Mode #1.
Controller LED Indicators
• The K1 indicator illuminates when the output Temper- Mode #3 “Control Setting” • Set “I” integral coefficient value in the lower line using
ature alarm occurs. Turn the switch lock–unlock into position unlock set the the more and less buttons. Click the P button to confirm
• The K2 indicator illuminates when the Power failure Mode #3. The more and less buttons are enabled. The P the setting and change the screen to the form:
alarm occurs. button is used to switch the screen into modes “P”, “I” and
“D” in a round robin way and change their parameters.
• The K3 indicator illuminates when the control valve
triggers. • Click P button. The screen changes the form to:
Controller can operate in the following three modes:
Mode #1 “Job Controller” • Set “D” coefficient value in the lower line using the
• The switch lock–unlock is in position lock. more and less buttons. Click the P button to confirm the
setting and return the screen to the form with the “P”
• The upper line displays the task regulator.
parameter.
• The lower line displays the current value of the adjust-
Turn the switch lock–unlock into position lock to turn the
able parameter.
controller into Mode #1.

215
LO Purifying System
8.4.3.2. LO Purifiers Starters

No 1 LO PURIFIER.
No 2 LO PURIFIER.
Use START / STOP buttons on the starter panel to start/stop the

purifier.
8.4.3.3. LO Purifier Feed Pumps

No 1 LO PURIFIER FEED PUMP and No 2 LO PURIFIER FEED PUMP
push button panels:
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 LO PURI-
FIER FEED PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 2 LO PURI-
FIER FEED PUMP.
on page 328, and the paragraph 2.10.3 on page 331.

216
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Generators Systems
Turbine Generators System
9. Generators Systems
9.1. Turbine Generators System
The system is designed for supplying the turbine genera- 1
tors with main steam, LO, and cooling fresh water.
Click on the menu item TGs System of the page SYS to open
the system diagram. 2
9.1.1. Content
• Turbine Generator No 1 (No 2) Turbine – units; each unit
comprising:
-- Turbine with Gland Packing Steam Receiver;
-- Generator with Reduction Gear;
-- TG Aux LO Pump – operated from the TG LOP (use
menu items TG No 1 LOP / TG No 2 LOP of the page ER3);
-- TG LO Sump TK – 16.7 m3;
-- TG Main Oil Pump (Shaft Driven);
-- Air Cooler; LO Cooler – cooled by fresh water;
9.1.2. Connections
• To Condenser
• To Gland Condenser
• Main Steam Inlet
• Gland Packing Steam Supply
• Cooling Water Inlet/Outlet

217
Turbine Generators System

on page 329, the paragraph 2.11.1 on page 332, and the
Procedures for warming up and starting the turbines are de- paragraph 2.11.2 on page 332.
scribed in Chapter 5, which require operating the valves:
• 1 SH Steam TG Cut Off Valve;
• 2 TG Main Stop Valve: 0–100; Drain Valve;
9.1.3.2. TG Aux LO Pumps

To open the starter panels for the turbo generators Aux LO
pumps use the menu items TG No 1 LOP and TG No 2 LOP of the
page ER3. See the description in Chapter 3, the paragraph 3.1 on
page 105 & the paragraph 3.2 on page 107.
Switch power supply 440 V for the AUX LO PUMP from the LV MSB
No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder
Panel of the page MSB) by AUX LO PUMP FOR TG No 1 circuit breaker.
Switch power supply 440 V for the AUX LO PUMP from the ESB 440V
FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the page
EmG) by ST FOR No 2 T/G AUX LO PUMP circuit breaker.

218
Diesel Generator Engine System
9.2. Diesel Generator Engine System

The system is designed for supplying the generator DE
with DO, LO, cooling water, and compressed starting air.
Click on the menu item DG Engine System of the page SYS to
open the system diagram.
9.2.1. Content
• Diesel Engine;
• Expansion Tank – tank for cooling water with level digital 1
indicator and bar graph;
• Diesel Oil Service Tank – 37.7m3 volume tank with QCVs,
Return Chamber, level digital indicator and bar graph; 2
• 1 LO Priming Pump – operated from the DE LOP (see
Chapter 3, the paragraph 3.4 on page 108); 6
• 2 Engine Driven LO Pump;
• 3 Diesel Generator Engine DO Service Pump № 1 (№ 2) –
2.3m3/h x 7kg/cm2 capacity each;
3
• 4 G/E Jacket Water Preheater Pump; operated from the
DE LOP;
• 5 DG Driven Jacket Water Pump;
• 6 Incinerator DO Pump – operated from the incin- 5
erator control panel or push button panel (see the
paragraph 7.5.3.8 on page 204);
4
• D/G Starting Air Compressors № 1 (№ 2) – operated
from the starters or push button panels (see the
• Starting Air Reservoir – with pressure indicator;
• LO Cooler; • LT Air Cooler and HT Air Cooler;
• LO Filter 1 (2) – duplex filter; • G/E Jacket Water Preheater;
• FO Fine Filter 1 (2) – duplex filter; • Elec. FO Heater;
• Centrifugal Filter; • Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges.

219
Diesel Generator Engine System
9.2.2. Connections 9.2.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor

• From Service Air System Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.7.16
• From Central FW Cooler on page 329, and the paragraph 2.11.3 on page 332.
• From/To CFW Cooling System

• To Main Boiler
• To Incinerator
9.2.3. Control
Click one of the valves on duplex FO Fine Filter and LO
filter to switch the flow in the case of the filter fouling fault
(the fault is introduced by instructor).
9.2.3.2. D/G Engine DO Service Pumps

Click the menu item FO Pumps PB & FO Heater LOP of the
page ER3 to open the No 1 D/G ENGINE DO SERVICE PUMP and
No 2 D/G ENGINE DO SERVICE PUMP push button panels.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 D/G
ENGINE DO SERVICE PUMP.
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 2 D/G
ENGINE DO SERVICE PUMP.

220
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Fire Fighting & ESD Systems
ES Groups
10. Fire Fighting & 10.1. ES Groups

The mechanisms are grouped for emergency stop (ES)
ESD Systems into 6 groups, and the buttons with protection covers are
The Fire detection and Fire fighting systems are modeled provided for activating the stop function for each group.
in the simulator by sub-systems:
ES–1 E/R FANS
• Fire Detector and Alarm System;
ES–2 E/R FUEL OIL, DIESEL OIL PUMPS
• Quick Closing & Emergency Shutdown System (ESD); ES–3 E/R LUBE OIL, HYD. OIL PUMPS
• Fire & Deck Wash System; ES–4 ACCOMMODATION FANS
• Foam Fire Extinguishing System; ES–5 DECK FANS, PUMPS; FWD FANS, FO, HYD. PUMPS
ES–6 PURIFIER ROOM EQUIPMENT
• CO2 System.

221
Fire Detector & EMCY Shutdown Panel at W/H
10.2. Fire Detector & EMCY • LED indicating lamps:

-- POWER illuminates when the sys-
Shutdown Panel at W/H tem is powered;
Click on the menu item BCC Misc of the page BCC -- Other lamps are not modeled;
to open the display of the Fire Detector Station
• FIRE indicator of the fire; flashes
and emergency shutdown (ES) of the mecha-
with red light when there is an un-
nisms remote control panels.
acknowledged fire alarm at least
The left part of the display contains: of one sensor; it turns into steady
• Fire Detector Station panel; light when all fire alarms of all
sensors have been acknowledged
• Emergency stop buttons ES 1, ES 2, ES 3, ES
by MUTE button;
4, ES 5, and ES 6 with protection covers. Click
once to open the cover. Click second time to • FIRE ALARMS LCD screen to display
activate the respective shutdown function the list of fire alarms and Total:
for all mechanisms in respective ES group. fires count;
• GENERAL EM’CY ALARM panel comprising two • MUTE button is used to mute and
buttons with protection cover; click once to silence alarms;
open the cover; click second time to select • RESET button is used to reset the
the system control mode: system;
-- AUTO – General Alarm is actuated auto- • NEXT and arrow buttons are not
matically from Fire Detection Station; modeled.
-- MANUAL – General Alarm is actuated by Switch power for Fire Detector Sta-
clicking this button. tion by FIRE DET CENTRAL PANEL circuit
• MANUAL FIRE ALARM BUTTON – button with breaker on either panels:
protection cover to manually activate the • 220V AC on LV MSB No 2 220V FEEDER
fire system audible signal; click once to PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No.
open the cover; click second time to activate 1 & No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel of the
the signal. page MSB);
The Fire Detector Station panel includes the fol- • 220V AC on ESB 220V FEEDER PANEL
lowing modeled controls: (use menu item ESB AC220V Feeder
Panel of the page EmG);
• 24V DC on BD - 1 DC 24V (use menu
item BD - 1 DC24V of the page BCC).

222
Fire Detector Repeater Panel at ECR
10.3. Fire Detector Repeater 10.4. Fire Detector

Panel at ECR Repeater Panel at FFS
Click on the menu item ECC - A Upper of the page ECR to Click on the menu item Fire Detector Repeater of the
open the ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION A display with the FIRE page FFS to open the FIRE DETECTOR REPEATER PANEL .
DET. REPEATER PANEL , which includes:
The panel is similar to the FIRE DET. REPEATER PANEL
• FIRE indicator of the fire having the following states: on the ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION A (see the descrip-
-- Not active – no fire is detected, no sensors were tion in the paragraph 10.3 on page 223).
actuated; The panel contains emergency stop buttons ES 1,
-- Flashing red – there is an unacknowledged fire ES 2, ES 3, ES 4, ES 5, and ES 6 with protection cover.
alarm at least of one sensor; Click once to open the cover; click second time to
activate shutdown function for all mechanisms in
-- Continuous red – all alarms of all sensors were ac-
respective ES group.
knowledged by MUTE button.
Switch power for Fire Detector Repeater panel by
• FIRE ALARMS text LC display, where information about
FIRE DET CENTRAL PANEL circuit breaker on either
the fire is listed. The Total: value outputs the number of
panel:
fires; the fire information line displays the room indi-
cation/name, the detector type and actuation time; • 220V AC on LV MSB No 2 220V FEEDER PANEL (use
menu item LV MSB No. 1 & No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel
The actuation time and sequence of the detectors is
of the page MSB);
modeled in the simulator according to the dynamics of
the fire spread, actuation of fire dampers, and running • 220V AC on ESB 220V FEEDER PANEL (use menu
of fans. item ESB AC220V Feeder Panel of the page EmG);
• The indicating lamps: • 24V DC on BD - 1 DC 24V (use menu item BD - 1
DC24V of the page BCC).
-- POWER illuminates when the detection system is
powered;
-- FAULT; DISCONNECTION indicators and arrow but-
tons are not modeled.
• MUTE button is used to mute and silence alarms.
The Main Fire alarm panel is located at the Bridge console
BCC C (see the paragraph 10.2 on page 222).
FIRE ALARM MANUAL CALL POINT button with protection

cover on ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION A is used to manually
activate the fire system audible signal. Click once to open
the cover; click second time to activate the signal.

223
Fire & Deck Wash System
10.5. Fire & Deck Wash System

The fixed type fire fighting system is designed for distribu-
tion sea and fresh water to the ship rooms for fighting fires.
The water main is maintained at constant pressure 11 bar.
Click on the menu item Fire & Deck Wash System of the page
10.5.1. Content
• 1 Fire Pump – 150 m3/h x 100 MTH;
• 2 Fire, Bilge & G/S Pump – 150/240 m3/h x 100 MTH;
• 3 Jokey Pump – 10 m3/h x 100 MTH;
• 4 Water Spray Pump – 700 m3/h x 100 MTH;
• 5 EMCY Fire Pump – 150 m3/h x 100 MTH;
• FW TK (S) and FW TK (P) – fresh water tanks;
• SC – sea chest;
• Accumulator Tank – pressurized vessel of 2m3 for main-
taining constant pressure 11 bar in the water line;
contains 75% water + 25% compressed air;
5
• Pipelines with hydrants, valves, measuring gauges.
10.5.2. Connections
• To Foam System 1 2 3 4
• From FW TK
• To Bilge Ejector Pipe Duct & Cofferdams
• To Bilge Ejector Pipe Duct & Aft
• From/To Bilge System
• From Compressed Air
• From SW Main in ER • To Accom.& CCR & Life Boat Area
• To Cargo Manifold Area • To Upper Deck
• To Liquid/Gas Dome & Valves Service Area • From Domestic FW Hydrophore Unit

224
10.5.3. Control
10.5.3.1. Fire Pumps
The general description of a starter panel and a push button box
Click the menu item Fire Pumps PB of the page ER1 to open the
FIRE PUMPS PUSH BUTTON panel with the boxes:
• FIRE PUMP; Push buttons on BCC Misc Panel
• BILGE, FIRE & G/S PUMP;
• WATER SPRAY PUMP;
• FIRE AUX JOCKEY PUMP.
Click the menu item Fire Pumps PB of the page FFS to open the
FIRE PUMPS PUSH BUTTON panel with the boxes:
• FIRE PUMP;
• BILGE, FIRE & G/S PUMP;
Push buttons in ER1
• FIRE AUX JOCKEY PUMP;
• EMCY FIRE PUMP.
Both FIRE PUMPS PUSH BUTTON panels also contain alarm lamps
to illuminate in the case of FIRE MAIN LINE PRESS alarm:
• HIGH PRESS – pressure ≥ 15 bar;
• LOW PRESS – pressure ≤ 8 bar. Starter on ESB 440V Feeder Panel in EmG
Manual start of the fire pumps is also possible from the wheel
house console if the mode select switch on the pump GSP is set
to LOC position. Click the menu item BCC Misc Panel of the page
BCC to reach the push button panels of the four fire pumps:
The EM’CY fire pump can be operated from the ESB GSP and
push button boxes in SG room and FFS room panels.
Click the menu item EMCY Fire Pump PB of the page SG to open the
push button panel: EMCY FIRE PUMP.
Push buttons on Push buttons
Click the menu item H.E. Foam Control Panel of the page FFS to
H.E. Foam Control in SG
open the push button panel: EMCY FIRE PUMP.
Push buttons in FFS Panel in FFS

225
Click the menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the page EmG
to open the display with starter panel: EM’CY FIRE PUMP.
FIRE PUMP;
FIRE AUX JOCKEY PUMP.
BILGE, FIRE & G/S PUMP.
WATER SPRAY PUMP.
Additionally the WATER SPRAY PUMP starter panel contains

alarm lamps to illuminate when the failures occur (intro-
duced by instructor): MOTOR HIGH TEMP, LOW INSULATION.
A fire pump can be operated from the push button box and/
or GSP panel when the mode select switch on the pump GSP
is set to LOC position. When the switch is set to REM position
the pumps can be operated only from IAS display FIRE WATER
SYSTEM - M32 (see Chapter 2). 10.5.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor

226
Foam Fire Extinguishing System
10.6. Foam Fire Extinguishing System

The system is designed for generating foam and distri-
bution foam to the ship rooms for fighting fires. Foam is
generated from foam agent and sea water. Foam pre-
vents access of atmosphere to fires and sea water cools
the surfaces.
Click on the menu item Foam Fire Extinguishing System of the
10.6.1. Content
• P-Side FW Tank and S-Side FW Tank;
• Foam Liquid Tank – 7.6 m3;
• 3 x foam proportioner to mix: 98% SW + 2% foam agent;
• Foam Liquid Pump – 145 L/min x 100 MTH;
• EMCY Fire Pump – to supply sea water into the system
when FW tanks level is low; (for pump operation, see
the paragraph 10.5.3.1 on page 225);
• Sea Chest;
• Pipelines with foam outlets in ship rooms, valves.
10.6.2. Connections
• To Fire Main

227
Foam Fire Extinguishing System
10.6.3. Control
10.6.3.1. Foam Pump & CO2/
Foam Room Exhaust Fan
The general description of a starter panel controls is
given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
Click on the menu item H.E. Foam Liquid Pump LOP of the
page FFS to open the H.E. FOAM LIQUID PUMP STARTER panel.
Emergency power supply 440V and start of the foam pump
is provided on ESB 440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB
AC440V Feeder Panel of the page EmG) by
ST FOR H E FOAM PUMP circuit breaker.
EmG to open the EMERG GROUP STARTER PANEL with:
• CO2/H E FOAM RM EXH FAN starter.

paragraph 2.7.22 on page 329, and the paragraph 2.3.1
on page 322.

228
High Expansion Foam Main Control Panel at FFR
10.7. High Expansion Foam

Main Control Panel at FFR
Click on the menu item H.E. Foam Control Panel of the page
FFS to open the MAIN CONTROL PANEL FOR HIGH EXPANSION
FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM.
The panel contains:

• Engine room , ECR & MSB room, Purifiers room and
Incinerator room similar sections of controls; each
section comprising:
-- SYSTEM STAND BY button; click to start the foam alarm
signal warning the personnel, and trip the consum-
ers of the ‘FT’ trip group;
-- FOAM DISCHARGE button with protection cover to
start the HI-EX FOAM LIQUID PUMP, and open required
valves; click once to open the cover; click second time
to operate the button; indicator lamp FOAM DISCHARGE
and respective valves’ OPEN lamps illuminate when
the system is in operation; the valves’ SHUT lamps
illuminate in case of low pressure or other failure in
the system;
-- DISCHARGE VALVE indicator lamps, which illuminate to
show the respective valve OPEN and SHUT position.
• SYSTEM STOP button with protection cover to stop the hi-
ex foam system and pump; click once to open the cover;
click second time to operate the button;
• LAMP TEST button – to illuminate all lamps;
• ALARM & BUZZER TEST buttons – click to start the buzzer;
• BUZZER STOP button – click to stop the buzzer;
• EMCY FIRE PUMP buttons to START/STOP the pump;
• EMCY FIRE PUMP RUN indicator lamp to illuminate when
the pump is running;

229
High Expansion Foam Main Control Panel at FFR
• FRESH WATER TK LEVEL (STBD) indicator lamps NORM and Switch power supply 220 V for the MAIN CONTROL PANEL
LOW – illuminates if level < 25%; from either of:
• FRESH WATER TK LEVEL (PORT) indicator lamps NORM • LV MSB No 1 220V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB
and LOW – illuminates if level < 25%; No. 1 & No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by
• SUPPLY WATER PRESS (PS1) indicator lamps NORM FOAM SYSTEM PANEL circuit breaker;
and LOW – illuminates if pressure < 5 bar for > 15 sec.; • ESB 220V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC220V
• SUPPLY WATER PRESS (PS2) indicator lamps NORM Feeder Panel of the page EmG) by CONTROL PANEL FOR H E
and LOW – illuminates if pressure < 5 bar for > 15 sec.; FOAM SYS circuit breaker.
• SUPPLY WATER PRESS (PS3) indicator lamps NORM Switch power supply 24 V DC for the MAIN CONTROL PANEL
and LOW – illuminates if pressure < 5 bar for > 15 sec.; from ESB BATTERY CHARGING & DISCHARGING BOARD (use
menu item BD - 1 DC24 V of the page BCC) by:
• FOAM LIQUID PRESS (PS4) indicator lamps NORM
and LOW – illuminates if pressure < 5 bar for > 15 sec.; • CP FOR H.E. FOAM SYSTEM circuit breaker.
• Sets of indicators OPEN and SHUT for the valves state:
-- EMCY FIRE PUMP SUCTION V/V FOR SW; EMCY FIRE PUMP
SUCTION V/V FOR FW;
-- SUPPLY WATER VALVE (AV1); SUPPLY WATER VALVE (AV2);
SUPPLY WATER VALVE (AV3);
-- FOAM LIQUID SUCT. VALVE (AV10);
-- EDUCTOR PILOT VALVE (AV4); EDUCTOR PILOT VALVE (AV5);
EDUCTOR PILOT VALVE (AV6);
-- EDUCTOR PILOT VALVE (AV7); EDUCTOR PILOT VALVE (AV8);
EDUCTOR PILOT VALVE (AV9).
• CONTROL SOURCE DC 24 V, MAIN SOURCE AC220 V,
EMCY SOURCE AC220 V and VALVE SOURCE AC220 V –
indicator lamps to illuminate when respective power
source is available;
• MAIN SOURCE AC220 V, EMCY SOURCE AC220 V and CONTROL
SOURCE DC 24 V – power switches.

230
CO2 System
10.8. CO2 System

The system is designed for CO2 distribution for fire fight-
ing in the ship engine rooms. 4
3
Click on the menu item CO2 System of the page SYS to open
the system diagram.
The main CO2 supply pipelines are painted in red, control
CO2 supply pipelines are painted in light blue.
10.8.1. Content 5 1 2
• Engine Room; ECR; EMCY GEN. Room; Purifier Room; Inciner-
ator Room – rooms for fighting fires by CO2; each room
is fitted with audible signal device;
• CO2 Room and Fire Control Station control cabinets; each
room comprises:
-- CO2 Control cylinders Box – with Release illuminated
button (click to open the door; normally the door is
shut), and Control Cylinder Valve 1 (2) (one of the valves
should be always open);
-- ER; ECR; EM’CY Gen. RM; Purifier RM; Incin. RM – CO2
Control Cabinets of the rooms; each cabinet contains:
Release illuminated button – click to open the door;
1 ## Control Valve 1; 2 ## Control Valve 2.
-- Sets of CO2 main cylinders; each set is fitted with
4 CO2 Cylinder Start Valve, which cracks open by con-
trol CO2 after time delay;
• 3 Time Delay valve with Reset button – five sets;
• 5 ## Distribution Valve – six valves;

231
CO2 System
10.8.2. Control
The following actions need to be taken to start the CO2 When fire has stopped:
system in Engine Rooms:
›› Click to close the respective 1 Control Valve 1.
›› Click respective Release button to simulate opening of ›› Click the respective Reset button. At that the Time Delay
the Control Cabinet door. The button illuminates in red. valve closes and its CO2 cylinder is emptied;
At that all fans in the room are stopped. Fire dampers
›› Click to close the respective 2 Control Valve 2. At that
should be closed manually on EM’CY SHUT OFF V/V OF OIL
the respective 5 CO2 Distribution Valve closes.
TANK & FIRE DAMPER panel (see the paragraph 10.9 on
page 233); ›› Click Release button to close the cabinet door.
›› Click to open the 1 Control Valve 1. The timer starts,

audible alarm signal starts, and after 30 second delay
the control CO2 is supplied through valve 3 to crack
open 4 Cylinder Start Valves of the respective group(s);
›› Click to open the 2 Control Valve 2. It cracks open the
respective 5 CO2 Distribution Valve, which lets the gas
into fired room.

232
EM’CY Shut Off Valves & Fire Dampers Panel at FFR
10.9. EM’CY Shut Off Valves &

Fire Dampers Panel at FFR
Click on the menu item QCV Panel of the page FFS to open
the panel EM’CY SHUT OFF V/V OF OIL TANK & FIRE DAMPER.
The left panel contains three handles to manually close
the QCVs and fan dampers. To close QCVs and dampers
drag the handle to the left (CLOSE) position.
The handles operate on the following groups:
• FIRE DAMPERS group comprising:
-- No 1 ENGINE ROOM SUPPLY FAN DAMPER
-- No 1 ENGINE ROOM EXHAUST FAN DAMPER
-- No 2 ENGINE ROOM EXHAUST FAN DAMPER
-- DIESEL GENERATOR ROOM EXHAUST FAN DAMPER
-- No 1 BOIL-OFF LEAK GAS FAN DAMPER
-- No 1 BOIL-OFF LEAK GAS FAN DAMPER
• GROUP I comprising:
-- HFO SETTL TK (P) TO TRANS PUMP
-- HFO SETTL TK (P) TO MB (HIGH SUCTION
-- HFO SETTL TK (P) TO MAIN BOILER
-- D.O. STORAGE TK TO TRANS PUMP
-- D.O. STORAGE TK TO PURIFIER
-- FO SLUDGE TK TO SLUDGE PUMP
-- D.O. SERV/ TK TO MB & INCINERATOR
-- DG LO SETTL TK (S) TO DG LO SUMP TK
-- DG LO STOR TK (S) TO DG LO SUMP TK
-- LO SLUDGE TK (S) TO SLUDGE PUMP
-- INCINERATOR WO TK TO INCINERATOR
-- HFO DEEP TK TO TRANS PUMP

233
• GROUP II comprising:
-- TG LO STORAGE TK(S) TO TURBINE GENERATOR
-- TG LO SETTLE TK(S) TO PURIFIER
-- MAIN LO SETTL TK TO PURIFIER
-- No 1 MAIN LO STOR TANK(S) TO SUMP TK
-- No 2 MAIN LO STOR TANK(S) TO SUMP TK
-- LOW SULPHUR TK(S) TO TRANS PUMP
-- HFO SETTL TK (S) TO MAIN BOILER
-- HFO SETTL TK (S) TO MB (HIGH SUCTION
-- No 1 HFO TK (P) TO TRANS PUMP
-- No 2 HFO TK (S) TO TRANS PUMP
-- HFO SETTL TK (S) TO HFO TRANS PUMP
-- LDO STOR TK TO IGG & TRANS PUMP
-- D.O. SERV. TK TO DIESEL GENERATOR
-- MAIN TURBINE LO GRAVITY TK TO MAIN TURBINE
The right panel contains the EM’CY QCV AIR RESERVOIR PRES-
SURE gauge. Red sector on the gauge scale indicate low
pressure alarm condition.
The QUICK CLOSING VALVES PANEL contains:
• SOURCE “ON” indicator lamp;
• Table of the QCVs from group I and group II with LEDs
to indicate the respective valve state.

234
Chapter 4. Systems & Mechanisms . Auxiliary Systems
11. Auxiliary Systems

Auxiliary systems include:
• Deadman system;
• Compressed Air System;
• Fresh Water Generator System;
• Fresh Water General Service System;
• Steering Gear System;
• Ballast System;
• Bilge System;
• Selective Catalytic NOx Reduction System;
• Inert Gas & Dry Air System;
• Ventilation System;
• Sanitary Discharge System;
• Provision Cooling System;
• Air Conditioning System;
• Hydraulic Systems.

235
Deadman System at ECR and ER Operation
11.1. Deadman System at 11.1.2.1. Dead Man System Panel at ECR 11.1.2.3. Dead Man System Start Panel at ER3
Click the menu item ECC A - Upper of the page ECR to open Click the menu item Deadman Start Panel of the page ER3 to
ECR and ER Operation the display with DEADMAN MAIN PANEL . open the DEAD MAN START PANEL .
The working algorithm of the system is as follows.
When there is no personnel in the Engine Room the two-
position SYSTEM START indicator lamp is not illuminated.
The engineers should push the button SYSTEM START on
either the ER3 (page ER3) panel or at the ECR (console
ECC Left) when they enter the ER thus turning the system
on. The system is tuned to start the pre-alarm signal (the
lamps start flashing, light column and audible signal are
activated) after a defined time period.
The panel contains:
During operation in the ER the engineer should click the • SYSTEM START button and indicator label, which is illu-
DEADMAN RESET button in any of engine rooms, or click the minated when the system is in operation; The panel duplicates the ECR ECC Left console. It contains:
PRE ALARM RESET button on DEAD MAN MAIN PANEL, when
• PRE-ALARM indicator label and RESET button to reset • SYSTEM START button and indicator label, which is illu-
pre-alarm signal is activated. The time counter then resets.
the system after pre-alarm has been acknowledged; minated when the system is in operation;
If the activated pre-alarm RESET button is not pressed • DEAD MAN ALARM indicator label and RESET button • SYSTEM STOP button to stop the system when nobody is
within the given time frame the DEAD MAN ALARM indicator to reset the system after dead man alarm has been operating in ERs; SYSTEM START indicator lamp goes off.
lamp starts flashing and the audible alarm signal starts. cleared in engine room.
Alarm is also indicated on IAS and BCC B. The officer on 11.1.2.4. Dead Man System Reset
watch in the ECR should address the alarm condition in 11.1.2.2. Dead Man System Panel on Bridge Panels at Engine Rooms
the Engine Room(s). Click the menu item BCC Misc Panel of the page BCC to open Each engine room is equipped with DEADMAN RESET panel
To reset the system after alarm, do the following: the display with E/R DEADMAN SYSTEM panel. to confirm presence in the ER.
›› Click the PRE ALARM RESET button. Click the menu item Deadman Reset Button of the respec-
tive page ER1/ER2/ER3/SG to open the panel with DEAD MAN
›› Click the DEAD MAN ALARM RESET button.
RESET button.
Note: The time periods limit for alarm and pre-alarm signals
may be set by the instructor in the instructor screen.
Switch the system off on the DEAD MAN START PANEL of the
page ER3, when nobody is operating in ER. The panel contains lamps to indicate the system state:
• SYSTEM ON – is illuminated when the system is
activated;
• E/R DEADMAN ALARM – starts flashing and the audible
alarm signal starts when an alarm condition occurs.

236
Compressed Air System
11.2. Compressed Air System

The Compressed Air system is designed to generate and
supply compressed air for ship systems by:
• Compressed Starting & Service Air System.
• Control Air System.
To ensure the functionality of the components in the com-
pressed air system, the compressed air has to be dry and
clean from solid particles and oil.
Starting Air System

The Starting Air System produces and supplies com-
pressed air (normal pressure 25 bar) for starting the
generator diesel engines. In automatic operating mode,
DG Start Air Compressors are switched by the pressure
control: LEAD starts at 21 bar, and FOLLOW starts at 19
bar. Both stop at 25 bar.
The compressors can be also operated manually from the
MSB starters and push button panels.
EMCY DG Engine Start Air Compressor is operated manu-
ally from the LOP.
Control Air & Service Air System

The Control Air & Service Air System produces and sup-
plies compressed air for pneumatic mechanisms (e.g.
valves, pumps), safety and control devices.
In automatic operating mode, Control Air Compressors
are switched by the pressure control: LEAD starts at 7
bar, and FOLLOW starts at 6 bar. Both stop at 9 bar. Ser-
vice Air Compressor starts at 8 bar and stops at 9 bar.
The compressors can be also operated manually from the
LOP and push button panels.

237
11.2.1. Content
Click on the menu item Compressed Air System of the page
SYS to open the system diagram, which contains:
• D/G Starting Air Compressors № 1 (№ 2) – with run indica-

tors and controlled discharge valves;
• Oil/Water Separator on the line to Starting Air Reservoir
fitted with pressure indicator;
• Supply lines to Diesel Generator Engine and to EMCY D/G
Air Reservoir in EMCY Generator Engine Room;
• EMCY D/G Starting Air Compressor – operated from the
EMCY DG engine LOP (use menu item EMG LOP of the
page EmG);
• Service Air Compressor with run indicator;
1
• Service Air Reservoir fitted with pressure indicator;
• Control Air Compressors № 1 (№ 2) – with run indicators 2
and controlled discharge valves;
• Control Air Reservoir fitted with pressure indicator;
• Oil Filters on the lines to consumers;
• Air Dryer Refrigerant Type unit;
• Air Dryer Regenerative Type unit;
11.2.2. Connections
• To Scupper
• From Control Air
• To N2 Generator
• To Service Air Line
11.2.3. Control
• To Fire Dampers & Air Reservoir For QCV
• Control Air Line 11.2.3.1. Controls on Diagram
• To Accommodation Shut Off Dampers Use 1 TA137 valve and To Service Air Line outlet for When the 2 TA028 valve is closed there is no Control Air Line
powering the EMCY Pneumatic DO Service Pump in the supply for the pneumatic valves in the Condensate water
case of emergency. system (see the diagram in the paragraph 3.2 on page 172).

238
11.2.3.2. Control & Service Air Compressors

Two control air compressors and one service air compres-
sor are setup and operated from their LOPs and push but-
ton panels. The general description of a push button panel
Click the menu item Control & Service Air Compressors PB of
the page ER2 to open the compressors push button panels.
Each panel contains additionally the RESET button to ac-
knowledge the compressor alarm and the reset the auto-
mation performance.
Switch power supply 440 V for the No 1 CONTROL AIR COM-
PRESSOR from the LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu
item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by
No 1 CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR circuit breaker.
Switch power supply 440 V from the LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER

PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel of
the page MSB) for:
• No 2 CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR by No 2 CONTROL AIR COM-
PRESSOR circuit breaker;
• SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR by SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR
circuit breaker.
Click the menu item Control & Service Compressors LOP of the
page ER2 to open the local control panels for operating No 1
CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR, No 2 CONTROL AIR COMPRESSOR,
and SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR.

239
The description given below is for the No 1 CONTROL AIR

COMPRESSOR panel. The panels No 2 CONTROL AIR COMPRES-
SOR and SERVICE AIR COMPRESSOR are similar to No 1.
The panel contains:

• Compressor controller comprising:
-- Digital indicators of air pressure and temperature;
-- Start I and Stop O buttons to operate the compressor.
• Power and Alarm – indicator lamps;
• Motor Heater Switch – to turn the heater on/off; the Mo-
tor Heater On lamp illuminates when the switch is in 1
position;
• Compressor Run – indicator lamp to illuminate when
compressor is running;
• Ammeter and Hour meter gauges;
• Mode – two-position mode select switch:
-- LOC – set to operate the compressor by controller
buttons on this panel;
-- REM – set to operate the compressor from IAS dis-
play COMPRESSOR AIR SYSTEM - M26.
• EMERGENCY STOP – button.
Pressure Switch LEAD and Pressure Switch FOLLOW on the
right panel are used to setpoint the automatic starting
(pressure ≤ RANGE-DIFF value) and stopping (pressure ≥
RANGE value) the compressors. LEAD and FOLLOW com-
pressors are defined on the IAS display COMPRESSOR AIR
SYSTEM - M26 (see the display description in Chapter 2).

240
11.2.3.3. D/G Engine Starting Air Compressors Click the menu item LV MSB No. 1/3 Group Starter Panel of the
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 1 D/G ENGINE
STARTING AIR COMPRESSOR.
Click the menu item Starting Air Compressors PB of the page
page MSB to open the display with starter panel: No 2 D/G ENGINE
ER3 to open the compressors push button panels and au-
STARTING AIR COMPRESSOR.
tomation setup controllers.
The alarm indicator lamps on a starting compressor panel il-
Each panel contains additionally the RESET button to ac-
luminate when:
knowledge the compressor alarm and the reset the auto-
mation performance. • AIR TEMP HIGH – temperature > 80 °C;
Pressure Switch LEAD and Pressure Switch FOLLOW on the • AIR TEMP H H TRIP – temperature > 90 °C; compressor stops;
right panel are used to setpoint the automatic starting • LO LEVEL TRIP – condition is initiated by the fault from in-
(pressure ≤ RANGE-DIFF value) and stopping (pressure ≥ structor; compressor stops.
RANGE value) the compressors. LEAD and FOLLOW com- In the case of emergency power supply 440 V for the No 2 D/G
pressors are defined on the IAS display COMPRESSOR AIR ENGINE STARTING AIR COMPRESSOR is available from the ESB 440V
SYS (see the display description in Chapter 2). FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the
page EmG) by No 2 D/G ENG START AIR COMPR circuit breaker.

on page 331.

241
Fresh Water Generators System
11.3. Fresh Water Generators System

The system is designed for generation of the fresh water and
distilled water to supply the boilers. Two Fresh Water Gen-
erators (FWG) of different types are used: the 2-stages flash 6
type FWG, and double effect submerged tube type FWG.
Click on the menu item FWG System of the page SYS to open
the system diagram.
3
11.3.1. Content 1
• No 1 Fresh Water Generator (2-Stage Flash Water Type) – ca-
pacity 60 ton/day; the unit comprising:
-- 1 st Stage and 2 nd Stage flash chambers;
-- Ejector Condenser and two ejectors; 2
-- 1 №1 FWG (2nd stage) Distillate Pump
– 3.0m3/h x 30m;
-- 2 №1 FWG (2nd stage) Brine Pump – 42m3/h x 25m;
-- 3 Distillate Cooler;
-- Feed Water Heater.
-- 6 Chemical injection tank with magnetic pump.
• No 2 Fresh Water Generator (Double Effect Submerged Tube
Type) – capacity 60 ton/day; the unit comprising:
-- 1 st Heater and 2 nd Heater chambers;
4
-- Condenser;
-- Ejector Condenser and air ejector;
-- 4 №2 FWG (2nd stage) Distillate Pump – 3.0m3/h x
6 5
30m;
-- 5 №2 FWG (2nd stage) Brine Pump – 8.5m3/h x 25m; 11.3.2. Connections • Ejector Steam • Heating Steam
-- 6 Chemical injection tank with magnetic pump. • To Distillate Tank • Atm. Condenser Drain • Vacuum Condenser
• Salinity indicators; • Feed Water • Main Cond. Pump • To Steam Drain
• Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges. • Brine Overboard Discharge • Condensate Water Inlet/Outlet
• Sea Water • Bilge • Overboard

242
11.3.3. Control
11.3.3.1. FWG No 1 & No 2
Click the menu item FWG No 1, 2 LOP of the page ER1 to open
the STARTER PANEL FOR FWG No 1 (2-STAGE FLASH TYPE) and
STARTER PANEL FOR FWG No 2 (SUBMERGED TUBE TYPE).
The description given is for FWG No 1 starter. The FWG No

2 starter is similar to No 1.
The STARTER PANEL contains:
• SOURCE – indicator lamp to illuminate when power is on;
• BRINE PUMP and DISTILLATE PUMP similar set of controls;
each set comprising:
-- Ammeter and Hour Meter gauges;
-- Indicator lamp to illuminate when the pump is
running;
-- START and STOP buttons to operate the pump.
• MANUAL OPEN and MANUAL CLOSE buttons to manually
operate the Emergency Shut-Off valve;
• EMERG SHUT OFF VALVE indicator lamp to illuminate when
the valve is open;
• COOLING SW PUMP indicator lamp to illuminate when the
pump is running;
• CONDENSATE PUMP indicator lamp to illuminate when the
pump is running (on No 1 FWG only).
The bottom panels of each FWG contain:
• DIST. WATER SALINITY INDICATOR;
• FEED WATER HEATER SALINITY INDICATOR;
• EJECTOR COND. SALINITY INDICATOR.

243
Switch the power supply 440 V for: 11.3.3.2. Starting FW Generators

• FWG No 1 on the LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL left part (use Instructions for starting the Fresh Water Generators are
menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) given in Chapter 5, the paragraph 6.4 on page 302.
by the No 1 FRESH WATER GENERATOR circuit breaker;
• FWG No 2 on the LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER PANEL right part
(use menu item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel of the page
MSB) by the No 2 FRESH WATER GENERATOR circuit breaker.
Salinity Indicator Operation on page 330.
Fresh water quality is continuously checked using a salinity
indicator with an electrode unit fitted on the freshwater pump
delivery side. If the salinity of the fresh water produced ex-
ceeds the chosen maximum value, the dump valve and alarm
are activated to automatically dump the fresh water overboard.
The panel contains:
• 20~0 LED indicators, which highlight to show the ppm;
• ALARM double LED indicator, which illuminates when salin-
ity is higher than the set point;
• ON and OFF LED indicators;
• SEC. ALARM ON/OFF button to switch on/off alarm;
• TEST 10 PPM button to test the device; when the button is
pressed the LED indicators should show 10 ppm;
• ALARM SET buttons Raise and Lower to setpoint the sali-
nometer alarm value.

244
Fresh Water General Service System
11.4. Fresh Water General

Service System
The system is designed for the storage of the fresh water,
supply and distribution to the FW consumers.
Click on the menu item FW General Service System of the
11.4.1. Content
• Distilled Water Tank (P) and Distilled Water Tank (S) – tank
volume each 222.7 m3;
• Fresh Water Tank (P) and Fresh Water Tank (S) – tank vol-
ume each 151.8 m3;
• Fresh Water Expansion TK;
• S/T Cool. W. Tank;
• Hot Water Calorifer;
• Hot Water Circ. Pump № 1 (№ 2) – 2m3/h x 5MTH each;
• No 1 Fresh Water Generator (2-Stage Flash Water Type) – ca-
pacity 60 ton/day;
• No 2 Fresh Water Generator (Double Effect Submerged Tube
Type) – capacity 60 ton/day;
• Distillate Pump (for №1 FWG) and Distillate Pump (for №2
FWG) – each pump capacity 3.0m3/h x 30m;
• Domestic Fresh Water Hyd. Tank;
• FW Hyd Pump № 1 (№ 2);
• DO Purifier; № 1 (№ 2) LO Purifier;
• Rehardening Filter and Silver Ion Sterilizer;
• Cargo Manifolds on Upper deck for FW make up; 11.4.2. Connections
• Pipelines with valves, filters, measuring gauges. • To Deck Service Fresh Water System • Steering Gear Room (after) • To Vacuum Pump
• To Fresh Water System (for Accommodation) • To Sludge Pump • To Duct Keel FW System
• Hot Water Return (for Accommodation) • To Bilge Water Separator • From Control Air
• To Hot Water System (for Accommodation) • Deck Washing System

245
Fresh Water General Service System
11.4.3. Control
11.4.3.1. Hot Water Calorifer
Click the menu item HW Calorifer LOP of the page ER2 to open
the H. W. CALORIFER control panel, which contains:
• TEMP. CONTROLLER FOR HEATER and TEMP. CONTROLLER FOR
PUMPS – each controller screen displays PV (present
value) and SV (setpoint value) temperatures for automatic
start/stop of the heater and HW circulating pumps;
• No 1 HEATER, No 2 HEATER, No 1 HW CIRC.PUMP, No 2 HW CIRC.
PUMP – ammeters;
-- SOURCE – power is ON;
-- No 1 HEATER OPERATION, No 2 HEATER OPERATION;
-- No 1 HW PUMP RUN, No 2 HW PUMP RUN;
-- HEATER OVERHEAT; PUMPS OVERLOAD – alarms (activated
by instructor fault, see Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.7.18 on
page 329.).
• HEATER – two-position mode select switch to set the heat-
• MAIN SWITCH – automatic circuit breaker to turn power for the
ers operation mode:
calorifer off/on.
-- MANU: operation by switches on this panel;
Switch power supply 440V for calorifer on PD - 2 440V (use menu
-- AUTO: automatic operation based on the TEMP.CONTROL- item PD - 2 AC440V of the page ER1) by CONTROL PANEL FOR HOT W
LER FOR HEATER set point value. CALORIFER circuit breaker.
• No 1 HEATER, No 2 HEATER – two-position switches to STOP/
START the respective heater in MANU mode; 11.4.3.2. Hot Water Circulating Pumps
• HW CIRC.PUMP – two-position mode select switch to set The general description of a starter panel and a push button box
the HW pumps operation mode: controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
-- MANU: operation by the button on the push button and Click the menu item FW Pumps PB of the page ER2 to open the No 1
GSP panels (see the paragraph 11.4.3.2 on page 246); HOT W CIRC. PUMP and No 2 HOT W CIRC. PUMP push button panels:
-- AUTO: automatic operation based on the TEMP.CONTROL- Click the menu item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of the page
LER FOR PUMPS set point value. MSB to open the display with starter: No 1 HOT W CIRC PUMP.
• PUMP SELECT – three-position switch to select one of or
both HW pumps for operation: No 1 or No 1, 2 or No 2.
MSB to open the display with starter: No 2 HOT W CIRC PUMP.

246
Steering Gear System
11.5. Steering Gear System the emergency switchboard and No.1 pump unit from the
main switchboard.
Two separate oil expansion tanks are fitted with float
operated alarms and a temperature alarms. The high-
The steering gears system is designed to provide rudder est float alarm in Safety hydraulic system is the low level
displacement in the range -35...+35 degrees for maneu- The rudder angle is limited to 35° port and 35° starboard
alarm, the second float alarm is the low-low alarm.
vering ship at sea. Electro-hydraulic SG type is modeled. by electrical limit switches but under extreme loads can
go to 37° in both directions where mechanical stops will When the low-low level alarm is activated audible and
The steering gear consists of four hydraulic rams driven prevent the rudder from turning any further. The vari- visual alarms are initiated on the bridge. Additionally
by two electrically driven pumps. The pumps are of the able flow pumps are operated by a control lever, which No.2 pump is started, if not already operating, and No.1
variable displacement axial piston type of swashplate activates the tilting lever of the pump’s swashplate, which is stopped, if it is running. This means that pump No.2
design for closed circuit transmissions. The steering gear causes pressurised oil to be discharged to the hydraulic is operating on two rams and so the rudder torque is
is capable of operating as two totally isolated steering cylinders. When the tiller reaches the required angle, reduced to 50% of the normal torque; the speed of the
systems with each pump capable of putting the rudder the tilting lever is restored to the neutral position, which vessel must be reduced to two thirds of the maximum
through the working angle in the specified time. The sec- causes the pump to stop discharging. speed and the rudder angle should not exceed 15° except
ond pump or standby unit can be connected at any time by in emergency cases.
starting the motor. Under normal circumstances, all four cylinders will be
in use, with one pump unit running and the second pump Pumps No.1 and No.2 take suction from different sides
The steering gear is provided with an automatic isolation unit ready to start automatically. When manoeuvring or of the oil expansion tank baffle and the side of the baffle
safety system. Both hydraulic systems are interconnected operating in confined waters, it is compulsory that both from which pump No.2 takes suction has a Safety system
by means of solenoid operated isolating valves that, in pump units are running, to reach the recommended time low-low level float switch. If this low-low level switch is
normal operation, allow both systems to produce the of 14 seconds from 35° one side, to 35° the other side (one activated it means that the steering gear is still losing oil
torque necessary for moving the rudder. In the event of pump: 28 seconds). and so the leak must be in system No.2. The Safety sys-
a failure that causes a loss of hydraulic fluid from one of tem then starts No.1 pump and stops the No. 2 pump. If,
the systems, the float switches in the expansion tank are The emergency local control in SG room is modeled also.
however, the low-low level switch is not activated it means
actuated. This gives a signal to the isolation system, which that the leak must be in system No.1 so the system pump
automatically divides the steering gear into two individual Automatic Isolation System
No.2 remains operating and the engineer must investigate
systems. The defective system is isolated, whilst the The steering gear is provided with a Safety hydraulic sys-
the leak in system No.1.
intact system remains fully operational so that steering tem which automatically changes the operation to isolate
capability is maintained with 50% of the rudder torque. a section of the SG hydraulic system in the event of pipe The defect must be localized and the hand operated stop
The steering gear is remotely controlled by the autopilot or other failure. When starting the steering gear with the valves must be set according to the position plan located
control or by hand steering from the wheelhouse. Emer- hydraulic safety system operating the selector switch main at the steering gear. The Safety system switch on the
gency control is carried out by the operation of the local switch hydraulic Supervision steering gear in the LOP must bridge must be turned to the “off” position. After the de-
pushbuttons on the solenoid valves on the autopilot units. be turned to position ‘on’ and the safety system selector fect is corrected the hydraulic fluid level must be restored
All orders from the bridge to the steering compartment switch in the bridge control desk BCC A must be also set to and the Safety system returned to operation.
are transmitted electrically and steering gear feedback ‘on’ position. Indicator lamps in the LOP and on the bridge
transmitters supply the actual steering gear position. indicate that the hydraulic safety system is operating.
No.2 pump unit is supplied with electrical power from

247
Steering Gear System
11.5.1. Content
Click on the menu item SG System of the page SYS to open
the system diagram, which contains:
• Actuator;
• Two identical steering gear units; each unit comprises:
-- Steering gear HPP Oil tank ;
-- SG HPP Pump – 0.43 m3/h x 70 kg/cm2;
-- 1 – Manual Isolation Valve V1, V2;
-- 2 – Hydraulic safety system; 4 4
-- 3 EM’CY Control rudder displacement handles;
normally the rams are operated automatically, and 2 2
in the case of emergency they can be operated from
the LOP by EMCY CONTROL handles (see the descrip- 1
tion in Chapter 1);
-- 4 Hand Operated By-pass Valve B1, B2;
-- Hydraulic Oil Filter;
-- Oil Air Cooler.
• Expan. Oil Tank – two separate reservoirs; each with
temperature digital indicator, level indicator and bar 3 3
graph;
• Hyd Oil Filling Pump;
• SG Storage Tank;
11.5.2. Control
Use the 1 Manual Isolation Valve on diagram to switch off 11.5.2.2. SG Local & Remote Control The description of local and remote control is given in
Chapter 1, the section 8 on page 51.
a tripped pump. When a tripped pump is isolated, it is Click on the menu item SG LOP of the page SG to open the
required to open the 4 Hand Operated By-pass Valve of the panels for steering gears local control.
healthy pump to prevent sticking the rudder blade.
Click on the menu item BCC SG & BT Panel of the page BCC to 11.5.3. Faults Introduced by Instructor
open the panels for steering gears remote control. Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.7.17
on page 329, the paragraph 2.8.1 on page 330.

248
Ballast System
11.6. Ballast System

The system is designed for ballasting operations.
Click on the menu item Ballast System of the page SYS to
open the system diagram.
11.6.1. Content
• No 1 (No 2, St-By) Ballast Pump – 3100 m3/h x 30 MTH ca-
pacity each;
• Tanks:
Water Ballast Tanks Volume [m3]

F.P. TK 1355.9
FWD Deep WB TK (P) 1581.8
FWD Deep WB TK (S) 1581.8
No.1 WB TK (P) 5877.8
No.1 WB TK (S) 5877.8
No.2 WB TK (P) 6145.9
No.2 WB TK (S) 6145.9
No.3 WB TK (P) 6262.4
No.3 WB TK (S) 6262.4
No.4 WB TK (P) 5233.1
No.4 WB TK (S) 5233.1
E/R WB TK (P) 914.8
E/R WB TK (S) 914.8
A.P. TK 1156.3
Note: Designation (P) means Port; (C) – central; (S) –
STBD; F.P. – forepeak; A.P. –afterpeak tank location.
• Pipelines with valves, measuring gauges.
11.6.2. Connections
• To Main Condenser
• To IGG System
• EMCY Bilge Suction

249
Ballast System
11.6.3. Control 11.6.2.1. Ballast Pumps

The general description of a push button box controls is
11.6.3.1. Controls on Diagram given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
The 0–100 valves BA228, BA213, BA214, BA217, BA219, BA221,
BA223, BA201, BA202 on the pipelines are operated using Click the menu item Bilge Ballast Pumps PB of the page ER1 to
the pop up panel: click a valve to open the panel. open the No 1 BALLAST PUMP, ST-BY BALLAST PUMP and No 2
BALLAST PUMP push button panels:
Then rotate the wheel using the mouse to set the required
valve position.
There are two valves in each ballast tank: one of the
valves is 0–1 operated by the mouse click. Other valve is
0–100 operated using the pop up panel. Ballast pumps are high voltage consumers. Therefore,
their starter panels are located in the HV MSB.
Click on the menu item HV MSB Bow Thruster & No. 1 Ballast
Pump Panel of the page MSB to open the No 1 BALLAST PUMP
STARTER PANEL .
Click on the menu item HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump & No. 2
Ballast Pump Panel of the page MSB to open the
No 2 BALLAST PUMP STARTER PANEL and ST-BY BALLAST PUMP
STARTER PANEL .
The description given below is for the No 1 BALLAST PUMP

STARTER PANEL . The No 2 BALLAST PUMP STARTER PANEL and
ST-BY BALLAST PUMP STARTER PANEL are similar to No 1 BAL-
LAST PUMP STARTER PANEL .

250
Ballast System
The No 1 BALLAST PUMP STARTER PANEL contains: • CONTROL POSITION – two-position select switch:
• AMMETER and Hour Meter gauges; -- HVMSB: control from this panel;
• Indicator lamps to illuminate when: -- IAS: control from IAS display BALLAST PUMP & PIPING -
M31 (see Chapter 2).
-- SOURCE – power supply to control circuit;
• PUMP MODE – two-position mode select switch:
-- POWER AVAIL – sufficient power is available for
starting; -- BALLAST: the pump used for ballast operations;
-- START BLOCKING – pump motor start is blocking; -- IGG: the pump used for Inert Gas Generator
operations.
-- POWER FUSE BLOW – alarm: power fuse is blown.
• SPACE HEATER – two-position operation switch to turn
• Multirelay (see the operation description in Chapter 3,
the space heater OFF/ON; when the heater is ON, blue
the paragraph 4.2.5 on page 114);
indicator SPACE HEATER illuminates.
• VCB ABNORMAL (RESET) – button; click to reset the VCB
(VMC) after an abnormal opening: the TRIP LED illumi-
nates red on the multirelay;
• VMC OPEN/STOP – illuminated button; click to open the
Vacuum Magnetic Contactor and stop AC 6600V power
supply;
• VMC CLOSE/RUN – illuminated button; click to close the
Vacuum Magnetic Contactor and start AC 6600V power
supply;
• BP No 1 VMC – preference trip PT-1 label; VMC ON green
indicator, VMC OFF red indicator to illuminate when the
line is closed/open,
• THERMO METER – digital indicators to display the tem-
perature of the electric motor windings “R”, “S”, “T”
phases;
• START BLOCK – two-position mode select switch: 11.6.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor
-- BY-PASS: the pump will start without sufficient power Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the
check; paragraph 2.7.19 on page 329, the paragraph 2.5.13 on
-- NOR: the pump motor will not be started until suffi- page 323, the paragraph 2.5.14 on page 323, and the
cient power for starting is available (this is default). paragraph 2.5.15 on page 323.

251
Bilge System
11.7. Bilge System 5

The Oily Bilge System is designed to collect all water that
may be contaminated from machinery. The system passes
the water through the oily water separator (OWS), where
contaminants are removed and then the separated water 1
is discharged overboard, whilst the remaining oil and
sludge is stored in tanks and then drained to shore.
Click on the menu item Bilge System of the page SYS to open
the system diagram.
11.7.1. Content 3
• Oily Water Separator unit comprising: 2
-- Oily Water Separator; Adsorber;
-- 1 Bilge Pump – 240 m3/h x 45 MTH (operated from
4
the OWS control panel);
-- 5 3 Way Manually Operated Outlet Valve.
• 2 E/R Bilge Pump – 5 m3/h x 3 kg/cm2;
• 3 Fire Pump – 5 m3/h x 4 kg/cm2;
• 4 Bilge, Fire & G/S Pump – 230 m3/h x 10 bar;5
Tanks Volume [m3]
Bilge Water Hold Tank 110.8
Oily Bilge Tank 31.9
Dist. W Tank (P) 222.7
Dist. W Tank (S) 222.7
FW Tank (P) 151.8
FW TK (S) 151.8
• FWD BW (P), FWD BW (S), Mid BW (P), Mid BW (S), BW (AFT) –

bilge wells;
• Water sources – S/T Cool. W Tank, Rope Store, Steering
Gear Room, SW Supply P/P Room;
• Pipelines with valves, filters and measuring gauges.
Note: Designation (P) means Port; (S) – STBD tank location.

252
Bilge System

• OCM Backflush water Outlet
• From FW System
Use 5 3 Way Manually Operated Outlet Valve to select the
• From IGG Drain flow direction through OWS unit.
• From Soot Coll. Tank
• From Oily Drain Insp. TK 11.7.3.2. E/R Bilge Pump
• From LPSG Drain Insp. TK The general description of a starter panel and a push but-
• From M/B HTR Cond. Drain
• From Sewage & STR Drain Click the menu item Bilge Ballast Pumps PB of the page ER1
to open the E/R BILGE PUMP push button panel:
• From Ion Exchanger
• From Burner Cleaning Device Click the menu item LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel of the
• From Deaerating TK&LPSG Line
E/R BILGE PUMP.
• From FLR Oil Drain Line
• From Sludge Pump Coming 11.7.3.3. Fire Pump and Bilge, Fire & G/S Pump
• From M/T LO Pump Coming The description of starter panels and push button panels
of the FIRE PUMP and BILGE, FIRE & G/S PUMP is given in the
• From Incinerator Waste Oil Tank
paragraph 10.5.3.1 on page 225.
• To Sludge P/P. Incinerator
• Air
• To Ballast System
• From SW Main in ER
• To Fire Main System
• From SW Crossover
• To Sludge Pump Discharge Valve
• Control Air Inlet

253
Bilge System
11.7.3.4. Oily Water Separator The OIL CONTENT METER panel contains:
Click the menu item Oily Water Separator LOP of the page ER1 to • Digital indicator of the oily content;
open the display with two local control panels. • ON indicator lamp, which illuminates when the power sup-
ply is ON;
The OILY WATER SEPARATOR panel (OWS) contains:
• Indicator lamps ALARM 1 and ALARM 2 illuminate in green
• SOURCE indicator lamp, which illuminates when the power
when concentration is below the setpoint; lights change
supply is ON;
to red when concentration exceeds the setpoint; ALARM 1
• FAILURE indicator lamp, which illuminates when the OWS signals after 2 sec. delay, and ALARM 2 signals after 10 sec.
unit failure or breakdown occurs; delay; in alarm conditions the automatic valve directs wa-
• STATUS lamp to indicate the unit state by the light color: ter discharge back to the Oily Water Tank;
-- green – water discharge; • SYSTEM indicator lamp, which illuminates in red when the
-- red – filtered oil is discharged to Sludge tank; meter failure or breakdown occurs;
-- orange – washing the separator. • SUPPLY two-position switch to turn the content meter unit
• BILGE TK LEVEL indicator lamp, which illuminates in green power OFF/ON; power turns on automatically when the
when the level in the Bilge Water Hold Tank is sufficiently OWS unit is powered on;
high for the separator to start: > 10%; • SET POINT ON latched button; the button highlights when
• HEATER two-position switch to turn the heater OFF/ON; pressed; press the button to set-point the content meter;
digital indicator then outputs the set-point value; depress
• HAND–O-AUTO three-position selector switch to choose:
the button to confirm the new value;
-- HAND – separator runs irrespective of the Bilge Water
• UP and DOWN buttons to lower/raise the content set-point
Hold Tank level;
value; press the required button to adjust the value, which
-- O – OWS is ready to use; will be displayed on the indicator.
-- AUTO – separator starts at 90% level in the Bilge Water Switch the power supply 440 V for:
Hold Tank and stops at 10% level in the tank.
• OILY WATER SEPARATOR unit (OWS with Oil content meter),
• SUPPLY two-position switch to turn the OWS power OFF/ON.
on the PD - 2 440V (use menu item PD - 2 AC440V of the page
ER1) by the CONTROL PANEL FOR BILGE W SEPARATOR circuit
breaker.

on page 329, the paragraph 2.9.4 on page 330.

254
Selective Catalytic NOx Removal System
11.8. Selective Catalytic

NOx Removal System
The system is designed for cleaning exhaust gases from
Diesel Fuel / Natural Gas fired Main Boilers. This is car-
ried out by first converting the nitrogen oxides (NOx) con-
tained in the engine exhaust primarily into nitrogen and
water. This procedure uses a special reducing catalyst
that employs SCR (Selective Catalytic Reduction) technol-
ogy and is characterized by high NOx conversion rates.
The control unit allows fully automatic operation of the
system. The task of the controller is to ensure that the dos-
ing device supplies the current correct quantity of reducing
agent to the injection system based on the current load
level. The controller is subordinated to the boiler control.
The NOx analyzer is started with the signal “Boiler ON“.
The injection process is started with the signal „ex-
haust gas temperature higher than setpoint 290 °C as
well as Boiler Started” for the main boiler. The reducing
agent is atomized in the exhaust gas system with a two-
phase nozzle.
Note: This system is additional in the simulator, com-
pared to the prototype vessel, to support the NOx control.
Click on the menu item NOx Removal System of the page SYS
11.8.1. Content
• NOx Reducing Agent Tank 1, NOx Reducing Agent Tank 2 –
with level indicator and bar graph each; • Pump Station comprising: 11.8.2. Connections
• №1 (№2) Main Boiler – with Catalyst Reactor each; -- Urea Screw Supply Pump 1 (2) – 6 bar automatically con- • Make Up
• NOx Analyser; trolled electric pumps in duty/stand-by configuration;
• To Shoot Blowers
-- Hand Cut-Off Valve 103, 104 – ;
• Compressed Air 6 bar

255
Selective Catalytic NOx Removal System
11.8.3. Control
11.8.3.1. NOx Reduction System Control Panels
Click on the menu item NOx Reduction System of the page
ER3 to open the system control panels.
Power supply is turned on/off for both panels using the

MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker. The SOURCE indicator lamp is
illuminate when power is on. The lamps PUMP 1 RUN and
PUMP 2 RUN are illuminated to indicate the Urea Screw
Supply pumps operation.
The description given is for BOILER 1 NOx REDUCTION CON-
TROL PANEL . The BOILER 2 panel is similar to BOILER 1 panel,
which contains:
• UREA AGENT PRESS, COMPRESSED AIR PRESS, EXH GAS
TEMP BEFORE REACTOR, EXH GAS TEMP AFTER REACTOR –
system pressure and temperature gauges;
• NOx ANALYZER – two-position switch to turn the unit
OFF/ON; NOx ANALYZER ON lamp is illuminated when
the unit is switched ON;
• NOx, ppm – digital indicator of the NOx concentration;
• SYSTEM MODE – two-position mode select switch to
turn the unit OFF, or set to AUTO operation;
• READY FOR USE, SYSTEM ON and PURGING – indicator
lamps of the system state; -- RED. AGENT TK LEVEL LOW; 11.8.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor
Note: purging is executed for 2 min in the simulator -- NOx ANALYZER FAIL – NOx, ppm indicator fails: the fault Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the
(10 min on ship) before system start; is introduced by instructor. paragraph 2.11.4 on page 332, and the paragraph 2.11.5
• Alarm lamps to illuminate when: • ACKN – button; click to acknowledge alarms except on page 332.
-- SYSTEM SHUT DOWN – urea pressure < 2.5bar for system shut down alarm;
10 sec; or exh. gas temperature ≥ 450 °C; or Boiler • RESET – button; click to reset the system shut down
shut down; atomizing pressure low; alarm.
-- UREA PRESS LOW – pressure < 2.5bar; Switch the power supply 440 V for the system:
-- ATOMIZING AIR PRESS LOW – pressure < 4.5bar; • On the PD - 1 440V panel (use menu item PD - 1 AC440V of
-- EXH GAS TEMP HIGH – temperature ≥ 430 °C; the page ER2) by the NOx CONTROL PANEL circuit breaker.

256
Inert Gas & Dry Air System
11.9. Inert Gas & Dry Air System

The system is designed for production and supply of the
inert gas NOx and dry air to consumers.
Click on the menu item Inert Gas & Dry Air System of the page
11.9.1. Content
• 1 Inert Gas Generator cooled by sea water;
• Cooling Unit cooled by fresh water;
• Dryer Unit with fresh water and steam supply;
• 2 IGG LDO Pump;
• 3 IGG Blower No 1, No 2; 1
• 4 Zero Gas Reservoir;
2
11.9.2. Connections
• Compressed Control Air
4
• From LDO Storage Tank
• LDO Return
• Sea Water Inlet From Ballast Pump 2
• From General Service Steam System 3
• Drain To Bilge Holding TK
• CFW Inlet/Outlet
• To Funnel Top
• To Cargo Tank

257
11.9.3. Control
11.9.3.1. IGG Main Control Panel
Click on the menu item IGG Main Control Panel of the page ER3 to
open the panel comprising:
• Programmable controller of the IG generator and dryer units
with a set of functional pages and alarm list page (see the 3
description below);
• Two-position mode select switch to set:
-- LOCAL: operation from the controller;
-- IAS: operation from IAS display I.G.G. Unit - M33 (see the de-
scription in Chapter 2);
2
The programmable controller takes care of start/stop/alarm/
trip functions and running mode.
Each functional page contains: 1
• ALARM – banner; at normal running conditions the banner
stays dark; any alarm condition is indicated by the banner
flashing and audible signal; the respective LED also flashes;
• MAIN / START AUTO / START MANU / ALARM LIST – buttons to
switch between controller pages;
• ALARM ACCEPT – click to acknowledge alarms;
• ALARM RESET – click to reset the controller.
• STOP – button; click to stop the system operation.
The Main Page, IGG Auto, IGG Manu pages present the system dia-
gram comprising:
• A set of LED run & alarm indicators specific for each page;
• 1 Ballast Pump No 2 run indicator;
• 2 Blowers 1, 2 run indicators;
• 3 Fuel Oil Pump run indicator;
• Pipelines and valves.

258
Main Page
The Main Page alarm LED indicators illuminate, when the following
conditions occur in the locations of the pressure, temperature and
air sensors:
PAL 185 Pressure Alarm Low: < 1 bar

PAH 181-1 No alarm
PAL 181-1 Pressure Alarm Low: < 5 kPa
PAH 182-1 No alarm
PAL 182-1 Pressure Alarm Low: < 5 kPa
BAL 200 Flame failure
LAL 191 Low SW level in cooling jacket, no alarm
AAH204 Oxygen content high: > 2.5%
AAL204 Oxygen content low: < 0.1%
TAH192 IG temperature outlet Scrubber, High: > 65 °C
TAH498 IG temperature outlet Cooling Plant, High: < 65 °C
MAH583 High Dew Point: > -40 °C
TAH219 IG temperature outlet Dryer Plant, High: > 65 °C
PAH182 Pressure Alarm High: > 30kPa
414 Brine circulation pump failure
500-1 Dryer plant running failure

259
IGG Manu Page

Click START MANU button on either controller page to switch
to IGG Manu page, which contains:
• Digital indicators of: OXYGEN CONTENT; DEW POINT; DELIV-
ERY TEMP; DELIVERY PRESS;
• Running LED indicators: FLAME ON; COOLING PLANT;
DRYER PLANT;
• AUTO START buttons above the cooling and dryer plants’
boxes; click to start automatic operation of the plants;
• Illuminated buttons to:
-- START/STOP FO PUMP – click to operate the FO pump;
-- START/STOP BLOWER 1 (2) – click to operate the blower;
-- START/STOP BP No 2 – click to operate the ballast pump
No 2;
-- SELECT CONSUM. – click to open IG supply to the tanks;
-- MANUAL DRAIN TO BILGE – click to direct the sea water
drain to BILGE TK; normally it is drained overboard;
-- START/STOP GLOW PLUG – click to operate the glow
plug;
-- START/STOP IGN. BURNER – click to operate the ignition
burner;
-- START/STOP MAIN BURNER – click to operate the main
burner.
Instructions for manual starting the IGG are given in Chap-
ter 5, the paragraph 6.5 on page 303.

260
IGG Auto Page

Click START AUTO button on either controller page to switch
to IGG Manu page, which contains:
• Digital indicators of: OXYGEN CONTENT; DEW POINT; DELIV-
ERY TEMP; DELIVERY PRESS;
• Run indicator LEDs: FLAME ON; COOLING PLANT; DRYER
PLANT;
• AUTO START buttons above the cooling and dryer plants’
boxes; click to start automatic operation of the plants;
• Illuminated buttons to:
-- SELECT BLOWER 1 (2) – click to select the blower for
operation;
-- SELECT CONSUM. – click to open IG supply to the tanks;
-- MANUAL DRAIN TO BILGE – click to direct the sea water
drain to BILGE TK; normally it is drained overboard;
-- START IGG AUTO – click to start IGG in automatic mode.
• Alarm lamps to illuminate when:
-- 414 – Brine circulation pump running failure;
-- 500-1 – Dryer plant running failure.

261
11.9.3.2. IGG Blowers & IGG Fuel Oil Pump

Click on the menu item IGG Starters of the page ER3 to open
the panels: BLOWER 1 STARTER, BLOWER 2 STARTER, FUEL OIL
PUMP STARTER.

Starters of the blowers additionally contain alarm lamp:
• WINDING OVERHEAT; alarm condition is activated by in-
structor fault.
Switch the power 440V supply on LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER
the page MSB) for:
• FUEL OIL PUMP by the IGG FO PUMP circuit breaker;
• BLOWER 1 by the IGG No 1 BLOWER circuit breaker.
Switch the power 440V supply on LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER
the page MSB) for: 11.9.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor
• BLOWER 2 by the IGG No 2 BLOWER circuit breaker. Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the

262
Ventilation System
11.10. Ventilation System 11.10.1. Content Control from LGSP - 2 (SG Room)
The machinery spaces are ventilated by forced draught The starter panels and CBs of the following fans 440V are • SG ROOM EXH FAN
systems. The forced draught system supply and exhaust modeled in the simulator.
Control from LGSP - 3 (BT Room)
fans maintain a slight depression within the machinery
spaces. The depression ensures that polluted air can not Control from GSP (MSB Room) • No 1 BOSUN STORE SUPPLY FAN;
pass to accommodation spaces and public rooms. • PURIFIER ROOM EXH FAN; • No 2 BOSUN STORE SUPPLY FAN;
• No 1 E/R EXH FAN (REVERSIBLE); • BOW THRUSTER RM SUPPLY FAN;
Fans are mounted in various Rooms and the funnel casing
built into resilient supported and sound insulated modules. • No 1 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED); • FWD PUMP RM EXH FAN.
Intake air is drawn around the funnel casing through in- • No 3 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED). Control from LGSP - 4 (ER3 Room)
takes designed to limit noise transmission to the open deck. • No 1 BOILER FD FAN; • INCINERATOR RM SUPPLY FAN;
Intake air is ducted into machinery spaces with a distribu- • No 2 BOILER FD FAN; • GARBAGE STORE EXH FAN;
tion system within the space providing fresh air outlets to • No 3 BOILER FD FAN; • PAINT STORE EXH FAN.
ensure maximum air circulation, and all openings are fit- • No 1 BOG EXTRACTION FAN;
ted with anti-flash gauzes. Control from PD - 2 (ER1 Room)
All ducts both to supply and exhaust air intakes are fitted • ST FOR WORKSHOP EXH FAN;
with dampers. All supply and exhaust fans are linked to
• No 2 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED); Control from EMG Room
the Fire Alarm/CO2 Fire Extinguishing system to provide
a “Crash Stop” in case of fire. The fans and dampers can • No 4 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED); • No 2 BOG EXTRACTION FAN;
be shut down remotely from the wheel house Misc panel, • No 2 E/R EXH FAN (REVERSIBLE). • No 4 E/R SUPPLY FAN;
Fire fighting room EM’CY Shut Off Panel, or manually • ST FOR HYD P/P SUPPLY FAN;
from the LOPs.
Control from LGSP - 1 (MSB Room)
• BATTERY RM EXH FAN;
• LIFT MACH RM EXH FAN;
• ST FOR FWD PUMP RM EXH FAN;
• GALLEY SUPPLY FAN;
• CO2/H E FOAM RM EXH FAN;
• BATTERY ROOM EXH FAN;
• No 2 E/R EXH FAN (REVERSIBLE).
• STAIRWAY SUPPLY FAN;
• GALLEY EXH FAN; 11.10.2. Control
• MESS/SERVICE RM EXH FAN; Operation of the following fans is described in the respec-
• CHEMICAL STORE EXH FAN; tive systems: Boiler Forced Draft fans; fans for Inert Gas
• LAUNDRY EXH FAN; Generator; fans for Air Conditioning system; fans for Pro-
vision Cooling system.
• SANITARY SPACE EXH FAN;
• HOSPITAL EXH FAN.

263
Ventilation System
11.10.2.1. E/R Fans The two-speed supply fans are started using the but- Note: To change the direction of a reversible fan No.3 or No.4 the
tons START HIGH and START LOW to set the fan revolu- fan should be stopped and then run again by a required button.
tion speed.
ton box controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160. Click the menu item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of the
The exhaust fans (reversible) can be started for ex- page MSB to open the display with starter panel: PURIFIER
Click the menu item ER Fans PB of the page ER2 to open the
haust or supply operation using the buttons START ROOM EXH FAN.
push button panels:
FORWARD or START REVERSE as required.
No 1, No 3, No 2, No 4 E/R SUPPLY FAN;
No 1, No 2 E/R EXH FAN.
No 1 E/R EXH FAN (REVERSIBLE);
No 1, No 3 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED).
No 2, No 4 E/R SUPPLY FAN (2SPEED);
No 2 E/R EXH FAN (REVERSIBLE).
In the case of emergency power supply from ESB, click
the menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the page EmG to
open the display with:
No 4 E/R SUPPLY FAN circuit breaker;
No 2 E/R EXH FAN (REVERSIBLE) starter panel.

264
Ventilation System
11.10.2.2. Miscellaneous Fans

Click on the menu item LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel of
the page MSB to open the display with starter panel of:
PURIFIER ROOM EXH FAN.
Click the menu item LGSP - 1 AC440V of the page MSB to
open the display with starter panels and automatic circuit
breaker of:
LIFT MACH RM EXH FAN;
GALLEY SUPPLY FAN;
BATTERY ROOM EXH FAN;
STAIRWAY SUPPLY FAN;
GALLEY EXH FAN;
MESS/SERVICE RM EXH FAN;
CHEMICAL STORE EXH FAN;
LAUNDRY EXH FAN;
SANITARY SPACE EXH FAN;
HOSPITAL EXH FAN.
Click the menu item LGSP - 2 AC440V of the page SG to open
the display with starter panel of:
SG ROOM EXH FAN.
Click the menu item LGSP - 3 AC440V of the page BT to open
the display with starter panels of:
No 1 BOSUN STORE SUPPLY FAN;
No 2 BOSUN STORE SUPPLY FAN;
BOW THRUSTER RM SUPPLY FAN;
FWD PUMP RM EXH FAN.

265
Ventilation System
Click the menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel of the page
EmG to open the display with starter and automatic circuit
breakers of:
1 CO2/H E FOAM RM EXH FAN;
2 ST FOR HYD P/P SUPPLY FAN; 2 1
3 BATTERY RM EXH FAN;
4 ST FOR FWD PUMP RM EXH FAN.
3 4

266
Sanitary Discharge System
11.11. Sanitary Discharge System

The system is designed for collection, treatment and dis-
charge of the black water overboard or to shore storage.
Click on the menu item Sanitary Discharge System of the
11.11.1. Content
• Sewage Treatment Plant with run indicator, comprising:
-- Disinfection TK and Chemical Pump ;
-- Discharge Pump 1 (2) – ;
-- Treatment Tank Level indicator and bar graph.
• Sewage Holding TK with level indicator and bar graph;
• Pipelines with valves.
11.11.2. Connections
• From Compressed Air System
• From CSW Service System for Flushing
• Black Water Drain
• Dilution Water from CSW Service System

267
Sanitary Discharge System
11.11.3. Control • DISCHARGE PUMP SELECT – three-position switch to

select the duty pump No 1 / 0 / No 2; not selected
11.11.3.1. Sewage Treatment Plant pump is automatically standby;
Click the menu item Sewage Treatment Plant of the page • AIR BLOWER MODE – three-position switch to manually
ER3 to open the STP unit control panel. The unit normally operate the blower: STOP / 0 / START;
operates in automatic mode. • CHEMICAL PUMP – three-position mode select switch:
The SEWAGE TREATMENT PLANT UNIT CONTROL PANEL -- MANU – to start the pump manually;
contains: -- O – to switch the pump off;
• MAIN SWITCH – to turn power on/off; -- AUTO – the pump is operated automatically.
• SOURCE – indicator lamp, which illuminates when • START and STOP – buttons to operate duty discharge
power is ON; pump in MANU mode;
• ALARM – indicator lamp, which illuminates when any • ALARM – three-position switch to acknowledge
alarm condition occurs: alarms: OFF / O / (ON position is not modeled).
-- Motor overheating of a pump or fan; • Hour Meter gauge.
-- Water level in the STP unit is Hi-Hi. Switch the power supply 440 V for:
• Indicator lamps, which illuminate when respective • SEWAGE TREATMENT UNIT, on the PD - 1 440V panel (use
mechanism is in operation: menu item PD - 1 AC440V of the page ER2) by the CON-
-- DISCHARGE PUMP 1 OPERATION; TROL PANEL FOR STP circuit breaker.
-- DISCHARGE PUMP 2 OPERATION;
-- AIR BLOWER 1 OPERATION;
-- AIR BLOWER 2 OPERATION;
-- CHEMICAL PUMP OPERATION.
• DISCHARGE PUMP MODE – three-position switch to se-
lect the duty pump control mode:
-- MANU – duty pump is operated by START / STOP
buttons;
-- O – the pumps are switched off;
-- AUTO – duty pump starts by the sensor signal 11.11.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor
‘Level High‘; duty pump stops by the sensor signal Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the
‘Level Low’. paragraph 2.11.7 on page 333.

268
Provision Cooling System
11.12. Provision Cooling System

The automatic Provision Cooling System is intended for
creating and maintaining the set temperature conditions for 9
the storage of food in two groups of provision storerooms.
4
The first group includes three provision storerooms for
the storage of frozen foods:
3
• Butter – storage at a temperature of -2 °C;
• Meat and Fish – storage at a temperature of -15 °C.
The other group includes three provision storerooms for
the storage of chilled foods: 5 6
• Fruit and Vegetables – storage at a temperature of
+2 °С;
• Dry provision – storage at a temperature of +8 °С. 7
Each of the refrigeration plants operates for its group
of consumers. However, any one refrigerator can supply 8 1
both storeroom groups if required. Freon R494A is the
main liquid refrigerant.
The air temperature in the storerooms is maintained with
the air coolers. Liquid refrigerant is supplied to the air
cooler by the thermostatic expansion valve. The thermo
switch monitors the temperature in the pertinent provi-
sion storeroom and controls operation of the solenoid
valves in the refrigeration chamber, as well as the opera-
2
tion of the air cooler thermostatic valve.
Click on the menu item Provision Cooling System of the page
11.12.1. Content • 6 x storerooms; each storeroom is equipped with:

• 2 x Compressor with valves: -- 3 Air cooler fan; fan LED indicator illuminates
-- 1 Compressor Suction Non Return Valve; when the fan is running; red indicator lamp illumi-
7 Master Solenoid Valve; nates when the storeroom is powered;
• 2 2 x Condenser with Compressor SW Outlet Sight Glass; -- 4 Light indicator – illuminates when the light is on;

269
-- 5 light latched button – to switch the light on/off; 11.12.3.2. Loading Provision The central part of the panel displays the FULL/EMPTY
bar graph and MASS % indicator of the actual store-
-- 6 Storeroom door; 1. Click on the required storeroom door 6
room load.
-- MASS % digital indicator of actual load in the room; to open it. The solenoid and thermostatic
expansion valves 9 will close automatically. 4. On the LOAD panel, enter the required provision
-- LOAD/UNLOAD button to open the panel (see the de-
amount (in kilos) in the MASS box and temperature
scription in the paragraph 11.12.3.2 on page 270); 2. Click the 5 light button to switch the light
in the TEMP box using the up and down arrows.
on; the indicator 4 illuminates; the lamp will
-- 9 Solenoid and thermostatic expansion valves.
not illuminate when the door is closed. 5. Click the APPLY button. The MASS box gets empty
and the load bar graph changes indication
11.12.2. Connections to added amount. Close the panel.
• Make Up
6. Click the light button to switch the light
• Oil Make Up off; the indicator lights down.
• Ventilation 7. Click on the door to close it. The solenoid and
• From/To Main L.T.W Cooling System thermostatic expansion valves will open automatically.
Attention! The room door cannot be closed while the light is on.
11.12.3. Control
Note: Instructor can carry out the provision loading from the
11.12.3.1. Controls on Diagram Indicators plugin by selecting respective storerooms and setting
When Compressors are operating, operation indicators illu- the required quantity of products in kilos.
minate. The oil level in the compressor case is displayed on
the bar graph and digital indicator. Automatic adjustment 3. Click on the LOAD/UNLOAD button to 11.12.3.3. Unloading Provision
of the compressor refrigeration performance is provided. open the UNLOAD/LOAD panel. 1. Perform actions described in items 1, 2,
The 1 Compressor Suction Non Return Valve is used to slowly and 3 of the Loading procedure.
increase compressor load at starting the mechanism.
2. On the UNLOAD panel, enter the required
Condensers have bar graphs to monitor the liquid refriger- amount of provision in the MASS box
ant level in the condenser collector. The water flow for the using the up and down arrows.
condenser cooling is controlled in the 2 Compressor SW 3. Press the APPLY button. The MASS box gets
Outlet Sight Glass. empty and the load bar graph changes
indication to reduced amount.
8 Compressor Sight Glass Moisture Content indi-
cator body flashes when the flow is low, and 4. Perform actions described in items 6
colors gray when no flow is detected in the line; and 7 of the Loading procedure.
indicator center colors in yellow when there is 11.12.3.4. Starting Provision Cooling System
water or air detected in the system.
Instructions for powering and starting the plant are given
in Chapter 5, the paragraph 6.7 on page 305.

270
11.12.3.5. Provision Plant LOP

Click on the menu item Provision Ref Plant LOP of the page
ER2 to open the display.
The PROVISION COOLING PLANT control panel contains:

• Two identical PC COMPRESSOR 1 and PC COMPRESSOR 2
panels (compressor 1 panel is described below);
• Six identical control panels of the storerooms (the
BUTTER room panel is described below);
• The central panel comprising:
-- MAN IN COLD ROOM alarm indicator;
-- The SUPPLY switch OFF/ON to turn on the plant power.
Switch the power supply 440 V for:
• PROVISION COOLING PLANT, on the LV MSB No 1 440V FEED-
ER PANEL left part (use menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V
Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by the PROVISION REF.
PLANT circuit breaker.
Compressor Control Panel contains:

• SOURCE indicator lamp, which illuminates when the
compressor is powered (the SUPPLY switch position
is ON;
• The ammeter to display the compressor load;
• The running hours indicator;
• AUTO–MAN two-position mode selector switch. In AUTO
mode control of the compressor motor operation and
solenoid valves is exercised according to the PRESSURE
SET COMPRESSOR settings;
• A set of alarm indicators (lamps flash in alarm
condition):
-- COMPRESSOR 1 PRESS OUT HIGH
-- COMPRESSOR 1 TEMP OUT HIGH
-- COMPRESSOR 1 OIL PRESS LOW

271
-- COMPRESSOR 1 OIL LEVEL LOW Provision Storeroom Control Panel contains:

-- OVERCURRENT • The pressure gauge to display the pressure and boil-
-- MASTER SOLENOID CLOSED ing point in the air cooler;
-- CW PRESSURE LOW • PRESS controller to setpoint the evaporation pressure
• DISCHARGE pressure gauge; value (for BUTTER and DRY PROV. rooms only);
• SUCTION pressure gauge; • The thermometer to display the actual temperature in

the storeroom;
• PRESSURE SET COMPRESSOR controller to setpoint the
automatic starting and stopping the compressor (see • The controller to setpoint the temperature in the
the paragraph 11.13.3.4 on page 277); storeroom (automatic motor starting (temperature ≤
RANGE-DIFF value) and stopping (temperature ≥ RANGE
• PRESSURE SET CONDENSER controller to setpoint the
value) see the pressostat operation description in the
condensing pressure value; the actual value is dis-
played on the diagram Provision Cooling Plant of the
page SYS; • DEFROSTER two-position switch AUTO–MAN to set the
defrosting mode;
• A set of buttons in the right bottom corner to control
the compressor in MANUAL control mode: • The button to start the defrosting in the MANUAL de-
frosting mode; during defrosting the button highlights
-- START / RUN button to start the compressor; the but-
and the indication is displayed on the mimic Provision
ton highlights when the compressor is running;
Cooling Plant of the page SYS;
-- STOP / OFF button to stop the compressor;
• SET TIMER controller to setpoint the defrosting time in
-- MASTER SOLENOID button to open the master solenoid hours using the up and down arrows at the right.
valve; the button highlights and the actual valve
state is displayed on the diagram Provision Cooling
Switch the power supply 440 V on No 1 LOCAL GROUP START-
Plant of the page SYS;
ER PANEL 440V (use menu item LGSP - 1 AC440V of the page
-- TRIP RESET button to reset the trip condition after the MSB) and start: ST FOR No 1 PROV CRANE; ST FOR No 1 PROV
cause has been removed. CRANE; FAN SWBD FOR PROV REF PLANT breakers.
Note: In the MANUAL operating mode, click the MASTER
SOLENOID button to open the master solenoid valve before start-
ing the compressor.

272
Air Conditioning System
11.13. Air Conditioning System

The air conditioning system is designed for the year-round
moisture and temperature treatment of the air in the ac-
7 8
commodation spaces and other rooms on the ship.
The Air Conditioning Plant comprises two units of AC
compressors and AHU fans operated from control panels
or LOP. Also the packed air conditioning units are operat-
ing in the compartments.
Click on the menu item Provision Cooling System of the page
11.13.1. Content
Two identical AC sets are modeled; each set contains: 5
• Eight-cylinder piston Compressor; 1
• Receiver with safety release valve and safety oil glass;
6
• Condenser Cooler with safety release valve and oil glass; 2
• 5 Master Solenoid Valve;
• 6 Moisture & flow indicator and Refrigerant filters unit;
3
• AC Unit Air Blower with an electric motor and air filter;
• In the Blower unit: two thermal oil air heaters of the
first and second stage; two air coolers of the first and
second stage; regenerative Coolant heat exchanger;
• 7 , 8 Ship compartments (Cabin 1 (2, 3, 4) Temperature 4
Control Valve) serviced by the conditioner with digital
indicators of inlet air temperature and humidity;
• Pipelines with valves (see description below), filters,
measuring gauges.
• Oil Make Up
11.13.2. Connections • Make Up
• Inlet Steam • To/From LT Cooling F.W. System
• Outlet Steam • Emergency Discharge
• Domestic Water Inlet • Ventilation

273
11.13.3. Control 11.13.3.2. AC Plant Control Panels

Click on the menu item AC Control Panel of the page ER2 to
11.13.3.1. Controls on Diagram open the display, which contains:
Compressor run indicators: indicator in the center illu-
minates, when compressor is running; indicators on the • AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.1 – for compressor 1;
cylinders show operation of cylinder pairs. • AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.2 – for compressor 2;
1 AC Compressor Suction Valve is used for slow increase of • No 1 MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to power
compressor load during start procedure. compressor 1;
• No 2 MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to power
2 Return Oil Sight Glass is used for indication and control of
compressor 2;
normal circulation of oil in compressor.
• TEMPERATURE REGULATION three-position switch 1/2/3 to
3 AC Compressor LT Outlet Sight Glass and 4 Condenser LT set the plant operating mode as outlined on the label:
Outlet Sight Glass are used for indication and control of the
1. COMPRES. 1 COOLER 1 & 2
cooling water flow in compressor and condenser.
2. COMPRES. 1 COOLER 1;
5 Master Solenoid Valve can be operated from the diagram COMPRES. 2 COOLER 2
or from the AC Plant LOP (see the paragraph 11.13.3.3 on 3. COMPRES. 2 COOLER 1 & 2
page 276). • NO.1 AHU FAN PANEL; NO.2 AHU FAN PANEL (see the de-
scription below).
Safety oil glass of a safety valve bursts out when
the valve operates. Note: The TEMPERATURE REGULATION switch should be set
to position 2 for starting the compressors.
6 Moisture and flow indicator. Indicator body The description given below is for AIR COND. CONTROL
flashes when the flow is low, and colors gray PANEL No.1. The AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.2 is similar to
when no flow is detected in the line; indicator panel 1.
center colors in yellow when there is water or air
The AIR COND. CONTROL PANEL No.1 contains:
detected in the system.
• CURRENT (AMP) indicator lamp, which illuminates when
Control air parameters in ship compartments using a cab- the digital current indicator is in operation;
in air distribution switch 8 set in the room. Turn the knob • COUNT (HOUR) indicator lamp, which illuminates when
by the mouse clockwise to open and counterclockwise to the Hour Meter is in operation on the AHU FAN LOP;
close the 7 Cabin Temperature Control Valve.
• SUCTION TEMP (deg C) indicator lamp, which illuminates
when the digital temperature indicator is in operation;
• Digital indicators of CURRENT and SUCTION TEMP;

274
• Sensor buttons:
-- HEATER I/O, MODE / SET, UP, DOWN – not modeled;
-- START Start I – to start the compressor;
-- STOP / RESET Stop O – to stop the compressor or reset the
alarm condition (reset can also be done from the LOP).
• Indicator LEDs, which illuminate to indicate respective
state of the AC unit:
-- POWER; RUN;
-- ALARM – any alarm condition occurred;
-- HEATER – heater is ON;
-- STAND-BY – compressor is st-by;
-- ANTY-RECYCL. – compressor start is blocked (e.g. when
the heater is ON).
-- CAPACITY CONTROL – indicator lamps; illuminate to indi-
cate the compressor cylinders in operation.
The description given below is for NO.1 AHU FAN PANEL . The • AHU FAN SPEED SELECTOR two-position switch to select LOW/
NO.2 AHU FAN PANEL is similar to panel 1. HIGH fan rotation speed;
The NO.1 AHU FAN PANEL contains: • HUMIDIFYING two-position switch to turn humidifier OFF/ON;
• HEATER two-position switch to turn the heater OFF/ON;
• SOURCE lamp, which illuminates when the fan is powered;
• MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to power both fan units.
• Ammeter;
Switch power supply 440 V for the AC Compressor 1 on the LV MSB
• Hour Meter indicator;
No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL right side(use menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V
• Indicator lamps, which illuminate to indicate respective Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by No 1 AIR COND. COMPRESSOR circuit
state of the AHU Fan: breaker.
-- HIGH RUN; LOW RUN – to indicate the fan rotation speed;
Switch power supply 440 V for the AC Compressor 2 on the LV MSB No 2
-- OVERLOAD – alarm indicator is not modeled; 440V FEEDER PANEL left side(use menu item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder
-- HUMIDITY – humidifier is ON; Panel of the page MSB) by No 2 AIR COND. COMPRESSOR circuit breaker.
-- HEATER – heater is ON. Switch power supply 440V for the AHU fans on the No 1 LOCAL GROUP
• AHU FAN START/STOP two-position OFF/ON switch to start/ STARTER PANEL 440V (use menu item LGSP - 1 AC440V of the page MSB)
stop the fan; by AHU FAN SWITCHBOARD circuit breaker.

275
11.13.3.3. AC Compressors & Fans The description given below is for AC COMPRESSOR 1 panel.
The AC COMPRESSOR 2 panel is similar to panel 1.
Click on the menu item AC LOP of the page ER2 to open the
display with the AC COMPRESSOR 1 (2), AC FAN 1 (2) local con- The AC COMPRESSOR 1 panel contains:
trol panels.
• READY FOR USE indicator lamp, which illuminates when
the compressor is powered;
• The ammeter and the Hour Meter counter;
• MAN–AUTO – two-position switch to select the compres-
sor control mode; in AUTO mode the compressor motor
and solenoid valves are controlled automatically;
• Nine alarm indicator lamps, which illuminate when
respective alarm condition occurs;
• DISCHARGE – refrigerant pressure gauge;
• SUCTION – refrigerant pressure gauge;
• PRESSURE SET COMPRESSOR pressostat (see the opera-
tion description below);
• START / RUN button to start the compressor in MAN
mode; the button highlights when the pump is running;
• STOP / OFF button to stop the compressor in MAN mode;
the button illuminates when the compressor is stopped;
• MAST. SOLENOID button to open the master solenoid
valve in MAN control mode; the button highlights when
the valve is open;
• TRIP RESET button to reset the trip condition after the
cause has been removed.
Note: In the MAN control mode it is required to open the
master solenoid valve by clicking the MAST. SOLENOID button
and open SW cooling valves before starting the compressor.

276
The description given below is for AC FAN 1 panel. The AC 11.13.3.4. Operating Pressostats
FAN 2 panel is similar to panel 1.
Pressostats are used to setpoint the automatic starting
The AC FAN 1 panel contains: (pressure ≤ RANGE-DIFF value) and stopping (pressure ≥
RANGE value) the compressors, fans, etc..
• READY FOR USE indicator lamp, which illuminates when
the fan is powered;
• AMBIENT AIR thermometer;
• COOLER 1 and COOLER 2 pressostats (see the operation
description below);
• The ammeter;
• START / RUN button to start the fan; the button high-
lights when the fan is running;
Drag the sliders using the mouse to required positions.
• STOP / OFF button to stop the fan.
Switch power supply 440 V for the AC Compressors
and AHU Fans on the AC Plant Control Panels (see the
paragraph 11.13.3.2 on page 274).

277
11.13.3.5. Package Air Conditioners

Accommodation and engine rooms indoor air conditions are
maintained by package air conditioning units, operated au-
tomatically or using push button panels.
ton panel controls is given in the paragraph 1.3 on page 160.
Click on the menu item ECR - A Upper of the page ECR to open
the display with push button panels to remotely start/stop:
• No 1 SWBD RM PACKAGE AIR COND. (COMP.);
• No 1 SWBD RM PACKAGE AIR COND. (FAN);
• No 2 SWBD RM PACKAGE AIR COND. (COMP.);
• No 2 SWBD RM PACKAGE AIR COND. (FAN);
4 5
• ECR PACKAGE AIR COND. (COMP.);
• ECR PACKAGE AIR COND. (FAN).
Click the menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of the
page MSB to open the display with circuit breakers to power: 6
• PACKAGE AIR COND. ECR.
Click the menu item LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel of the
page MSB to open the display with circuit breakers to power:
• PAC FOR WORKSHOP.
Click the menu item LGSP - 1 AC440V of the page MSB to
1 2 3 7
open the display with starter panels and automatic circuit
breaker of:
• 1 EDR PACKAGE AIR COND;
• 2 ST FOR No 1 CSBD PACKAGE AIR COND;
• 3 CCR PACKAGE AIR COND;
• 4 ST FOR EER PACKAGE AIR COND;
• 5 ST FOR W/H PACKAGE AIR COND; 11.13.4. Faults Introduced by Instructor
• 6 ST FOR No 2 CSBD PACKAGE AIR COND; Introduced faults are listed in Chapter 6, the paragraph 2.10.6
• 7 GALLEY PACKAGE AIR COND. on page 331, and the paragraph 2.10.7 on page 331.

278
Hydraulic Systems
11.14. Hydraulic Systems

Hydraulic power packs (HPP) for FWD and AFT mooring
operations equipment are modeled.
The separate closed hydraulic system is designed for oper-
ating the valves of ballast system.
11.14.1. Control
11.14.1.1. FWD HPP Mooring Equipment
Click on the menu item FWD HPP Mooring Equipment of the
page BT to open the display with No 1 MAIN PUMP, No 2 MAIN
PUMP, and No 3 MAIN PUMP similar starter panels.
Each panel contains:

• MAIN SWITCH – power automatic circuit breaker;
• Ammeter; HOUR METER – gauges;
• SOURCE – indicator lamp to illuminate when power is on;
• RUN – indicator lamp to illuminate when the pump runs;
• START and STOP – pump operation buttons;
• LOW LEVEL – alarm lamp to illuminate when instructor
introduces the fault “Oil Leakage”;
• SHUT DOWN – alarm lamp to illuminate when LOW LEVEL
alarm is activated for some time period;
• HEATING CABINET – two-position switch to turn the pump
cabinet heater OFF/ON, and indicator lamp to illuminate
when the heater is on. Switch power 440V for:
• HEATING MOTOR – two-position switch to turn the pump • No 1 MAIN PUMP – on the LV MSB No 1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL • Servo pump – on No 3 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL 440V
motor heater OFF/ON, and indicator lamp to illuminate (use menu item LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel of the (use menu item LGSP - 3 AC440V of the page BT) by ST
when the heater is on; heating should be off when the page MSB) by FWD DECK MACH. (No 1 MAIN PUMP) breaker; FOR FWD DECK MACH SERVO PUMP circuit breaker.
motor is running. • No 2 MAIN PUMP and No 3 MAIN PUMP – on the LV MSB
No 2 AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No. 2
AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by FWD DECK MACH.
(No 2 MAIN PUMP) and FWD DECK MACH. (No 3 MAIN PUMP)
circuit breakers respectively;

279
Hydraulic Systems
11.14.1.2. HPP AFT Mooring Winches

Click on the menu item AFT HPP Deck Mach. of the page SG
to open the display with No 1 MAIN PUMP, No 2 MAIN PUMP,
and No 3 MAIN PUMP similar starter panels.
The panels are similar to the pump panels of the FWD
HPP (see the description in the paragraph 11.14.1.1 on
page 279).
Switch power 440V for:

• No 1 MAIN PUMP and No 3 MAIN PUMP – on the LV MSB No
1 AC440V FEEDER PANEL (use menu item LV MSB No. 1
AC440V Feeder Panel of the page MSB) by AFT DECK MACH.
(No 1 MAIN PUMP) and AFT DECK MACH. (No 3 MAIN PUMP)
circuit breakers respectively;
• No 2 MAIN PUMP – on the LV MSB No 2 AC440V FEEDER
the page MSB) by AFT DECK MACH. (No 2 MAIN PUMP) circuit
breaker;
• Servo pump – on No 2 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL 440V
(use menu item LGSP - 2 AC440V of the page SG) by ST
FOR AFT HYD OIL FILLING PUMP circuit breaker.

280
Hydraulic Systems
11.14.1.3. HPP for Valve Remote Control • PUMP NO.1 START/STOP and PUMP NO.2 START/STOP but-
tons to operate the pumps in MANU mode:
Click on the menu item HPP For Valves Remote Control of the
page ER3 to open the HYDRAULIC POWER PACK FOR VALVE RE- -- START/RUN – to start the pump; illuminates when the
MOTE CONT. SYSTEM panel. pump is running;
-- STOP – to stop the pump.
The panel contains:
• SIMULATION OF HYDR. OIL MAKE UP button – click to sim-
• MAIN SWITCH – to turn power for the control panel on/off; ulate the oil tank make up process.
• POWER ON – indicator lamp; Note: Introduction of instructor fault “Oil Leakage”
• LEAD PUMP – two-position switch to select the duty causes the following succession of alarms:
pump NO.1/NO.2; second pump automatically is st-by; 4. LOW OIL LEVEL ––>
• PUMP NO.1, PUMP NO.2 three-position switches to select 5. LOW LOW OIL LEVEL
the respective pump control mode between:
Click the SIMULATION OF HYDR. OIL MAKE UP button to simu-
-- MANU – control from this panel; late the tank make up and clear the alarm conditions.
-- AUTO – automatic operation.
Switch the power supply 440 V for:
• ALARM UNIT lamps to illuminate when:
• HPP FOR VALVE REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM on the ESB 440V
-- 1. LOW OIL PRESSURE – both pumps are tripped;
FEEDER PANEL (use menu item ESB AC440V Feeder Panel
-- 2.; 3. – indicators are not modeled; of the page EmG) by the ST FOR BALLAST & E/R HPP cir-
-- 4. LOW OIL LEVEL cuit breaker.
5. LOW LOW OIL LEVEL – by the fault from the instructor;
-- 6. NO.1 MOTOR TRIP
7. NO.2 MOTOR TRIP – by the fault from the instructor;
-- Green LED to indicate power supply for alarm unit;
-- ALARM RESET button. 11.14.2. Faults Introduced by Instructor
paragraph 2.11.8 on page 333, the paragraph 2.8.2 on
page 330, and the paragraph 2.13.2 on page 335.

281
Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery

This chapter contains the instructions for starting, stopping
and running Propulsion Plant, Steam Plant, Electrical Plant
and other systems machinery of the LNG Carrier.

Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery . Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery

Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery
Contents:
1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 4.3. During Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
2. Operating Steam Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 4.4. Stopping Generator Turbine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
2.1. Starting a Boiler from Dead Ship Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 4.5. Re-start Operation under Hot Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
2.1.1. Starting Burners from ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 5. Operating Main Feed Water Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
2.1.2. Starting Burners in the Case of Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 6. Operating Aux Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
2.2. Condensate Water & Cooling Systems State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289 6.1. Starting EMCY Generator after Blackout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
3. Operating Main Turbine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 6.2. Operating Generators from IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
3.1. Preparing for Main Turbine Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 6.3. Operating DG Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3.1.1. Confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 6.3.1. Pre-start Actions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3.1.2. Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 6.3.2. Starting from LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3.1.3. Start–up of Condensate System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290 6.3.3. Stopping from LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3.1.4. Start-up of Lube Oil System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 6.3.4. Starting from MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3.1.5. Function Check of Manoeuvring Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 6.3.5. Operating from IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
3.1.6. Warming – up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291 6.4. Starting Fresh Water Generators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
3.2. Running . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 6.4.1. No 1 FWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
3.2.1. Stand-by . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 6.4.2. No 2 FWG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
3.2.2. Starting & Ahead Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 6.5. Starting Inert Gas Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
3.2.3. Astern Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 6.6. Starting Incinerator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
3.2.4. Speed Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293 6.7. Starting Provision Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
3.2.5. Finished with Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294 6.8. Starting Air Conditioning System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
4. Operating Turbo Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
4.1. Preparing for Turbine Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
4.2. Starting Generator Turbine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

283
Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery . General

1. General
The instructions in this chapter are given to help the Trainee
familiarize oneself with the Propulsion Plant, Steam Plant,
Electrical Plant operations and ship systems and units control
in the simulator.
Provided that the Trainee is familiar with the simulator archi-
tecture and ways of control, the instructions simply include
indication of the menu items to open respective displays.
Note: The instructions given in this Chapter imply that be-
fore switching on a mechanism the Trainee verifies that power
supply is available. In most starter panels and LOPs there
should be the power supply indicator lamp illuminated.

284
Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery . Operating Steam Plant
Starting a Boiler from Dead Ship Condition
2. Operating Steam Plant ›› Check the safety valves to make sure gags have been
removed, the lifting levers have been replaced and
The instructions given below include both, the description the easing gear is not fouled. Make sure the hand
of general procedure steps (on board ship) and the actions easing gear and safety valves are free and clear. The
that need to be taken in the simulator. hand gear for lifting safety valves should be thorough-
ly examined and operated so that this can be done
The valves referred in the instructions are indicated on
without lifting the safety valves.
the figures of the diagrams. The diagram/display and page
of the simulator are given below the figure name in the ›› Check the water level gauge shut off valves and make
form (menu item / page name). sure they are open.
›› Open the shut-off valves for the boiler pressure
1
2.1. Starting a Boiler from gauges (on board ship), check the pipe lines up to
the gauges and make sure that all the valves for the
Dead Ship Condition gauges are open.
The Boiler No 2 will be started from cold condition, in 2. On the diagram Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment System
case Boiler No 1 is not used. For the Boiler No 1 to be Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment System
check and make sure 1 the Main Boiler Bilge Blowdown
started in similar way, use the valves indicated in braces. and Main Boiler Overboard Blowdown valves are closed. (Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment System / SYS)
1. Prepare the boiler for service: 3. Bring the water level to about normal level
›› Fill the boiler with deaerated water from a deaerator if in the steam drum as instructed below and
possible. The feed tanks should be filled with conden- check the feed water line at the same time.
4B
sate before securing the boilers to provide the water -- If the boiler is full of water, then drain the boiler wa-
necessary for restarting. It is advisable to fill the boil- ter until the water level is at the bottom of the water
er 50~80 mm above the normal water level to provide gauge. On the Boiler Feed Water System diagram bring
additional storage until the feed pump can be started. the level up about 100 mm through the auxiliary feed
line (valve 12B). Then bring up to Normal Water Level 12B
›› Ensure that the fire sides are clean and that the fur-
nace refractory is in good condition. through the main feed line (valve 4B). Start either of:
EMCY Feed Water Pump (LV MSB 2/2 Group Starter Panel /
›› Ensure that no oil or gas has accumulated in the fur-
MSB) or Aux Feed Water Pump (LV MSB 2/1 Group Starter
nace bottom or in the burner wind box. Wipe up all
Panel /MSB);
oil spills and remove any combustible material from
burner area. -- If the boiler is empty, then fill the boiler with water un-
til the level is displayed on the water gauge, through
›› Check the boiler to make sure all repair work has
the auxiliary feed line. Then raise to Normal Water
been completed, all tools have been removed etc.
Level through the main feed line. This is to make sure
The hand hole fittings and manhole covers should be Boiler Feed Water System
the auxiliary and the main feed lines are ready.
properly installed and all access doors and casing
(Boiler Feed Water System / SYS)
panels replaced and properly secured.

285
4. Line up the fuel oil pump to take suction from

the diesel oil tank and to discharge to the burner
manifold: on the Boiler FO Service System: open MS052
the valves OM042, OM043, OM085, OM086.
5. Start one of the BOILER FO SERVICE PUMP OM086 MS014
(FO Pumps PB & FO Heater LOP / ER3).
6. The diesel fuel must be supplied to the OM085
burners at the designated oil pressure in
order to obtain proper atomization. 71B
7. Open the following valves before lighting
up (Superheated Steam (SH) System):
-- Drum air vent valve: MB 2 (1) Air v; OM043 OM042
Air v
-- Superheater header drain valves: 76B-2 (1);
-- Starting valves : 71B-2 (1); 141B
-- Starting valve outlet drain valves;
-- Control desuperheater drain valves;
-- Steam temperature control valve (130B-2(1)
– automatic).
8. Light up a burner with atomizing
air. Fuel oil pressure is 3.0 kg/cm2
(Combustion rate is 400 kg/h).
›› Start the F.D. FAN No 2 (Boilers Fans PB / ER3). 76B
›› On the BOILER GAUGE BOARD GRAPHIC PANEL (BOTTOM)
(Boiler Gauge Board Bottom / ER3):
Boiler FO Service System Superheated (SH) Steam System
›› Click to acquire control BGB control position but-
ton; it is illuminated. (Boiler FO Service System / SYS) (Superheated Steam (SH) System / SYS)
›› Check F.O. indicator of the FUEL MODE is

illuminated.
›› Check the F.D. FAN indicator No 2 RUN is
illuminated.
›› Click OPEN illuminated button for the FO SHUT V/V
of the NO 2 BOILER. If the valve does not operate,
click CLOSE and then click OPEN again.

286
›› Click ON button of the BASE BNR F.O. box. The 10. When completely drained, close the superheater Warming Through Notes
button flashes during the burner purging: FUR- header drain valves, starting valve outlet drain
It is vital that steam systems are correctly “warmed through”
NACE PURGE indicator illuminates. Then FUR- valves and control desuperheater drain valves.
before being pressurized. This is to prevent:
NACE PURGE lights off, and IGN AIR illuminates. 11. After a drum pressure of 2.0 kg/cm2 has been
Wait till the burner starts: the button ON lights • Damage from condensate left in the pipes:
reached, start warming through the auxiliary
down, and the STM G UP indicator illuminates. steam lines: open valves 141B-2(1), MS052 (MS035) Water lying in the pipes is forced along the pipe and build up into
›› Start the No 2 BNR and No 3 BNR similar to the Line up steam to the settling tank coils. Line a “slug” (wave). This slug increases speed as it moves down the
base burner. Note: The No 2 burner can be up feed pump and have it ready for service pipes. When it reaches a shut valve, it hits the valve with such
started only after base burner is in operation; when needed. The starting valve must be left force as to shatter the casing or blowing the valve seals.
the No 3 burner can be started only after No 2 open until the boiler has been put on load. • Cracking of the systems due to brittle fracture:
burner is in operation. 12. When steam pressure is up to 10~15 kg/cm2, The steel used in steam systems is normally high carbon
›› On the MASTER gauge watch the No 2 PV bar start warming through the feed water pump, main steel to enable it to cope with the high pressures and tem-
value raise according to the MASTER and DUMP generator and other machinery (see item ‘14’). peratures in the system. When cold it is very “brittle”. If the
setpoint (SP) values. 13. After a drum pressure of 15 kg/cm2 has been system is pressurized when the pipes are cold they will frac-
›› On the Boiler FO Service System diagram watch the reached, change the atomizing medium from ture. The pipe must be warmed up to operating temperature
burners fire indicators illuminate in red. air to steam. Raise the fuel oil pressure to 4.5 to make them “ductile” before the system is pressurized.
Note: It is possible to change over the boiler control po- kg/cm2: close valve SB011, open valve SB013
sition to ECR by clicking the ECR control button if required. (DSH Steam & Steam Dump System / SYS).
14. Drain and warm through connecting piping to MS020 MS009
9. When steam pressure is up to 1.0 kg/cm2,
the main and auxiliary steam lines. It is essential MS035
close the drum air vent valve: MB 2 (1) Air v. MS052
that the connecting steam piping is clear of all
MS017 MS002
water and warmed up to approximately operating
temperature before putting the boiler on load. On MS014 MS001
the SH steam diagram (Superheated Steam (SH) System
/ SYS) use the valves MS014 (MS001), MS017 (MS002),
71B 71B
MS020 (MS009). Before crack open these valves their
Drain valves should be open and By-pass Heating
valves should be operated slowly to allow a steam
flow into the system without pressurizing it (approx 141B 141B
SB010
25%). If the valve is opened too wide then the steam
SB012
trap bypass valves will not be able to cope with the
SB013 SB011 flow and the system will pressurize. As more steam
escapes from the drains, close the drain valves and
by-pass valves and open the distribution valves.
DSH Steam & Steam Dump System Superheated (SH) Steam System
(DSH Steam & Steam Dump System / SYS) (Superheated Steam (SH) System / SYS)

287
2.1.1. Starting Burners from ECR ›› Click the BNR AUTO button to start automatic control
mode of the boiler operation.
The following actions need to be taken to start Boiler No 2
OR
burners from the ECR.
Start the No 2 BNR and No 3 BNR similar to the base
1. On the BOILER MONITOR PANEL (ECR - C Upper / ECR): burner. Note: The No 2 burner can be started only
check the flashing alarm indicators; if any, click ACKN after base burner is in operation; the No 3 burner can
button; the indicators illuminate continuously. be started only after No 2 burner is in operation.
2. On the BOILER OPERATION PANEL (ECR - C Bottom / ›› On the MASTER gauge watch the No 2 PV bar value raise
ECR) click CLOSE buttons of the valves: MASTER GAS according to the MASTER and DUMP setpoint (SP) values.
V/V, BLR GAS V/V, FO SHUT V/V to reset the alarms. 5. On the Boiler FO service system diagram
3. On the BOILER MONITOR PANEL check there are (Boiler FO Service System /SYS) watch the
no active alarms. If exist, repeat steps 1, 2. burners fire indicators illuminate in red.
4. On the BOILER OPERATION PANEL: It is possible to change over to dual or gas supply modes
›› Check (click to acquire control ) ECR control position when the burners have fired.
button; it is illuminated.
›› Check (click) F.O. button FUEL MODE is illuminated.
2.1.2. Starting Burners in the
›› Check the F.D. FAN indicator No 2 RUN is illuminated. Case of Emergency
›› Click OPEN button for the FO SHUT V/V of the NO 2 BOILER. The description of this procedure is given in Chapter 4, the
paragraph 6.1.4 on page 44 .
›› Click ON button of the BASE BNR F.O. box. The button
flashes during the burner purging (FURNACE PURGE indi-
cator illuminates). Wait till the burner starts: the button
ON lights down, and the STM G UP indicator illuminates.

288
Condensate Water & Cooling Systems State
2.2. Condensate Water & Main Condensate & Condenser Vacuum Pumps:
Control is available from the push button panels (FW Pumps
Cooling Systems State PB/ER1), or MSB GSP (use menu items LV MSB No. 1/1 Group
The water condensate system, main condenser, atmo- Starter Panel, LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel, LV MSB No. 2/2
spheric condenser, deaerator systems, and sea water Group Starter Panel and LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel of the
cooling systems should be configured for proper opera- page MSB), or IAS display MAIN/ATMOS CONDENSER - M14.
tion of the steam plant to provide superheated and desu-
The Main Condensate pumps should be started in duty/
perheated steam to turbines.
standby configuration. The Condensate Vacuum pumps
See detailed description of the pumps’ control modes and should be both started and running till the Main condenser
control position in respective sections of the Chapter 2 vacuum raises to about 660 mmHgV. Then one of the pumps
and Chapter 4. can be switched to standby mode.
Main SW Circulating Pumps: The main condenser valve CD153, and pumps delivery valves
should be open CD184, CD185 (Main Condensate System /SYS, see
Control is available from the push button panels (SW
the figure Main Condensate System on page 291).
Pumps PB/ER1), or MSB GSP (use menu items LV MSB No. 2/1
Group Starter Panel and LV MSB No. 1/3 Group Starter Panel of
Navigation Drain & Drain Pumps:
the page MSB), or IAS display MAIN/ATMOS CONDENSER - M14.
Control is available from the push button panels (FW Pumps
On the IAS display use the table MAIN SW CIRCULATING PB/ER1), or MSB GSP (use menu items LV MSB No. 1/1 Group
PUMPS SELECT to set the pumps operating mode. Starter Panel, LV MSB No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel and LV MSB No.
The valves should be open in main sea water circulation 2/3 Group Starter Panel of the page MSB), or IAS display CON-
system: pumps discharge 1 CW006, CW010, CW014; CW025, DENSATE WATER SYSTEM - M15.
CW026, CW027 (Main SW Circulating System / SYS, see the figure The Drain pump should be started in automatic mode; Nav-
Main SW Circulating System on page 290. igation Drain pumps should be set to standby mode.
LPSG Pumps:
Control is available from the MSB GSP (use menu items LV
MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel and LV MSB No. 2/2 Group Starter
Panel of the page MSB), or IAS display LPSG - M29.
The pumps should be started in duty/standby configuration.

289
Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery . Operating Main Turbine
Preparing for Main Turbine Start
3. Operating Main Turbine 3.1.2. Preparation

1. Switch on electrical power to the control console,
SW027
3.1. Preparing for Main Turbine Start and turn on the air source to each control device:
open valves TA028, TA029 (Compressed Air System /SYS).
The following conditions should be satisfied and actions
taken to prepare for the Main Turbine start. 2. Set the operation switch to “auto” for the drain
valves, astern guardian valve, bleeder valves
SW026
3.1.1. Confirmation and spray water valves (ECR - D Bottom /ECR).
1. The boilers are fired and superheated steam 3. Check manual-handle position of the control valves:
available (see the paragraph 2.1 on page 285). -- Open position : astern guardian valve, drain valves,
2. Confirm that the air and electrical packing steam make-up valve (ECR - D Bottom /ECR); 1
sources are in operating condition. -- Close position : SB012 (DSH Steam & Steam Dump
3. Confirm that all gauges and meters are normal. System /SYS).
4. Check the emergency manual handle (Main 4. Check and record axial position of rotors
Turbine LOP/ER1) of the manoeuvring valve at cold condition (ECR - D Upper/ECR). SW025
with main steam valve (Superheated Steam (SH)
System /SYS) is at the shut-off condition.
3.1.3. Start–up of Condensate System
1. Open valves in main sea water circulation system: Main SW Circulating System
5. Check that manoeuvring lever is at the stop
pumps discharge 1 CW006, CW010, CW014; CW025, (Main SW Circulating System / SYS)
condition, and switches of bleeder valves, drain
CW026, CW027 (Main SW Circulating System / SYS).
valves and etc. on the control console are at the
engine stop condition (ECR - D Bottom /ECR). 2. Start main circulating pump (SW Pumps PB/ER1).
6. Confirm water level of main condenser hotwell.
7. Confirm working level of the LO by
the LO tank level gauge.
TA029
SB010 TA028
SB012
SB013 SB011
DSH Steam & Steam Dump System Compressed Air System

(DSH Steam & Steam Dump System / SYS) (Compressed Air System / SYS)

290
3. Fill the main condenser hotwell up to the normal 3.1.4. Start-up of Lube Oil System 3.1.6. Warming – up
(~ 80mm) working level with condensate / distilled
1. Confirm level of Lube oil in the sump
water: open valve CD153 (Main Condensate System /SYS). 3.1.6.1. Case 1 (Cold Start)
tank (Main Turbine LO System /SYS).
4. Start the main condensate pump (FW Pumps PB/ER1). Stage 1
2. Check oil temperature in the sump tank. If it is
5. Open the main condensate pump delivery valves: below 30°C, preheat oil to minimum 30°C: open 1. Confirm that the manoeuvring valve is in the trip
CD184, CD185 (Main Condensate System /SYS). valve GS044 (General Service Steam System /SYS). condition and the main steam stop valve is closed.
3. Check the settings and temperature of the lube 2. Confirm that turbine control position
T57 oil on the valve LM023 controller (MT LO SYS/IAS). is M/S (Main Turbine LOP/ER1).
4. Start the Aux. LO pump (LO Pumps PB/ER1). 3. On the panel TURNING GEAR FOR MAIN TURBINE
5. Open cooling water valves for the Lube MOTOR STARTER (RG Gauge Board /ER1) start the
oil coolers: CF013, CF014, CF015, CF016 turning motor and rotate the turbine:
(Centralised FW Cooling System /SYS). ›› Switch power on by MAIN SWITCH breaker.
6. Recheck the oil level in the sump tank. ›› Set the handle switch to ENGAGE position.
CD153 7. Confirm oil pressure of pump discharge, bearings ›› Click the button REVERSE to turn turbine astern. Wait
and gears (Main Turbine LO System /SYS). for the ammeter reading stabilize.
›› Click the button STOP to stop turning.
CD185
3.1.5. Function Check of ›› Click the button FORWARD to turn turbine ahead. Wait
Manoeuvring Device for the ammeter reading stabilize.
CD184 1. Confirm that the main steam valve ›› Click the button STOP to stop turning.
is in the full shut-off position
Main Condensate System ›› Set the handle switch to DISENGAGE position.
2. On the turbine LOP (Main Turbine LOP/ER1):
(Main Condensate System / SYS) ›› Switch power off by MAIN SWITCH breaker.
›› Turn the CONTROL POSITION TRANSFER switch to M/S.
Caution! Never turn on turning motor switch while the handle
›› Reset the M/T by clicking the TURBINE RESET button. for hand-turning is inserted into the motor shaft end.
›› Turn the EMCY TRIP switch to TRIP to confirm normal
operation of the trip. Reset is not necessary; leave in
the tripped condition.
HC041
FW General Service System

(FW General Service System / SYS)

291
4. Supply gland packing steam (Gland Packing & Leak- 3.1.6.2. Case2 (In harbour)
Off System /SYS) by opening the valves PS012, PS015.
Stage 1
The turbine warming up starts through the casing.
5. Start gland exhaust fan either before During ship’s loading/unloading period, turbine condi- Fan
tion should be kept as follows. PS012
supplying packing steam or immediately
after (Main Turbine LOP/ER1). 1. Condenser vacuum should be
6. Supply cooling water to the vacuum pump: open kept at above 720 mmHgV.
valve HC041 (FW General Service System /SYS). 2. Engage turning gear and start turning
7. Start the vacuum pump (SW Pumps PB/ER1). after stopping the engine.
8. Open the warming steam valve for the turbine 3. Open by-pass (heating) valves of main steam
SB010 (DSH Steam & Steam Dump System /SYS). pipe from boiler to turbine MS001, MS014
9. Open the bypass valve for the main steam stop (Superheated Steam (SH) System /SYS). PS015
valve MS001, MS014 (Superheated Steam (SH) System / 4. Close main stop valves in main steam
SYS). Warm up the main steam pipe. Warm up line from boiler to turbine MS001, MS014
the turbines for at least one (1) hour. Note: In the (Superheated Steam (SH) System /SYS).
simulator the warming up time can be less. 5. Keep the warming-up valve for main turbine open in Gland Packing & Leak-Off System
10. Confirm the main condenser vacuum to be above order to keep the main turbine hot: SB010 (DSH Steam (Gland Packing & Leak-Off System / SYS)
722 mmHgV (MAIN/ATMOS CONDENSER /IAS). If the & Steam Dump System /SYS). Steam chest temperature
vacuum is low, start both vacuum pumps (VAC. of the HP turbine should be above 150°C.
PUMP) to raise the value up to normal, and then set 6. Go to “ Stage 2” (Before Sail Out).
one of the pumps for stand-by operation mode.
11. Go to “Stage 2 (Before Sail Out)”.
3.1.6.3. Stage 2 (Before Sail Out) 5. Change turbine control position to
1. Open drain valves of main steam pipe from boiler to ECR (Main Turbine LOP/ER1).
turbine MS001, MS014 (Superheated Steam (SH) System / 6. On the ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D
By- By- SYS) and allow 30 minutes warming through of console (ECR D - Bottom /ECR):
pass pass
the main steam pipe before starting the turbine. ›› Turn the valve operation switches to position AUTO for:
2. Set the manoeuvring lever in the neutral ast. guard valve, drain valves, bleeder valves.
MS014 MS001 position and confirm that the emergency manual ›› Turn CONTROL MODE switch to LEVER position.
handle is in neutral (Main Turbine LOP/ER1).
›› Start auto spinning by turning the auto spinning
Drain Drain 3. Open the main steam stop valve switch to ON position. The AUTO SPIN ON and SPIN ZONE
and shut off its bypass valve. indicators illuminate. Auto spinning functionality is
4. Stop the turning motor, set the lever to provided to cycle rotating the turbine slowly (at about
disengaged position and lock it in position. +/- 8 rpm) for 20 sec. in ahead/astern directions.
Superheated (SH) Steam System
(Superheated Steam (SH) System / SYS)

292
Running
3.2. Running 5. Check that the turbine unit is operating

normally and in accordance with
8. When converting to ahead running after long periods
of astern running, avoid sudden increases in ahead
3.2.1. Stand-by characteristic curve of the main turbine. load by increasing it gradually. In addition, continuous
6. For slow-down during the voyage and throttling maximum output operation shall be carried out
1. Within three (3) minutes after disengaging
the maneuvering handle, all control valves are after approximately 40 minutes of ahead running.
the turning gear, slow turn the turbine or
start auto spinning (ECR D - Bottom /ECR). closed or opened automatically according to the 9. Astern operations should be carried out under
setting values. The electric motor driven lub oil program control if ordinary astern operation
2. Confirm that there is no abnormal noise
pump will start automatically as required. is sufficient for maneuvering the ship.
inside the turbine and the reduction gear
10. Pay attention to the upper temperature
casing during slow turning or idling. 3.2.3. Astern Operation limit of the LP turbine exhaust chamber,
3. Continue the idling until further information 1. On the ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D (ECR D - Bottom /ECR): which is not to exceed 150 °C.
comes from the bridge. The warming-up condition
›› Confirm that bleeder valves are closed or the switches 11. In the event that the astern spray system does
is maintained on the main engine by this idling.
are in AUTO position before starting astern operations. not function correctly, running at Full Astern
(The temperature of the HP turbine steam chest
shall be preferably kept at about 300°C). ›› Confirm that the astern guardian valve is open. (61.9 rpm) is to be restricted to 30 minutes. The
2. Confirm that turbine Drain MS001, MS014 valves upper temperature limit of the LP turbine exhaust
4. Check that nozzle valves are fully
are open (Superheated Steam (SH) System /SYS). chamber under these circumstances is 230 °C.
closed (ECR D - Bottom /ECR).
3.2.2. Starting & Ahead Operation

3. Confirm that the water spray valve for astern 3.2.4. Speed Operation
operation T57 is open (Main Condensate System /SYS),
The nozzle control valves shall be used for changing the
To start motion, it is required that the Telegraph repeater see the figure Main Condensate System on page 291.
turbine load condition between NCR and MCR.
lever position at the ECR console matches the W/H Tele- 4. Astern operation is to be restricted in
graph lever position for proper change over. accordance with program control. If turbine load reducing is ordered during MCR running,
the manoeuvring valve may be throttled at first because
1. Start ahead operation by operating the maneuvering 5. Maintain the condenser vacuum at the normal
it can be controlled through AHD. MCR~AST. Full while
lever with the program control (ECR D - Bottom / value (MAIN/ATMOS CONDENSER - M14 /IAS).
keeping the nozzle control valves open (ECR D - Bottom /ECR).
ECR). In case of manual control, revolutions 6. During running, pay particular attention to the LP
should be increased according to the program. turbine vibration, noise and bearing temperatures It is recommended to close nozzle control valves during
2. Power may be increased regardless of the time (use M/T REDUCTION GEAR/IAS; ECR D - Upper/ECR). long periods of operation at NCR or less load conditions.
limit up to 1/2 output (main shaft revolutions 7. Running at Full Astern (61.9 rpm) must
about 70.2 rpm). From 1/2 output to full output
Important Notes
not exceed 2 hours. In addition, after
a minimum of 40 minutes is required. intermittent full astern running, total full As there are great possibilities of local overheating of
the bearings and of mal-function of the governing de-
3. Control valves are closed or opened automatically astern running is not to exceed 2 hours.
vices when the oil temperature is abnormally low, please
according to their setting values.
take every precaution. When LO temperature is lower
4. The auxiliary electric motor driven lube than 30 °C, continuous steam turning at lower speed
oil pump is stopped automatically over (500~700 rpm) should be maintained until LO tempera-
about 80 rpm (90% MCR rpm). ture exceeds 30 °C.

293
Running
As a big load put on the turbine immediately after starting 5. Shut off main steam stop valve completely. 11. After confirming stop of turning motor, stop
of the turbine would also cause bad effect on the turbine, 6. Changeover of the auxiliary exhaust to the Aux Lube oil pumps (M/T LO SYSTEM /IAS).
operate the turbine under full load condition in about 10 atmospheric condenser: close valve DS020, 12. Confirm the bearing temperatures for 2
minutes after adjusted to the rated speed. then open DS021; close valve DS200, then open hours after stopping the lube oil pump.
Take care of the turbine in no load operating conditions: DS201 (DSH Steam & Steam Dump System /SYS). 13. Switch off electric source and air source to
control vibration or displacement of turbine rotor < 50 μm; 7. Stop the vacuum pumps (MAIN/ATMOS CONDENSER /IAS). control console for extended stop periods.
bearings drain oil temperature < 75 °C (use display MAIN 8. Keep the packing steam supply on until the condenser
MACHINERY CONDITION - M03 of the page IAS). vacuum reaches atmospheric pressure (to watch, use
display MAIN/ATMOS CONDENSER - M14 of the page IAS).
3.2.5. Finished with Engine 9. After confirming that make-up and spill etc.
It is assumed that all required pumps are operated from from all auxiliaries led to main condenser,
the IAS displays (see the paragraph 2.2 on page 289) . heater, gland condenser, etc. have stopped:
1. On the ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION D (ECR D - Bottom /ECR): ›› Stop the gland exhaust fan (on the turbine LOP panel
›› Upon receiving an order for Stop and Finished with M/T GLAND COND. EXH.FAN, Main Turbine LOP/ER1).
Engine, acquire control position by turning the CON- ›› Stop Main condensate pump (use display MAIN/ATMOS
TROL POSITION switch to ECR. CONDENSER - M14 of the page IAS).
›› Slow down and put Telegraph receiver lever in the 10. After six (6) hours of the engine cooling period
stop position. have passed, stop the turning motor (see the
2. During slow down, confirm opening of drain description in the paragraph 3.1 on page 290, item 13)
valves, astern guardian valve and shutting-off of and set-off the turning clutch and lock it up.
bleeder valves (BLEED & SAH STEAM SYS/IAS).
3. Confirm complete stop of the main engine
(propeller revolution) (ECR D - Upper/ECR).
4. Engage turning gear (see the description in the DS020
paragraph 3.1 on page 290, item 13). Start turning DS021 ES201
motor. Ensure that engine turning is carried
out within three minutes of a complete stop. ES200
On board ship turning for engine cooling-off is re-
quired for at least six (6) hours. In the simulator the DSH Steam & Steam Dump System
time can be less. (DSH Steam & Steam Dump System / SYS)

294
Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery . Operating Turbo Generator
Preparing for Turbine Start
4. Operating Turbo MS020 MS009

4.1. Preparing for Turbine Start
1. On the turbine LOP (TG No 2 LOP/ER3) check
Generator MS052 MS035
that all local gauges are at zero point.
The turbine generators are supplied with superheated MS017 MS002 2. On the SH steam diagram (Superheated
steam from both boiler systems. Steam (SH) System /SYS):
The steam to both turbines passes through a line ›› Pipelines are warmed through.
stop valve MS009, through the main stop valve and the 71B 71B ›› Valves are open: 71B-1, 71B-2, MS002, MS017, MS009.
governing system, and then over the turbine stages ›› Valves are open: 141B-1, 141B-2, MS035, MS052.
driving the unit. The exhaust steam is led to the main
3. Open the valves: PS022, PS023 (Gland
condenser through the exhaust valve. However, the 141B 141B
Packing & Leak-Off System /SYS).
unit can be run under back pressure conditions to
either the main or atmospheric condenser, should cir- 4. Open the valves: CF032, CF033, CF036, CF037
cumstances require it. (Centralised FW Cooling System /SYS).
5. Open the valves SB013, SB012 for steam
Gland steam is supplied to both HP and LP ends of the
supply to Gland packing system (DSH
turbine glands, and surplus steam directed to the con-
Superheated (SH) Steam System Steam & Steam Dump System /SYS).
denser through a spill valve. The gland steam system
is operated by a control system of supply (make-up) (Superheated Steam (SH) System / SYS)
and spill control valves, which maintain the system at
CF033 CF037
a constant pressure, ensuring no air leakage at the
glands. The gland steam supply and spill are directed PS022
to a packing steam receiver which acts as a reservoir
for the gland steam, with excess pressure in the res-
ervoir passing through the spill valve to the main con- SB012
denser. Excess steam pressure at the turbine glands SB013
CF032 CF036
passes to the gland condenser.
The situations which arise in operating the turbine
DSH Steam & Steam Dump System
would be numerous. The instructions given below are
a general description of ordinary operating procedure (DSH Steam & Steam Dump System / SYS)
in normal cases for turbine generator No.2. The TG
No.1 is operated similar to TG No.2. Centralised FW Cooling System
PS023
(Centralised FW Cooling System / SYS)

(Gland Packing & Leak-Off System / SYS)

295
Starting Generator Turbine
4.2. Starting Generator Turbine sound inside the turbine. Since, in this case, the
turbine is rotating in the condition that no steam is
1. Confirm that the steam and power supply sources supplied to the turbine, it is quite easy to notice any
are available: fulfill pre-start operations. 2 abnormal sound.
2. On the turbine LOP (TG No 2 LOP/ER3): 4. On the turbine LOP (TG No 2 LOP/ER3): click the
›› Turn on power and start the AUX LO PUMP in Auto- RESET button to reset the trip condition.
matic mode. 5. On the Turbine Generators diagram (TGs System /SYS):
1
›› Turn on power, engage and run the electric turning ›› Open slowly the 1 Main Stop Valve by degrees to
gear device (for 30 minutes). 3 raise the turbine revolution to rated speed of
›› Check GLAND PACKING STEAM pressure at 0~0.3 bar.
4 1800 rpm, and maintain for about 5 minutes.
›› When ready to start, disengage the turning gear. ›› Confirm the Shift and Vibration Level values are in
3. On the Turbine Generators diagram (TGs System /SYS): normal condition: Shift < 0.5; Vibr. level < 55.
›› Click to open the 2 Cut-Off Valve to warm pipelines. Note: Vibration /Displacement monitors are also available
›› Check that the oil level in the LO Sump tank is a nor- 3 in ECR (ECR D - Upper/ECR).
mal as required. When the oil inlet pressure of the main (driven) oil
›› Confirm that LO pressure and temperature are in pump develops to normal pressure (1.4 bar) and
normal condition. Main Stop Valve opens fully, the Aux. LO Pump stops
automatically.
›› Open the 3 line and casing drain valves.
Note: Drain valves should be closed only when 6. When up to full speed (1000 rpm), the Main Stop Valve
should be fully open. Close 3 all drains, ensure
the turbine is in full operation.
that the Main Oil Pump is taking the lubrication supply
›› After confirming that there is nothing wrong with (1.4 bar) and that the Aux. LO Pump has cut-out.
all parts of the turbine during rotation, start 7. Adjust the voltage and frequency if necessary
turning and open slowly the 1 Main Stop Valve by (HV MSB No. 2 Synchronizing Panel /MSB).
degrees using the pop up panel, to operate the tur- Synchronize the turbine speed with the on
bine of a revolution of 100 rpm for about 5 minutes line unit and place it in parallel loading.
to warm up every part of the turbine uniformly.
8. Allow the units to take similar loads and monitor
›› When the turbine revolution rises to about 500 rpm them until steady loads are maintained (use the
by gradually opening the 1 Main Stop Valve, main- display GENERATOR CONTROL - M21 of the page IAS).
tain this revolution for about 3 minutes. And after
TGs System
this, ascertain whether the 4 Regulating valve and
the Main Stop Valve would close momentarily when TGsSystem / SYS
the emergency button is pushed down. And as soon
as the turbine is tripped, it should be confirmed
that there is no rubbing noise or no abnormal

296
During Operation
Important Notes 4.3. During Operation 4.4. Stopping Generator Turbine

As there are great possibilities of local overheating of 1. It is recommended to keep constant the main steam 1. Reduce and remove the load from the generator
the bearings and of malfunction of the governing devices pressure and temperature as much as possible. to be stopped and when at 0 kW, open the circuit
when the oil temperature is abnormally low, please breaker (HV MSB No. 2 Synchronizing Panel /MSB).
2. The lubricating oil pressure and the delivery
take every precaution. When LO temperature is lower
oil pressure of the main oil pump are designed 2. On the Turbine Generators diagram (TGs System /SYS):
than 30 °C, continuous steam turning at lower speed
to be maintained always at about 1 bar and ›› Close the 1 Main Stop Valve.
(500~700 rpm) should be maintained until LO temperature
about 5 bar respectively. There is something
exceeds 30 °C. ›› Open each 3 Drain valve immediately.
wrong when pressure fluctuates.
As a big load put on the turbine immediately after starting 3. On the turbine LOP (TG No 2 LOP/ER3):
3. Periodical observation should be made
of the turbine would also cause bad effect on the turbine, for the oil level of oil tank. ›› Engage and operate the turning gear at once, and
operate the turbine under full load condition in about 10 continue turning for 10 hours to prevent uneven cool-
4. The most suitable temperature for the bearing drain
minutes after adjusted to the rated speed. ing of rotor shaft.
oil is 45 ~ 65 °C. Take care that the bearing drain oil
Take care of the turbine in no load operating conditions: temperature would not exceed the 75 °C and that the ›› As the revolutions fall, and the lub-oil discharge
control vibration or displacement of turbine rotor < 50 rubricating oil temperature at the outlet of the lube pressure from the shaft driven lub-oil pump drops,
μm; bearings drain oil temperature < 75 °C (use displays oil temperature controller would be within the range ensure the AUX LO PUMP starts to maintain the lub-oil
No 1 TURBOGENERATOR - M17 and No 1 TURBOGENERATOR - M18 from 40 to 50 °C (use displays No 1 TURBOGENERATOR - flow. Keep the pump running during motor turning
of the page IAS). M17 and No 1 TURBOGENERATOR - M18 of the page IAS). operation (10 hours).
5. When any abnormal vibration, rubbing and other 4. On the Turbine Generators diagram (TGs
abnormal sounds are noticed in the turbine, System /SYS): close the 2 Cut-Off Valve.
stop the turbine and remove the cause.
Attention! Don’t draw the pin from the emergency claw,
because the reset button of main stop valve is interlocked in
normal operation.

297
Re-start Operation under Hot Condition
4.5. Re-start Operation 2. Turbine Restart

›› Drain valves should be open until speed is set to the
under Hot Condition rated speed.
Hot condition is a condition of turbine within 10 hours of ›› Turbine shall be restarted within 1 minute after motor
motor turning period (as continuous motor turning for ~ 10 turning device disengaged. When over 1 minute pass
hours is requested during cooling down of turbine). See the before starting, turbine shall be restarted with care-
detailed description of actions in the paragraphs above. fully paying attention to vibration.
1. Pre-caution during turbine stop: ›› When turbine starts rotating, the handle of main stop
-- When turbine stopped, immediately (within 1 minute) valve shall be turned slowly to clockwise direction to
motor turning device shall be engaged and operated prevent the excess speed-up.
continuously. At this time, confirm turbine shaft is ›› The generator speed is maintained about 100 rpm at
actually rotating. starting. Continue the steam turning for about 5 min-
-- Confirm lube oil pressure and temperature are in utes at about 100 rpm and then increase the speed up
“Normal condition” during motor turning. to 1800 rpm in about 5 minutes.
-- Confirm no abrasive sound is coming from turbine ›› Confirm lube oil temperature is over 30°C.
inside by using sounding bar. ›› At the above condition, the operator is requested to
-- During motor turning, gland packing steam shall be confirm the rotor vibration. When the operator feels
supplied continuously. vibration increase suddenly and vibration level is con-
firmed over 25 μm on vibration monitor (in ECR), tur-
bine should be stopped and carried out motor turning
continuously about 1 hour.
›› After 1 hour motor turning as above mentioned, re-
start again with attention to the vibration increase.
›› During starting operation, confirm no vibration of
steam drain piping and LO piping.

298
Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery . Operating Main Feed Water Pump
Re-start Operation under Hot Condition
5. Operating Main
Feed Water Pump
Pre-start procedures involve warming trough the SH
steam pipelines (see the paragraph 4.1 on page 295) similar
to pre-start procedures of the turbine generators. Use
the valve MS020 instead of MS009 in the warming through
the pipelines procedure to allow steam flow into the Main
Feed Water Pump Turbine system.
1. Open the turbines Drain valves (Feed
Water Pump Turbines System /SYS).
2. On the turbine LOP (MFWP LOP/ER2):
›› On the MFDWP No 1 AUX.L.O. PUMP panel:
-- Set the select switch to position LOCAL;
-- Click START the pump;
-- Set the select switch to position IAS.
›› On the MFDWP No 1 STEAM INLET VALVE panel:
-- Set the select switch to position LOCAL .
-- Click OPEN the valve; it starts opening slowly accord-
ing to the controller setpoint of the steam pressure;
the indicator lamp OPEN will illuminate even if the
valve is open 1%;
-- Set the select switch to position IAS.
›› Watch the gauges readings on the LOP, or switch to
remote control from the IAS display MAIN FEED WATER
PUMP - M11.
When the turbine is in full operation the drain valves can
be closed.

299
Chapter 5. Instruction for Operating Machinery . Operating Aux Systems
Starting EMCY Generator after Blackout
6. Operating Aux Systems

6.1. Starting EMCY Generator ›› Click CLOSE on the impulse No 1 LV MSB BUS TIE ACB
CONTROL switch to power the No 1 LV MSB.
6.2. Operating Generators from IAS
after Blackout 4. On the LV MSB No 1 BUS TIE PANEL (LV MSB
An example will be described in this paragraph: the HV
and LV switch boards are powered by the Diesel Genera-
The following actions need to be taken to start the Emer- No. 1 Incoming & Bus Tie Panel/MSB):
tor of the No 1 side. The steam supply is available to start
gency diesel generator after a blackout case. ›› Check that FEED BACK indicator on the LV MSB No 1 IN- the Turbo Generators, and TG 1 is started.
1. On the EMG LOP (EMG LOP/EmG): COMING PANEL panel is illuminated.
The following actions need to be taken to change over
›› Check that AIR PRESSURE gauge on the EMCY ENGINE ›› Check (turn) that the ACB CONTROL POSITION switch is
MSBs supply from DG to TG in automatic mode.
STARTING AIR COMPRESSOR panel reading is in the in position MSB to control from this panel.
working zone. ›› Click CLOSE on the impulse BUS TIE ACB CONTROL 1. On the No 1 SYNCHRONIZING PANEL (HV MSB No.
switch to close LMBT 1 ACB. 1 Synchronizing Panel/MSB): turn the CONTROL
›› Check that OIL PRESSURE gauge on the HYDRAULIC
POSITION switch to position IAS to enable
STARTER panel reading is in the working zone. 5. On the LV MSB No 2 BUS TIE PANEL (LV MSB
power management system control.
›› Check that POWER ON indicator on the CONTROLLER No. 2 Incoming & Bus Tie Panel/MSB):
2. On the display GENERATOR
panel is illuminated. ›› Check that FEED BACK indicator on the LV MSB No 2 IN-
CONTROL – M21 of the page IAS:
›› Turn the OPERATION SWITCH to position AUTO. COMING PANEL panel is illuminated.
›› Watch the TG 1 frequency reach 60 Hz.
At that the engine starts automatically and raises the ›› Check (turn) that the ACB CONTROL POSITION switch is
in position MSB to control from this panel. ›› Click the HMT1 breaker on the diagram. At that the
revolutions up to rated speed 1800 rpm.
SYNCHRO label ON illuminates. When the TG 1 is syn-
Then the generator ACB closes automatically and ESB ›› Click CLOSE on the impulse BUS TIE ACB CONTROL
chronized the breaker closes. The LOAD SHARING label
is powered on. switch to close LMBT 2 ACB and thus connect the
ON illuminates.
LV MSB No 2 to ESB.
2. Check the state on the MCD (MCD/MSB). ›› On the DGB 1 panel click the button FULL AUTO CONTROL .
6. Check the EPP state on the MCD (MCD/MSB).
3. On the DISCONNECTING PANEL (EM’CY ›› In the pop-up panel click STOP/OPEN to turn the DG off.
Generator & Disconnecting Panel /EmG): When power supply is provided by the Emergency DG it is
Close the panel. At that the DG is unloaded and the
possible to connect only a strictly limited number of con-
›› Turn the BUS & SHORE VOLT & FREQ SW switch to position HMD1 breaker is open. The DG will be stopped.
sumers. It is required that you carefully check the genera-
1 MSB and check that the voltmeter reading is 0. The TG 2 can be started and connected in similar way.
tor load on the EMG LOP.
›› Turn the BUS & TIE ACB MODE SELECT switch to position
FEED BACK to allow powering the No 1 LV MSB or No 2 LV
MSB from ESB.
›› Check (turn) that the CONTROL POSITION switch is in
position MSB to control from this panel.

300
Operating DG Engine
6.3. Operating DG Engine 3. On the LOCAL ALARM PANEL confirm that the
indicator READY TO START is illuminated.
Now from this panel the DG can be synchronized with the
bus using GOVERNOR CONTROL handle and put on board by
6.3.1. Pre-start Actions 4. On the START BOX panel: VCB CLOSE switch.
1. Start the pumps: ›› Click the LOCAL button to select local control; its LED
illuminates to indicate control position.
6.3.5. Operating from IAS
›› No 1 (or No 2) CENTRAL CFW PUMP (FW Pumps PB/ER1; or
Fulfill DG engine pre-start actions.
respective MSB GSP panel, or IAS display). ›› Click the START button; it illuminates when clicked.
›› No 1 (or No 2) MAIN CSW PUMP (SW Pumps PB/ER1; or re- 5. On the LOCAL ALARM PANEL watch the 1. On the engine LOP (DG Engine LOP/ER3) START
spective MSB GSP panel, or IAS display). indicator RUNNING is flashing while engine BOX panel click the REMOTE button; its LED
starts, then turns to steady light. illuminates to indicate control position.
›› No 1 (or No 2) D/G ENGINE DO SERVICE PUMP (FO Pumps PB
& FO Heater LOP/ER3); or respective MSB GSP panel, or 6. If the engine operates properly (ENGINE SPEED = 720 2. On the DG (No1) or DG (No2) panel (as required,
IAS display). rpm), load should be applied or the engine should be HV MSB No. 1 (No. 2) Synchronizing Panel/MSB):
Note: The DO pump will start automatically, if it is set to REM shut down. Prolonged idle operation is to be avoided. ›› On the DG indicators panel confirm that READY TO
on the MSB GSP 1/2 or 2/3. START and REMOTE lamps are illuminated.
6.3.3. Stopping from LOP ›› Turn the CONTROL POSITION switch to IAS; confirm that
2. On the engine LOP (DG Engine LOP/ER3): 1. Remove the load from the engine IAS lamp is illuminated.
›› Set the LO PRIMING PUMP to auto mode. and operate it at low load.
3. On the GENERATORS CONTROL - M21 display
›› Set the CYLINDER LO PUMP to auto mode. 2. On the engine LOP (DG Engine LOP/ER3) START BOX of the IAS page, on the DGB # panel:
›› Set the CFW PREHEATER to auto mode. panel click the STOP button; it illuminates when
›› Confirm that the label AUTO SYNC & POWER CONTROL
clicked. Indicator STOP is flashing while engine
reads AUTO.
6.3.2. Starting from LOP stops, then turns to steady light. Confirm that
the LO PRIMING PUMP starts automatically. ›› Confirm that the label No # DG AVAILABLE reads ON.
Fulfill DG engine pre-start actions.
›› Click the button DG START and in the pop-up panel
On the engine LOP (DG Engine LOP/ER3): 6.3.4. Starting from MSB click START if only engine start is required.
1. Check that all local instruments are at zero point. Fulfill DG engine pre-start actions. ›› Click the button FULL AUTO CONTROL and in the pop-up
2. On the TURNING GEAR MOTOR STARTER panel: 1. On the engine LOP (DG Engine LOP/ER3) START panel click START/CLOSE if engine should be started
BOX panel click the REMOTE button; its LED and connected to the bus.
›› Turn power on by the MAIN SWITCH breaker;
illuminates to indicate control position. On the labels actual DG state is displayed.
›› Set the handle to ENGAGE position;
2. On the MSB engine panels 1 or 2 as required Similar actions need to be taken to stop the engine or stop
›› Click the button FORWARD; watch the ammeter return
(HV MSB No. 1 (No. 2) Synchronizing Panel/MSB): and disconnect from the bus.
to normal current; click STOP;
›› Click the button REVERSE; watch the ammeter return ›› On the DG indicators panel confirm that READY TO
to normal current; click STOP; START and REMOTE lamps are illuminated.
›› Set the handle to DISENGAGE position; ›› Turn the DG GSE impulse switch to START position.
›› Turn power off. ›› Watch the GEN RUN lamp illuminate.

301
Starting Fresh Water Generators
6.4. Starting Fresh 2

6. On the FWG LOP (FWG No 1, 2 LOP/ER1) STARTER
PANEL FOR FWG No 2 (SUBMERGED TUBE TYPE):
Water Generators 1 ›› Click EMERG SHUT OFF VALVE button MANUAL OPEN
Check that power supply to the FWG units is ON. to open the valve.
›› Click buttons START of the BRINE PUMP and DIS-
6.4.1. No 1 FWG 4
TILLATE PUMP to start the pumps.
The following actions need to be taken to start 7. On the diagram FWG System (FWG System /SYS):
No 1 FWG (2-Stage Flash Type). 3
›› Check pressure on 7 the Brine Overboard line.
1. On the SW Pumps push button panel (SW Pumps 6 ›› Check flow on 8 the To Distillate Tank line.
PB/ER1) start No 2 FWG SW FEED PUMP (Flash).
›› Check salinity on the ppm indicators.
2. On the diagram Desuperheated Steam & Note: No 2 FWG output starts after a time delay, which
Steam Dump System (DSH Steam & Steam 5 is normal for the technological process.
Dump System /SYS) open the valve SB007,
and check flow To FW Generator Ejector.
8
3. On the diagram Main Condensate System (Main
Condensate System /SYS) open the valve SD038,
7
and check flow To Spray Water (FW Generator).
6.4.2. No 2 FWG
4. On the diagram FWG System (FWG System /SYS):
The following actions need to be taken to start No 2 FWG
›› Check pressure on 1 the Main Cond. Pump Dis- (Double Effect Submerged Tube Type).
charge line, Heating Steam line; and temperature
of the incoming water for the Feed Water Heater. 1. On the SW Pumps push button panel (SW Pumps PB/
ER1) start No 1 FWG SW FEED PUMP (Submersible).
›› Open 2 the №1 FWG (2 Stage Flash Type) Steam Ejec-
tor Supply Valve. 2. On the FW Pumps push button panel (FW Pumps PB/
ER1) start one of the No 1 (No 2) MAIN COND PUMP.
5. On the FWG LOP (FWG No 1, 2 LOP/ER1) STARTER
PANEL FOR FWG No 1 (2-STAGE FLASH TYPE): 3. On the diagram Desuperheated Steam & Steam Dump
System (DSH Steam & Steam Dump System /SYS) open the
›› Click EMERG SHUT OFF VALVE button MANUAL OPEN
valve SB007, and check flow To FW Generator Ejector.
to open the valve.
4. On the diagram Main Condensate System (Main
›› Click buttons START of the BRINE PUMP and DIS-
Condensate System /SYS) open the valve SD038,
TILLATE PUMP to start the pumps.
and check flow To Spray Water (FW Generator).
›› Check pressure on 3 the Brine Overboard line.
›› Check pressure and temperature on 5 the Condensate
›› Check flow on 4 the To Distillate Tank line. Water Inlet line.
›› Check salinity on the ppm indicators. ›› Open 6 the №2 FWG Steam Ejector Supply Valve.

302
Starting Inert Gas Generator
6.5. Starting Inert Gas Generator

The following actions need to be taken to start the Inert clicking the button MANUAL DRAIN TO BILGE; the button
Gas Generator manually. illuminates in green.
1. On the NO 2 BALLAST PUMP STARTER PANEL (HV MSB ›› Click the buttons ALARM ACCEPT and ALARM RESET if
St-By Ballast Pump & No. 2 Ballast Pump Panel /MSB): required.
›› Turn the PUMP MODE switch to position IGG. At that ›› Click START/STOP GLOW PLUG; the button illuminates in
the valves on the ballast system BA212, BA221, BA227, green.
BA236 automatically open. ›› Click START/STOP IGN. BURNER to start the ignition; the
›› Turn the CONTROL POSITION switch to position IAS. button illuminates in green.
2. On the IGG starters panels (IGG Starters/ER3): ›› After a 5 second delay click START/STOP MAIN BURNER
to start the burner; the button illuminates in green.
›› Turn power ON for one (or both) or the Blowers and
Fuel Oil pump. ›› Watch the indicator FLAME ON illuminate; and then:
›› Turn the SELECT SWITCH to position REMOTE for the -- Click START/STOP IGN. BURNER to stop ignition; button
powered Blower (or both), and for the pump. illumination goes off;
3. On the IGG MAIN CONTROL PANEL (IGG -- Click START/STOP GLOW PLUG to turn off the glow plug;
Main Control Panel /ER3): button illumination goes off;
›› Turn the select switch to position LOC for operation ›› Click the buttons AUTO START to start the COOLING
from this panel (IGG can be also started from IAS). PLANT and DRYER PLANT; run indicators illuminate.
Alarm indication is possible on the Main Page. ›› Watch the reading of the OXYGEN CONTENT gauge.
›› Click the button START MANU to select manual mode. When the value is > 0.5% and < 1% it is allowed to
The IGG Manu page opens up. open the IG flow to tanks: click the button SELECT
CONSUM.
4. On IGG Manu page:
›› Click START/STOP FO PUMP to start the pump; the but-
ton illuminates in green.
›› Click START/STOP BLOWER to start one of the blowers;
the button illuminates in green.
›› Click START/STOP BP No 2 to start ballast pump No 2;
the button illuminates in green.
›› Normally the sea water is drained overboard; how-
ever it is possible to switch the flow to BILGE TK by

303
Starting Incinerator
6.6. Starting Incinerator ›› Click the LOAD button to open the LOADING PANEL . 3. On the W.O. TANK CONTROL PANEL (use menu item
Incinerator Control Panel of the page ER3, see the
›› Load the solid waste matter as described in Chapter
The Incinerator System is described in Chapter 4, the description in Chapter 4, the section 7.5.3.2 on page 201.
4, the section 7.5.3.4 on page 203.
section 7.5 on page 200. The following actions need to be
›› Double-click on the incinerator door to close it. ›› Switch MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to 1 (on) position.
taken in the simulator to start the incinerator.
›› Click on the Drain Valve (s) to drain water from the WO ›› Turn to AUTO position the switches: SERV. MILL PUMP,
1. On the display FO Service Incinerator & EMCY DG System SETT. MILL PUMP, DO PUMP. (MILL pumps are started
Settling (Service) TK (s). Water is presented by dark blue
(FO Service Incinerator & EMCY DG System /SYS): when the panel power is on; DO pump is started in
color at the bottom in the tank level bar graph. Close
›› Open the valve to supply air for the burner. the valve when no water is left. AUTO mode at incinerator start.)
4. On the panel INCINERATOR (Incinerator Control Panel/ER3):
›› Switch MAIN SWITCH circuit breaker to 1 (on) position.
›› Set INCINERATOR START switch to START position.
›› Set PRIMARY BURNER switch to START position. When
the burner starts the switch jumps back to OFF posi-
tion and the PRIMARY BURNER RUN lamp illuminates.
›› When the burner temperature rises up to 850 °C, set
SLUDGE BURNER switch to START position. Once the
burner starts, the switch jumps to RUN position and
the SLUDGE BURNER RUN lamp illuminates.
Note: The alarm indicator lamps FURNACE TEMP LOW and
WO SERV. TANK TEMP LOW would normally light down automati-
cally during incinerator work.
2. On the display General Service Steam System

(General Service Steam System /SYS):
›› Check that GS0A5 valve is open to supply steam for
heating of the WO Settling TK and WO Service TK .
›› Double-click on the incinerator door to open it.

304
Starting Provision Cooling System
6.7. Starting Provision Cooling System 6.8. Starting Air Conditioning System Note: Compressors are operating according to the setpoints
in pressostats PRESSURE SET COMPRESSOR on the AC LOP
The following actions need to be taken in the simulator to The following actions need to be taken in the simulator to
(menu item AC LOP of the page ER2).
start the Provision cooling plant for automatic operation. start the Air Conditioning System for automatic operation.
6. On the plant control panels ( AC Control Panel/ER2):
It is assumed that the pumps are running: one of MAIN CSW It is assumed that the pumps are running: one of MAIN CSW
›› Turn No. 1 AHU FAN START/STOP switch to position ON.
PUMP, and one of CENTRAL CFW PUMP. PUMP, and one of CENTRAL CFW PUMP.
›› Turn No. 2 AHU FAN START/STOP switch to position ON.
1. Check on LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL (LV 1. Check on LV MSB No 1 440V FEEDER PANEL (LV
›› Set the appropriate (Low or High) performance for
MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder/MSB) that PROVISION MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder/MSB) that No 1 AIR
Fans speed by AHU FAN SPEED SELECTOR switches.
REF. PLANT circuit breaker is ON. COND. COMPRESSOR circuit breaker is ON.
2. On the PROVISION COOLING PLANT display 1. Check on LV MSB No 2 440V FEEDER PANEL (LV
(Provision Ref Plant LOP/ER2): MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder/MSB) that No 2 AIR
›› Switch the power ON by the MAIN SWITCH switch. COND. COMPRESSOR circuit breaker is ON.
›› On both PC COMPRESSOR 1, PC COMPRESSOR 2 panels: 2. Check on No 1 LOCAL GROUP STARTER PANEL

440V (LGSP - 1 AC440V/MSB) that AHU FAN
-- Check the SOURCE lamp is illuminated;
SWITCHBOARD circuit breaker is ON.
-- Click the MASTER SOLENOID button to open the Master
3. On the plant LOP ( AC LOP/ER2): turn MAN–
Solenoid valve;
AUTO switches on COMPRESSOR 1 and
-- Click the START/RUN button; COMPRESSOR 2 panels to position AUTO.
-- Set the mode switch to AUT position. 4. On the plant control panel ( AC Control Panel/ER2)
›› Set the TEMPERATURE REGULATION switch to position 2.
›› Switch power for compressors and fans (all three
circuit breakers).
›› Click START I button to start compressor 1.
›› Click START I button to start compressor 2.
5. On the system diagram ( Air Conditioning System/SYS):
›› Click on the AC Compressor 1 Suction valve and use the
pop-up panel to slowly increase the valve open state,
watching the pressure on the digital indicators.
›› Watch the compressor 1 run indicators to turn green.
›› Click on the AC Compressor 2 Suction valve and use the
pop-up panel to slowly increase the valve open state,
watching the pressure on the digital indicators.
›› Watch the compressor 2 run indicators to turn green.

305
Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults

This chapter contains the list of alarms and the list of faults
introduced by the instructor of LNG Carrier simulator.

Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults . Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults

Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults
Contents:
1. Alarms and Breakdowns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 1.5.8. HV MSB No. 1 Step Down Transformer Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.7. Page SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.1. Alarms on Consoles in Engine Control Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 1.5.9. HV MSB No. 2 Step Down Transformer Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.7.1. Main Condensate System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.1.1. Light Signal Column . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 1.5.10. HV MSB No. 1 HVMSB Bus Tie Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.7.2. HP Exhaust Steam & Bleed System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.1.2. Propulsion Plant & Steam Plant Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310 1.5.11. HV MSB No. 2 Bus Tie Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.7.3. Condensate Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.2. Page BCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.12. HV MSB Bow Thruster Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.7.4. Feed Water Pump Turbines System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.2.1. BCC Turbine Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.13. HV MSB No 1 Ballast Pump Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.5. Main SW Circulating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.2.2. BCC Misc Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.14. HV MSB No 2 Ballast Pump Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.6. Cooling SW Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.2.3. BCC SG BT Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.15. HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.7. Centralised FW Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.3. Page FFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.16. LV MSB No. 1/3 Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.8. Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.3.1. H.E. Foam Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.17. LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.9. FO Bunkering & Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
1.3.2. QCV Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.18. LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.10. DO Purifying & G/E FO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.4. Page ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.19. LM MSB No. 1 AC220V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.11. Boiler FO Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.4.1. ECR - A Upper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.20. LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.12. Compressed Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.4.2. ECR - C Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311 1.5.21. LM MSB No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.13. Main Turbine LO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.4.3. ECR - D Bottom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 1.5.22. Pref Trip Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.14. Stern Tube LO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.4.4. Turbine Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 1.6. Page IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.15. LO Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.4.5. Soot Blower Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 1.6.1. M/T REDUCTION GEAR - M07 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314 1.7.16. LO Purifying System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.5. Page MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 1.6.2. M/B FURNACE UPTAKE - M13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 1.7.17. TGs System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.5.1. HV MSB No. 1 Diesel Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312 1.6.3. MAIN / ATMOS CONDENSER - M14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 1.7.18. DG Engine System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.5.2. HV MSB No. 1 Turbo Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.6.4. BOILER FO SERVICE SYSTEM - M16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 1.7.19. Sanitary Discharge System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
1.5.3. HV MSB No. 2 Turbo Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.6.5. DIESEL GENERATOR - M19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 1.7.20. FW General Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
1.5.4. HV MSB No. 1 Synchro Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.6.6. L.P.S.G. - M29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 1.7.21. Ballast System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
1.5.5. HV MSB No. 2 Synchro Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.6.7. FW GENERATOR SYSTEM - M27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 1.7.22. Bilge System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
1.5.6. HV MSB No. 1 CSBD Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.6.8. CENT. COOLING F.W. SYSTEM - M28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315 1.7.23. Inert Gas & Dry Air System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317
1.5.7. HV MSB No. 2 CSBD Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313 1.7.24. Fire & Deck Wash System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

307

1.8. Page ER1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 2. Faults Introduced by Instructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 2.5.14. HV MSB No 2 Ballast Pump Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
1.8.1. Main Turbine LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317 2.1. General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 2.5.15. HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
1.8.2. FWG No 1, 2 LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.1.1. Introducing a Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 2.5.16. LV MSB No 1 Incoming Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
1.8.3. Oily Water Separator LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.1.2. Common Faults Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321 2.5.17. LV MSB No 2 Incoming Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
1.8.4. MGPS LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.2. Page BCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2.5.18. LV MSB No 1 Bus Tie Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
1.9. Page ER2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.2.1. BCC Misc Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2.5.19. LV MSB No 2 Bus Tie Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
1.9.1. LO Purifiers LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.2.2. BCC SG BT Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2.5.20. LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
1.9.2. DO Purifier LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.2.3. BD - 1 DC24 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2.5.21. LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
1.9.3. Control & Service Air Compressors LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.3. Page FFS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2.5.22. LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
1.9.4. HW Calorifier LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.3.1. H.E. Foam Liquid Pump LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2.5.23. LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
1.9.5. Provision Ref Plant LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.4. Page ECR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2.5.24. LV MSB No. 1/3 Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
1.9.6. FW Pumps PB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.4.1. Turbine Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2.5.25. LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
1.10. Page ER3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.4.2. Soot Blower Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322 2.5.26. LV MSB No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
1.10.1. TG No 1 LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318 2.4.3. BD - 2 DC24 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.5.27. LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
1.10.2. TG No 2 LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 2.5. Page MSB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.5.28. LM MSB No. 1 AC220V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
1.10.3. DG Engine LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 2.5.1. HV MSB No. 1 Diesel Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.5.29. LM MSB No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
1.10.4. NOx Reduction System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 2.5.2. HV MSB No. 1 Turbo Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.5.30. LGSP - 1 AC440V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
1.10.5. Incinerator Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 2.5.3. HV MSB No. 2 Turbo Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.6. Page IAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.10.6. Sewage Treatment Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 2.5.4. HV MSB No. 1 Step Down Transformer Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.6.1. L.P.S.G. - M29 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.10.7. HPP For Valves Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319 2.5.5. HV MSB No. 2 Step Down Transformer Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.7. Page SYS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.11. Page EmG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 2.5.6. HV MSB No. 1 CSBD Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.7.1. Main Condensate System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.11.1. EM’CY Gen. Engine LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 2.5.7. HV MSB No. 2 CSBD Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.7.2. Condensate Water System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.11.2. EM’CY Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 2.5.8. HV MSB No. 1 HVMSB Bus Tie Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.7.3. Feed Water Pump Turbines System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.11.3. Disconnecting Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 2.5.9. HV MSB No. 2 HVMSB Bus Tie Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.7.4. Main SW Circulating System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.11.4. ESB AC220V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 2.5.10. HV MSB No. 1 Synchro Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.7.5. Cooling SW Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.11.5. Battery CD Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 2.5.11. HV MSB No. 2 Synchro Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.7.6. Centralised FW Cooling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.12. Page BT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 2.5.12. HV MSB Bow Thruster Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.7.7. Boiler Water Sampling & Treatment System . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
1.12.1. Bow Thruster LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320 2.5.13. HV MSB No 1 Ballast Pump Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323 2.7.8. FO Bunkering & Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328

308

2.7.9. FO Service Incinerator & EMCY DG System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 2.10. Page ER2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 2.12. Page EmG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.7.10. DO Purifying & G/E FO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 2.10.1. MFWP LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 2.12.1. Shore Supply Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.7.11. LO Purifying System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 2.10.2. Boiler Chemical Dosing Pumps CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 2.12.2. Bus Ties Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.7.12. LO Transfer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328 2.10.3. LO Purifiers LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 2.12.3. EM’CY Generator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.7.13. Main Turbine LO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.10.4. DO Purifier LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 2.12.4. EM’CY Group Starter Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.7.14. Stern Tube LO System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.10.5. Control & Service Air Compressors LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 2.12.5. ESB AC440V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.7.15. TGs System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.10.6. AC Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 2.12.6. ESB AC220V Feeder Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.7.16. DG Engine System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.10.7. AC LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 2.12.7. EM’CY Gen. Engine LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
2.7.17. SG System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.10.8. Provision Ref Plant LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331 2.12.8. Battery CD Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
2.7.18. FW General Service System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.10.9. PD - 1 AC440V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 2.13. Page BT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
2.7.19. Ballast System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.10.10. LPD - 1 AC220V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 2.13.1. Bow Thruster LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
2.7.20. Bilge System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.11. Page ER3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 2.13.2. HPP FWD Mooring Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
2.7.21. Fire & Deck Wash System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.11.1. TG No 1 LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332 2.13.3. LGSP - 3 AC440V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
2.7.22. Foam Fire Extinguishing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329 2.11.2. TG No 1 LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
2.8. Page SG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 2.11.3. DG Engine LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
2.8.1. SG LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 2.11.4. NOx Reduction System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
2.8.2. AFT HPP Deck Mach. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 2.11.5. NOx Reduction System Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
2.8.3. LGSP - 2 AC440V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 2.11.6. Incinerator Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
2.9. Page ER1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 2.11.7. Sewage Treatment Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.9.1. Main Turbine LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 2.11.8. HPP For Valves Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.9.2. RG Gauge Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 2.11.9. FO Pumps PB & FO Heater LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.9.3. FWG No 1, 2 LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 2.11.10. IGG Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.9.4. Oily Water Separator LOP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330 2.11.11. LGSP - 4 AC440V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
2.9.5. PD - 2 AC440V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
2.9.6. LPD - 2 AC220 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
2.9.7. BD - 3 DC24 V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

309
Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults . Alarms and Breakdowns
Alarms on Consoles in Engine Control Room
1. Alarms and Breakdowns 1.1. Alarms on Consoles in • GAS – CO2 fire fighting system is actiavted;
• DEADMAN ALARM – the deadman system is activated;
The simulator alarms are generally caused by the violation Engine Control Room • MACHINERY ALARM – any alarm in ER;
of a certain variable alarm bounds. In most cases instruc-
tor can edit these bounds in the Indicators Data Monitor panel
1.1.1. Light Signal Column • TELEGRAPH ALARM – machine telegraph alarm;
The LIGHT SIGNAL COLUMN panel is located on the ENGINE CON- • ENGINEER CALL , TELEPHONE ALARM – not modeled;
of the Instructor application Desktop tab. Therefore the
alarms generation can be adjusted as required for a cer- SOLE SECTION A (use menu item ECR - A Upper of the page ECR). Click the BUZZER STOP button to stop the buzzer.
tain exercise. A lamp on the panel starts flashing when alarm occurrs, Click the BZ/LAMP TEST button to illuminate all lamps on
The simulator alarms and breakdowns are listed in this lights continuously when alarm is acknowledged, and lights the panel to check if they are healthy.
section in the order of the simulator pages and their dis- off after the alarm condition returns to normal. The buzzer
plays. The alarms in similar systems (e.g. Port and Stbd, starts when any alarm lamp is activated. 1.1.2. Propulsion Plant &
or TG1 and TG2, etc.) are combined together taking into The panel contains alarm lamps: Steam Plant Alarms
account that the alarms are similar.
• GENERAL ALARM – “General Alarm” signal from the W/H; The ENGINE CONSOLE SECTION E (use menu item ECR - E
Upper of the page ECR) contains the main alarms. The
• FIRE ALARM – fire alarm occurrs;
description is given in Chapter 1, the paragraph 2.5 on
• FOAM – foam fire fighting system is actiavted; page 26.
• WATER – water fire fighting system is actiavted;

310
Page BCC
1.2. Page BCC • SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Servo Oil Press Low 1.4.1. ECR - A Upper
• SG Hyd Oil Temp High 1 (2) • E/R Dead Man Alarm
1.2.1. BCC Turbine Panel • SG Failure hydr.supervision with pump 1 (2) • Light Signal Column Power Failure
• W/H Power Fail • SG Hydraulic failure emerg.operation with pump 1 (2) • E.C.R. Power Failure
• CO2 Alarm System Power Failure • SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) No Volt
• Bridge_Control EMCY Stop • SG Expansion Oil Tank 1 (2) Level LowLow 1.4.2. ECR - C Bottom
• Boiler 1 (2) Smoke Indicator High
1.2.2. BCC Misc Panel • SG Expansion Oil Tank 1 (2) Level Low
• Boiler 1 (2) Oxygen Concentration Low
• SG Expansion Oil Tank Level Low
• Fire Alarm
• SG abnormal • Boiler 1 (2) Steam Pressure Low
• General Alarm
• SG Hydro Pump 1 Stand by Start • Boiler 1 (2) Steam Pressure High
• CO2 Release To Engine Room
• Auto Pilot Sys Fail • No 1 Boiler FO Burner Header Press Low Low Trip
• CO2 Release To E.C.R.
• Boiler 1 (2) Trip
• CO2 Release To EM’CY Gen. Room
1.3. Page FFS • Boiler 1 (2) Base Burner Flame1 Failure
• CO2 Release To Purifier Room
• Boiler 1 (2) No 2 Burner Flame1 Failure
• CO2 Release To Incinerator Room 1.3.1. H.E. Foam Control Panel
• Boiler 1 (2) No 3 Burner Flame1 Failure
Alarms • H.E. Foam System Power Failure
• Boiler 1 (2) Base Burner Flame2 Failure
• H.E. Foam System St-By
• E/R S.W. Flooding • Boiler 1 (2) No 2 Burner Flame2 Failure
• H.E. Foam System Discharge To Engine Room
• Bridge Alarm Power Fail • Boiler 1 (2) No 3 Burner Flame2 Failure
• H.E. Foam System Discharge E.C.R. & M.S.B.
• Watch Alarm Panel Power Fail • Boiler 1 (2) Base Burner Failure
• H.E. Foam System Discharge To Purifier Room
• Auto Tel. Trouble • Boiler 1 (2) No 2 Burner Failure
• H.E. Foam System Discharge To Incinerator Room
1.2.3. BCC SG BT Panel • Boiler 1 (2) No 3 Burner Failure
• Bow Thruster Console A.C. Source Fail

1.3.2. QCV Panel • Boiler 1 (2) FO Trip
• ca_QCV Air Reservoir Press Low • Boiler 1 (2) Gas Trip
• Bow Thruster Console D.C. Source Fail
• Boiler 1 (2) FO Header Temperature Low Low
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Overload
1.4. Page ECR • Boiler 1 (2) Atomising Pressure Low Low
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Phase Failure
• Boiler 1 (2) Normal Source Fail
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) CTRL Power Fail • Fuel Oil PumpsTrip
• Boiler 1 (2) EM’CY Source Fail
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Filter Diff Press High • Boiler 1 (2) Gas Header Temperature Low
• Main Turbine Direct Control Power Fail
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Hydr Lock • Boiler 1 (2) Gas Header Temperature High
• I.G.G. Plant Power Fail

311
Page MSB
• Boiler 1 (2) Gas Header Pressure mmAq Low 1.4.3. ECR - D Bottom 1.5. Page MSB
• Boiler 1 (2) Gas Header Pressure mmAq High • ECR Control EMCY Stop
• Boiler 2 Gas Header Pressure mmAq Low 1.5.1. HV MSB No. 1 Diesel Generator Panel
• Boiler 2 Gas Header Pressure mmAq High 1.4.4. Turbine Control Panel No 1 HVMSB Alarms
• Boiler 2 Gas Header Pressure High High • Rev. Signal 1 (2) Failure • No. 1 D/G No. 1 H.V.M.S.B. Current High
• Boiler 2 Gas Header Pressure Low Low • WH Telegr. Potenio. Failure • No. 1 D/G No. 1 H.V.M.S.B. Synchro. Fail
• Boiler 1 (2) Gas Header Pressure High High • ECR Telegr. Potenio. Failure • No. 1 D/G No. 1 H.V.M.S.B. Power High
• Boiler 1 (2) Gas Header Pressure Low Low • Auto Spinning Failure • No. 1 D/G Fwd Bearing Temp. High
• Master Gas Valve Trip • Valve Lift 1 (2) FB Failure • No. 1 D/G Air Temp. High
• Gas Temperature Low Low • Auto Spinning Overspeed Failure • No. 1 D/G Aft Bearing Temp. High
• Both Boiler Gas Trip • Lever Driver Failure • No. 1 D/G “T” Phase Temp. High
• Master Gas Valve Manual Trip • Direct Driver Failure • No. 1 D/G “S” Phase Temp. High
• Boiler 1 (2) Manual Trip • Slow Down Failure • No. 1 D/G “R” Phase Temp. High
• Boiler 1 (2) Gas Manual Trip • Slow Down ByPass Failure • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Non Close
• Boiler 1 (2) ABC Emcy Mode • Rough Sea Control Failure • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Over Current Trip
• Boiler 1 (2) BMS Emcy Mode • EMCY Trip Failure • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Short Circuit Trip
Boiler 1 (2) Level Alarms • EMCY Trip By Pass Failure • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Loss of Excitation trip
• CPU Hard Safety Failure • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Reverse Power Trip
• Boiler 1 (2) Level Low Low Turbine Auto Slow Down
• CPU Hard Control Failure • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Over Voltage Trip
• Boiler 1 (2) Level High High Turbine Auto Slow Down
• ME Program InterLock Steam Press.Low • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Under Voltage Trip
• Boiler 1 (2) Water Level Low
• ME Program InterLock MB1 Steam D.Level Low • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Over Frequency Trip
• Boiler 1 (2) Water Level High
• ME Program InterLock MB2 Steam D.Level Low • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Under Frequency Trip
• Boiler 1 (2) Water Level High High Trip
• Boiler 1 (2) Water Level Low Low Trip 1.4.5. Soot Blower Control Panel • No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Abnormal Trip
• Boiler 1 Level Very High Main Turbine Trip • Soot Blower No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Abnormal No 2 HVMSB Alarms
• Soot Blower No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Steam Press. Low • No. 1 D/G No. 2 H.V.M.S.B. Current High
• No. 1 D/G No. 2 H.V.M.S.B. Synchro. Fail

312
Page MSB
• No. 1 D/G No. 2 H.V.M.S.B. Power High • No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Short Circuit Trip 1.5.6. HV MSB No. 1 CSBD Feeder Panel
• No. 1 D/G Fwd Bearing Temp. High • No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Loss of Excitation Trip • No. 1 C.S.B.D. Feeder V.C.B. HM1C1 Abnormal Trip
• No. 1 D/G Air Temp. High • No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Reverse Power Trip
• No. 1 D/G Aft Bearing Temp. High • No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Over Voltage Trip 1.5.7. HV MSB No. 2 CSBD Feeder Panel
• No. 1 D/G “T” Phase Temp. High • No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Under Voltage Trip • No. 2 C.S.B.D. Feeder V.C.B. HM2C2 Abnormal Trip
• No. 1 D/G “S” Phase Temp. High • No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Over Frequency Trip 1.5.8. HV MSB No. 1 Step Down
• No. 1 D/G “R” Phase Temp. High • No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Under Frequency Trip
Transformer Panel
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Non Close • No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Abnormal Trip
• HMTR1 Current High
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Over Current Trip
1.5.3. HV MSB No. 2 Turbo Generator Panel • HMTR1 Phase “R” Temp. High
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Short Circuit Trip
The alarms in the HV MSB No.2 Turbo Generator Panel • HMTR1 Phase “S” Temp. High
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Reverse Power Trip are similar to the alarms in the HV MSB No.1 Turbo Gen- • HMTR1 Phase “T” Temp. High
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Over Voltage Trip erator Panel. • HMTR1 V.C.B. HM1LM1 Abnormal Trip
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Under Voltage Trip
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Over Frequency Trip 1.5.4. HV MSB No. 1 Synchro Panel 1.5.9. HV MSB No. 2 Step Down
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Under Frequency Trip • No. 1 H.V.M.S.B. Insulation Resistance Low Transformer Panel
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Reverse Power Trip • No. 1 L.V. M.S.B. EM’CY Stop Source Fail • HMTR2 Current High
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Loss of Excitation Trip • HM1 Voltage Low • HMTR2 Phase “R” Temp. High
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Abnormal Trip • HM1 Voltage High • HMTR2 Phase “S” Temp. High
• HM1 Voltage Abnormal • HMTR2 Phase “T” Temp. High
1.5.2. HV MSB No. 1 Turbo Generator Panel • HM1 Frequency Low • HMTR2 V.C.B. HM2LM2 Abnormal Trip
• No. 1 T/G Synchro. Fail • HM1 Frequency High
• No. 1 T/G Air Temp. High • HM1 Frequency Abnormal
1.5.10. HV MSB No. 1 HVMSB Bus Tie Panel
• No. 1 T/G “T” Phase Temp. High • No. 1 HVMSB Bus Tie V.C.B. HMBT1 Abnormal Trip
• No. 1 T/G Synchro. Fail
• No. 1 T/G “S” Phase Temp. High • No. 1 D/G No. 1 H.V.M.S.B. Synchro. Fail 1.5.11. HV MSB No. 2 Bus Tie Panel
• No. 1 T/G “R” Phase Temp. High • No. 1 H.V.M.S.B. Synchro Fail • No. 2 HVMSB Bus Tie V.C.B. HMBT2 Abnormal Trip
• No. 1 T/G Current High
• No. 1 T/G Power High 1.5.5. HV MSB No. 2 Synchro Panel 1.5.12. HV MSB Bow Thruster Panel
• No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Non Close The alarms in the HV MSB No.2 Synchro Panel are similar • Bow Thruster Main Motor Temp. High
to the alarms in the HV MSB No.1 Synchro Panel.
• No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Over Current Trip • Bow Thruster Trans High Temp.

313
Page IAS
• Bow Thruster Main Motor Low Insulation • No 1 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Air Temp High 1.5.22. Pref Trip Alarm
• Bow Thruster Main Motor Overload • No 1 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Air Temp • No. 1 Diesel Generator HMD1 No. 1 Pref. Trip
• Bow Thruster V.C.B. Abnormal Trip High High Trip
• No. 1 Diesel Generator HMD1 No. 2 Pref. Trip
• Bow Thruster Main Motor Start Failure • No 1 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor LO Level Trip
• Bow Thruster Main Motor Too Many Start • No 1 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Group Alarm
• Bow Thruster Main Motor EM’CY Stop 1.5.17. LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel • No. 1 Diesel Generator HMD2 No. 2 Pref. Trip
1.5.13. HV MSB No 1 Ballast Pump Panel • Water Spray Pump Motor Temp. High • No. 1 Diesel Generator HMD2 No. 3 Pref. Trip
• BP 1 El. M. Ph. “R” Temp. High • AUX FEED W PUMP Motor Temp High • No. 1 (No. 2) Turbo. Generator No. 1 Pref. Trip
• BP 1 El. M. Ph. “S” Temp. High • Main S.W.C. Pump № 2 Temperature Failure • No. 1 (No. 2) Turbo. Generator No. 2 Pref. Trip
• BP 1 El. M. Ph. “T” Temp. High • No 2 Boiler FD Fan High Temp • No. 1 (No. 2) Turbo. Generator No. 3 Pref. Trip
• BP 1 V.M.C. Abnormal Trip • Water Spray Pump Insulation Resistance Low • Pref. Trip Active
• No 2 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Air Temp High
• BP 1 El. M. Insul. Resist. Low
• No 2 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Air Temp
1.6. Page IAS
• No. 1 Ballast Pump Abnormal
High High Trip
1.6.1. M/T REDUCTION GEAR - M07
1.5.14. HV MSB No 2 Ballast Pump Panel • No 2 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor LO Level Trip
• MainThrust Bearing Temperature High
The alarms in HV MSB No.2 Ballast Pump Panel are simi- • No 2 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Group Alarm
• HPT I Pinion For Bearing Temperature High
lar to the alarms in HV MSB No.1 Ballast Pump Panel.
1.5.18. LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel • HPT Thrust Bearing Temperature High
1.5.15. HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump Panel • No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel Insulation Resistance Low • HPT For Bearing Temperature High
The alarms in HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump Panel are sim- • HPT Aft Bearing Temperature High
ilar to the alarms in HV MSB No.1 Ballast Pump Panel. 1.5.19. LM MSB No. 1 AC220V Feeder Panel • HPT I Pinion Aft Bearing Temperature High
• No. 1 AC220V Feeder Panel Insulation Resistance Low
• HPT I Wheel For Bearing Temperature High
1.5.16. LV MSB No. 1/3 Group Starter Panel
• Main S.W.C. Pump № 1 Temperature Failure
1.5.20. LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel • HPT I Wheel Aft Bearing Temperature High
• No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel Insulation Resistance Low • HPT II Pinion For Bearing Temperature High
• HPT II Pinion Aft Bearing Temperature High
• No 1 Boiler FD Fan High Temp 1.5.21. LM MSB No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel • LPT Thrust Bearing Temperature High
• No 3 Boiler FD Fan High Temp • No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel Insulation Resistance Low
• LPT For Bearing Temperature High

314
Page SYS
• LPT Aft Bearing Temperature High 1.6.8. CENT. COOLING F.W. SYSTEM - M28 1.7.7. Centralised FW Cooling System
• LPT I Pinion For Bearing Temperature High • CFW ST-BY Pump Autostart • D/G Eng HT FW Temp High
• LPT I Pinion Aft Bearing Temperature High • Main Cooling SW Pump Autostart • D/G Eng HT FW Inlet Pressure Low
• LPT I Wheel For Bearing Temperature High • CFW System Pressure Low • FW Expansion Tank Level Low
• LPT I Wheel Aft Bearing Temperature High • D/G LT Air Cooler FW OutletTemp High
• LPT II Pinion For Bearing Temperature High 1.7. Page SYS • D/G Eng HT FW OutletTemp High
• LPT II Pinion Aft Bearing Temperature High
1.7.1. Main Condensate System • D/G Eng HT FW OutletTemp High High
• Main Wheel For Bearing Temperature High • CFW Cooler Outlet Temp Low
• Main Cond. P/P Outlet Comm. Press. Low
• Main Wheel Aft Bearing Temperature High • CFW Cooler Outlet Temp High
• Main Cond. Vacuum Pump St-By Start
• Main Thrust Pad Temperature High • 1 T/G Air Cooler Outlet FW Temp High
• Main Cond. Pump St-By Start
1.6.2. M/B FURNACE UPTAKE - M13 1.7.2. HP Exhaust Steam & Bleed System
• 2 T/G Air Cooler Outlet FW Temp High
• Boilers Seal Air Fan St-By Start

• Deaerator Pressure Low/High 1.7.8. Boiler Water Sampling
1.6.3. MAIN / ATMOS CONDENSER - M14 & Treatment System
1.7.3. Condensate Water System
• Main SW Circ. Pump Autostart • №2 Main Boiler PH High
• Navigation Drain Pump St-By Start
• №1 Main Boiler Conductivity High
1.6.4. BOILER FO SERVICE SYSTEM - M16 1.7.4. Feed Water Pump Turbines System • №2 Main Boiler Conductivity High
• BOG Exh Fan St-By Start
• No. 1 F.W.P.T. Temp. After Cooler High • №1 Main Boiler PH High
1.6.5. DIESEL GENERATOR - M19 • No. 2 F.W.P.T. Temp. After Cooler High
1.7.9. FO Bunkering & Transfer System
• D/G Eng HT FW Inlet Pressure Low • No. 1 F.W.P.T. Aux L.O. Pump Start Fail
• Heavy Fuel Oil Deep Tank Level Low
• D/G Eng HT FW OutletTemp High • No. 2 F.W.P.T. Aux L.O. Pump Start Fail
• Heavy Fuel Oil Deep Tank Level High
• D/G Eng HT FW OutletTemp High High
1.7.5. Main SW Circulating System • Heavy Fuel Oil Tank (P) Level Low
1.6.6. L.P.S.G. - M29 • Main SW Circ. Sys Pressure Low • Heavy Fuel Oil Tank (P) Level High
• L.P.S.G. Pumps Outlet Comm. Press. Low • Heavy Fuel Oil Tank (S) Level Low
1.7.6. Cooling SW Service System
• L.P.S.G. Feed Water Pump St-By Start • Heavy Fuel Oil Tank (S) Level High
• SW Service System Pressure Low
• Low Sulphur Fuel Oil Tank (S) Level Low
1.6.7. FW GENERATOR SYSTEM - M27 • Vacuum Pumps Coolers SW Pressure Low
• Low Sulphur Fuel Oil Tank (S) Level High
• Main Cooling SW Pump Autostart
• Fuel Oil Overflow Tank Level High

315
Page SYS
• Diesell Oil Storage Tank (P) Level Low 1.7.13. Main Turbine LO System • T/G LO Settling Tank(S) Level High
• Diesell Oil Storage Tank (P) Level High • MT LO Inlet Pressure Low • №1 Main LO Storage Tank(S) Level High
• LDO Storage Tank (C) Level Low • Control Pressure Low • №2 Main LO Storage Tank(S) Level High
• LDO Storage Tank (C) Level High • HP Turbine Oil Pressure Low • T/G LO Storage Tank(S) Level High
• Low Sulphur Fuel Oil Tank (S) Level High high • MT LO Inlet Pressure (Bearings) Low • D/G LO Storage Tank(S) Level High
• Heavy Fuel Oil Deep Tank Level Low Low • MT LO Inlet Pressure (Gear) Low • D/G LO Settling Tank(S) Level High
• Heavy Fuel Oil Deep Tank Level High High • Intermediate Shaft Bearing 2 Temp High • S/T LO Sump Tank (C) Level Low
• Heavy Fuel Oil Tank (S) Level High High • Intermediate Shaft Bearing 1 Temp High • S/T LO Sump Tank (C) Level High
• Heavy Fuel Oil Tank (P) Level High High • Auto Filter Diff Press High • Main LO Sump Tank (C) Level High
• LDO Storage Tank (C) Level High High • Main LO Sump Tank Level Low • Diesel Generator LO Sump Tank Level Low
• Diesell Oil Storage Tank (P) Level High High • Main LO Gravity Tank (S) Level Low • №2 Turbo Generator LO Sump Tank Level Low
• №1 Turbo Generator LO Sump Tank Level Low
1.7.10. DO Purifying & G/E FO System • Main LO Sump Tank Level High
• FO SLUDGE TANK Level High • Aux LO Pumps StBy Start 1.7.16. LO Purifying System
1.7.11. Boiler FO Service System 1.7.14. Stern Tube LO System • Sludge Tank Level High
• No 1 (2) Boiler FO Burner Header Temp High • Stern Tube Inlet Pressure Low 1.7.17. TGs System
• No 1 (2) Boiler FO Burner Header Temp Low • Stern Tube Temp High • No 1 (No 2) T/G Thrust Bearing 1 Temp. High
• No 1 (2) Boiler FO Burner Header Press Low • AFT Seal Tank Levelt High • No 1 (No 2) T/G Thrust Bearing 2 Temp. High
• Elec. FO Heater Outlet Temp High • Stern Tube Sump Tank (C) Level Low • No 1 (No 2) T/G FWD Bearing Temp. High
• Suction Filter Pressure Difference High • Stern Tube Gravity Tank Level Low • No 1 (No 2) T/G AFT Bearing Temp. High
• Discharge Filter Pressure Difference High • AFT Seal Tank Level Low
• FWD Seal Tank Level Low
1.7.18. DG Engine System
• FO Service Pump St-by Started
• D/G Engine D.O. Filter Diff. Press. High
• Stern Tube Sump Tank (C) Level High
1.7.12. Compressed Air System • Stern Tube LO Pumps St-By Start
• D/G L.O. Filter Diff. Press. High
• Starting Air Reservoir Pressure Low • D/G LT Air Cooler FW OutletTemp High
• Service Air Reservoir Pressure Low 1.7.15. LO Transfer System • D/G Engine D.O. Service Pump ST-BY Start
• Control Air Reservoir Pressure Low • FWP 1 LO Sump Tank.Volume Low • D/G Engine F.O. Leakage Box High Level
• EMCY D/G Air Reservoir Pressure Low • FWP 2 LO Sump Tank.Volume Low
• Main LO Settling Tank(S) Level High
1.7.19. Sanitary Discharge System
• Sewage Holding Tank Level High

316
Page ER1
1.7.20. FW General Service System 1.7.23. Inert Gas & Dry Air System 1.8. Page ER1
• Distilled Water Tank (S) Level Low • Exhaust Gas Outlet Temperature High
• Fresh Water Tank (P) Level High • I.G.G. SW Cooling Outlet Temp High
1.8.1. Main Turbine LOP
• ME Main Steam Temperature High
• Distilled Water Tank (P) Level High • Primary Air Pressure Low
• ME Main Steam Pressure Low
• Distilled Water Tank (P) Level Low • I.G.G. SW Main Press Low
• Main Condenser Hotwell Level High
• Fresh Water Tank (S) Level High • I.G.G. SW Cooling Inlet Press High
• Main Condenser Vacuum Low
• Fresh Water Tank (S) Level Low • Secondary Air Pressure Low
• M/S EMCY Stop
• Fresh Water Tank (P) Level Low • I.G.G.Main FO Inlet Press Low
• Autospinning Overspeed
• Distilled Water Tank (S) Level High • I.G.G. SW Cooling Outlet Press Low
• ME Steam Pressure LL
• IGG Compressed Control Air Pressure Low
1.7.21. Ballast System • ME Slow Down Boiler1 (Boiler2) Steam Drum Level LL
• Inert Gas System Abnormal
• No 1 (No 2) Ballast Pump Discharge Press. High • ME Slow Down Boiler1 (Boiler2) Steam Drum Level HH
• Primary Air Fan Abnormal Stop
• No 1 (No 2) Ballast Pump Discharge Press. Low • ME Slow Down Main Condenser Hotwell Level HH
• No 1 Second Air Fan Abnormal Stop
• StBy Ballast Pump Discharge Press. High • ME Slow Down Main Condenser Vacuum LL
• No 2 Second Air Fan Abnormal Stop
• StBy Ballast Pump Discharge Press. Low • ME Slow Down One Boiler Trip
• I.G.G.No 1 FO Pump Abnormal Stop
• ME Slow Down
1.7.22. Bilge System • I.G.G.No 2 FO Pump Abnormal Stop
• ME Slow Down Main Thrust Pad Temperature HH
• FWD BW (P) LevelOily Bilge TK Level High • IGG Main Line Oxigen Content Low
• ME Slow Down Stern Tube bearing Temperature HH
• FWD B.W. (P) Level High • IGG Main Line Oxigen Content High
• ME Main Steam Temperature High
• FWD B.W. (S) Level High • I.G.G.Pilot Pump Abnormal Stop
• ME Oil Inlet Pressure Low
• MID B.W. (P) Level High • I.G.G.Burner Motor Abnormal Stop
• ME Packing Steam Pressure Low
• MID B.W. (S) Level High • Generator Drain Level High
• ME LO Manuevring Control Pressure Low
• AFT B.W. Level High • I.G.G.Flame Failure
• SS Trip Override
• M/T Recess Area Level High • Deck Main Line Low Pressure
• LO Pressure LL
• Main Condenser W. Pump Recess Level High • Deck Main Line High Pressure
• Control Oil Pressure LL
• Bilge Water Hold TK Level High • Deck Main Line Extremely Low Pressure
• Main Condenser Vacuum LL
• ER Bilge Pump Long Run
1.7.24. Fire & Deck Wash System • Main Condenser Hotwell Level HH
• ER Bilge Pump Freq. Start
• Fire Main Line Press Low • Both Main Boiler Trip
• Fire Main Line Press High • Main Boiler1 (Boiler2) Steam Drum Level HH

317
Page ER2
• HPT Rotor Excess Vibration HH 1.9.2. DO Purifier LOP • No. 1 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Oil Pressure Low
• LPT Rotor Excess Vibration HH • D.O. Purifier No Disch • No. 2 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Oil Pressure Low
• HPT Rotor Excess Displacement • D.O. Purifier Leakage • No. 1 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Oil Level Low
• LPT Rotor Excess Displacement • D.O. Purifier Leakage • No. 2 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Oil Level Low
• Turbine SS Trip • DO Purifiers Alarms Group Alarm • No. 1 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Over Current
• TG Engage • DO Purifier Press Low • No. 2 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Over Current
• Auto Spinning Overspeed • Provision Cooling Plant Abnormal
• Main Engine Overspeed 1.9.3. Control & Service Air • Cold Room “Fish” Temp. High
Compressors LOP • Cold Room “Meat” Temp. High
1.8.2. FWG No 1, 2 LOP • No 1 (No 2) Control Air Compressor Outlet Tempera- • Cool Room “Butter” Temp. High
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.G. Vacuum Failure ture High
• Cool Room “Fruit” Temp. High
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.G. Dist. Water Salinity High • No 1 (No 2) Control Air Compressor Group Alarm
• Cool Room “Vegetable” Temp. High
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.G. Water Heater Salinity High • Service Air Compressor
• Cool Room “Dry Provision” Temp. High
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.G. Ejector Cond. Salinity High • Service Air Compressor Outlet Temperature High
1.9.6. FW Pumps PB
1.8.3. Oily Water Separator LOP • Service Air Compressor Group Alarm
• FW Hyd. Pump №1 (№2) Long Alarm
• O.W.S. Oil Content High 1.9.4. HW Calorifier LOP
• Oily Water Separator Abnormal • Hot Water Calorifier Temp High 1.10. Page ER3
1.8.4. MGPS LOP • AC Control Panel
1.10.1. TG No 1 LOP
• Anti-Fouling System for Main S.W. Circ. S/C Abnormal • AC1 (AC2) Compressor Shut Down
• No. 1 T/G Gland Steam Press. High
• Anti-Fouling System for Main S.W. Cooling S/C • AC1 (AC2) Pressure Outlet High
• No. 1 T/G Gland Steam Press. Low
Abnormal • Air Condition System Abnormal
• No. 1 T/G Exh. Steam Press. High
1.9. Page ER2 1.9.5. Provision Ref Plant LOP • No. 1 T/G Main Steam Press. Low
• No. 1 (No. 2) P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Master Sole- • No. 1 T/G EMCY Trip Both Boilers Trip
1.9.1. LO Purifiers LOP noid Closed • No. 1 T/G EMCY Trip Rotor Displac. High
• №1 (№2) LO Purifier No Disch • No. 1 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Pressure Out High • No. 1 T/G Manual EMCY Trip
• №1 (№2) LO Purifier Leakage • No. 2 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Pressure Out High • No. 1 T/G EMCY Trip L.O. Press. Low
• №1 (№2) LO Purifier Press Low • No. 1 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Temp Out High • No. 1 T/G EMCY Trip Exh. Steam Press. High
• №1 (№2) LO Purifier Temp Low • No. 2 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip Temp Out High • No. 1 T/G EMCY Trip Main Steam Press. Low
• №1 (№2) LO Purifier Temp High • No. 1 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip L.T. Pressure Low • No. 1 T/G EMCY Trip Vibration High
• LO Purifiers 1 Alarms Group Alarm • No. 2 P.C. Compressor EM’CY Trip L.T. Pressure Low

318
Page ER3
• No. 1 T/G EMCY Trip Overspeed • Diesel Engine Prim. L.O. Low Level • Incinerator Flame Out
• No. 1 T/G Control Power Fail • D/G Engine No. 1 … No. 8 Main Bearing Temp. High • Incinerator W.O. Settling TK Level Low
• No. 1 T/G Rotor Displac. High • D/G Engine Thrust Bearing Temp. High • Incinerator Fan Failure
• No. 1 T/G Rotor Vibration High • D/G Engine No. 1 … No. 8 Cyl. Exh. Gas Temp. • Incinerator W.O. Settling TK Temp. High
• No. 1 T/G Wheel Turbine Side Bearing Temp. High • D/G Engine T/G Inlet Temp. High • Incinerator Burner Failure
• No. 1 T/G Wheel Generator Side Bearing Temp. High • D/G Engine T/G Outlet Temp. High • Incinerator Shut Down
• No. 1 T/G Piston Turbine Side Bearing Temp. High • D/G Engine Charge Air Temp. High • Incinerator W.O. Settling TK Temp. Low
• No. 1 T/G Piston Generator Side Bearing Temp. High • D/G Engine Oil Mist • Incinerator Furnace Temp. High
• No. 1 T/G Turbine L.O. Inlet Press. Low • D/G Engine Cyl. L.O. Non Flow • Incinerator Motor Overload Alarm
• D/G Oil Mist Detector Failure • Incinerator Furnace Temp. Low
1.10.2. TG No 2 LOP
• D/G P.L.C. Power System Failure • Incinerator Abnormal
The alarms on the TG No 2 LOP and similar to the alarms
on the TG No 1 LOP. • D/G Cable Failure • Incinerator Exhaust Gas Temp. High
• Incinerator W.O. TK Temp Low
1.10.4. NOx Reduction System
1.10.3. DG Engine LOP • Incinerator W.O. TK Level Abnormal
• Atom Air Press Low 1 (2)
• No. 1 D/G Fwd Bearing Temp. High • Incinerator D.O. TK Level Abnormal
• Exh Gas Temp High 1 (2)
• No. 1 D/G Aft Bearing Temp. High
• NOx Analayzer Fail 1 (2) 1.10.6. Sewage Treatment Plant
• D/G Engine Start Failure
• Red Agent TK Low 1 (2) • Treatment Tank Level High
• D/G Engine Emergency Stop
• System Shut Down 1 (2) • Sewage Treatment Plant Abnormal
• Diesel Engine Starting Air Press. Low
• Urea Press Low 1 (2)
• Diesel Engine Control Air Press. Low 1.10.7. HPP For Valves Remote Control
• Diesel Engine L.O. Press. Low 1.10.5. Incinerator Control Panel • HPP For Remote Valves Low Oil Level
• Diesel Engine Overspeed Shutdown • Incinerator W.O. Service TK Level High • HPP For Remote Valves Low Low Oil Level
• Diesel Engine L.O. Low Press. Shutdown • Incinerator W.O. Service TK Level Low • HPP For Remote Valves No. 1 (No. 2) Motor Trip
• Diesel Engine H.T. Water High Temp. Shutdown • Incinerator W.O. Service TK Temp. High • HPP For Remote Valves Low Oil Press.
• Diesel Engine Oil Mist High Shutdown • Incinerator W.O. Service TK Temp. Low • HPP For Remote Valves Abnormal
• Diesel Engine F.O. Press. Low • Incinerator W.O. Settling TK Level High

319
Page EmG
1.11. Page EmG 1.11.5. Battery CD Board

• Battery Charger Load Voltage Low
1.11.1. EM’CY Gen. Engine LOP • Battery Charger Load Voltage High
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Start Failure
• Battery Charger and Discharger Board Insulation Re-
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Overspeed sistance Low
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Low LO Press. Stop • Battery Charger Main Power Fail
• EM’CY Gen. Engine High Coolant Temp. Stop
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Emergency Stop 1.12. Page BT
• EM’CY Gen. Engine LO Temp High
1.12.1. Bow Thruster LOP
• EM’CY Gen. Engine LO Press. Low
• Bow Thruster Main Motor Temp. High
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Coolant Temp. High
• Bow Thruster Trans High Temp.
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Coolant Level Low
• Bow Thruster Main Motor Low Insulation
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Coolant Press. Low
• Bow Thruster Hyd. Oil Header Tank Temp. High
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Fuel Pipe Leakage
• Bow Thruster Hyd. Oil Header Tank Level Low
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Starting Air Press. Low
• Bow Thruster Hyd. Oil Press. Low
1.11.2. EM’CY Generator Panel • Bow Thruster Main Motor Overload
• EM’CY Generator Current High • Bow Thruster Main Motor Start Failure
• EM’CY Generator A.C.B. Abnormal Trip • Bow Thruster Main Motor Too Many Start
• ESB EM’CY Stop Source Fail • Bow Thruster Main Motor EM’CY Stop
• Bow Thruster Hyd. Oil Pump Overload
1.11.3. Disconnecting Panel • Bow Thruster Control System Failure
• EM’CY AC440V Feeder Panel Insulation Resistance Low
• Bow Thruster Abnormal
1.11.4. ESB AC220V Feeder Panel
• EM’CY AC220V Feeder Panel Insulation Resistance Low

320
Chapter 6. Alarms & Faults . Faults Introduced by Instructor
General
2. Faults Introduced by Instructor

2.1. General
Instructor can introduce faults into trainees’ exercises 2.1.1. Introducing a Fault 2.1.2. Common Faults Description
using the e‑Tutor Performance monitor application or
1. Open (start it in the Router) Performance Most faults, which instructor can enter in the Faults Control
Faults plugin of the Instructor application.
monitor application window. Trainee monitor window, are described by the following groups:
In this section possible faults are described for the Pa- tab displays the Trainee status:
• Short Circuit – circuit breaker trip without time delay;
trol Vessel 3000 class simulator according to respective 2. Create a trainee group with selected
simulator pages and their displays. • Low Insulation – low insulation resistance; at that the
Trainee. If the group with the selected
insulation monitors reading changes on MSB and ESB
Instructor manual provides detailed information on Trainee exists, step 1 can be omitted.
panels;
working with the Faults plugin of Instructor application. Note! The task e-Tutor Model should be started in the
• Overcurrent – overload of the electrical drive; at that
e-Tutor application manual provides detailed information Router application.
circuit breaker trips with time delay, which is defined
on working with the application.
3. In Instructor application enter the Faults plugin in a by the breaker’s temperature relay rating;
The following description is a brief summary of steps to Desktop window. The Faults Control window opens up. • Pump Breakdown (Failure) – the breakage of a
take for introducing a fault provided that an exercise is 4. Click the Add button. The window Select parameter mechanism;
selected and assigned to a trainee. opens up. The tree root of all simulator • Pump Wear – the wear of a mechanism; at that the dis-
faults is displayed in the left column. charge pressure is decreased;
5. Navigate the tree and select required fault. Click OK . • Fouling – fouling of a filter or heater/cooler on one of its
6. Edit faults’ start/end time; enable/disable faults, etc. sides;
7. Use Force button to activate a fault immediately. • Leakage – agent leakage from a system;
• High Level – overflow condition in a tank/well.

321
Page BCC
2.2. Page BCC • Master Clock Main Unit Low Insulation

2.4. Page ECR
• Echo Sounder Recorder Short Circuit
2.2.1. BCC Misc Panel • Echo Sounder Recorder Low Insulation 2.4.1. Turbine Control Panel
• Fire Near No. 1 (No. 2) Main Boiler • Magnetic Compas Light Short Circuit • Valve Lift FB 1 (2) Fault
• Fire Near Diesel Generator • Magnetic Compas Light Low Insulation • Auto Spinning Governor Failure
• Fire Near Purifiers • W/H Mano. Console Short Circuit • CPU Hard Control Failure
• Fire Near I.G.G. • W/H Mano. Console Low Insulation • Lever Driver Failure
• Fire Near Incinerator • Day Signal Light Short Circuit • Direct Drive Failure
• Fire Near EM’CY Generator • Day Signal Light Low Insulation • Slow Down Failure
• Fire Near F.O. Transfer Pump • Weather Fax Recorder Short Circuit • Slow Down ByPass Failure
• Rough Sea Control Failure
2.2.2. BCC SG BT Panel • Weather Fax Recorder Low Insulation
• Rudder Angle Indicator System Short Circuit • EMCY Trip Failure
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Control Power Fault
• Rudder Angle Indicator System Low Insulation • EMCY Trip ByPass Failure
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Motor Phase Failure
• Control Panel for H.E. Foam System Short Circuit • CPU Hard Safety Failure
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Motor Overload
• Control Panel for H.E. Foam System Low Insulation • RPM Sensor 1 (2) Fault
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Hydr Lock
• Navigation Light Panel Short Circuit • ME Autospinning Fault
• SG Hydro Pump 1 (2) Air Cooler Fouling
• SG Remote Control Failure
• Navigation Light Panel Low Insulation
2.4.2. Soot Blower Control Panel
• Elec. Cabinet for Bow Thruster Short Circuit
• SG Auto Pilot Failure • Soot Blower Motor Circuit Short Circuit
• Elec. Cabinet for Bow Thruster Low Insulation
• Soot Blower Motor Circuit Low Insulation
2.2.3. BD - 1 DC24 V • Control Panel for Q.C.V. Short Circuit
• No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Soot Blower L1 Failure
• Power Supply Unit for IAS Short Circuit • Control Panel for Q.C.V. Low Insulation
• No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Soot Blower L2 Failure
• Power Supply Unit for IAS Low Insulation
• Steering Gear Control System Short Circuit 2.3. Page FFS • No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Soot Blower R1 Failure
• No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Soot Blower R2 Failure
• Steering Gear Control System Low Insulation
2.3.1. H.E. Foam Liquid Pump LOP • No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Soot Blower R3 Failure
• Fire Det. Central Panel Short Circuit
• H.E. Foam Liquid Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Soot Blower R4 Failure
• Fire Det. Central Panel Low Insulation
• H.E. Foam Liquid Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Soot Blower R5 Failure
• Elect. Fog Bell/Gong System Short Circuit
• H.E. Foam Liquid Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 (No. 2) Boiler Soot Blower R6 Failure
• Elect. Fog Bell/Gong System Low Insulation
• Master Clock Main Unit Short Circuit

322
Page MSB
2.4.3. BD - 2 DC24 V 2.5.3. HV MSB No. 2 Turbo Generator Panel 2.5.11. HV MSB No. 2 Synchro Panel
• Relay Box Ref. Chamber Alarm Short Circuit • No. 2 Turbo Generator Auto Synchro. Failure • No. 2 L.V. M.S.B. EM’CY Stop Source Fail
• Relay Box Ref. Chamber Alarm Low Insulation • No. 2 T/G V.C.B. HMT2 Spring Charging Motor Failure
2.5.12. HV MSB Bow Thruster Panel
• Hospital Alarm Relay Box Short Circuit
2.5.4. HV MSB No. 1 Step Down • Bow Thruster V.C.B. Spring Charging Motor Failure
• Hospital Alarm Relay Box Low Insulation
• Remote Control PNL for Water Spray V/V Short Circuit
Transformer Panel 2.5.13. HV MSB No 1 Ballast Pump Panel
• HMTR1 Windings Overheating
• Remote Control PNL for Water Spray V/V Low • No 1 Ballast Pump Power Fuse Blow
Insulation • HMTR1 V.C.B. HM1LM1 Spring Charging Motor Failure
• No. 1 Ballast Pump Short Circuit
• Safety Link Cabinet for S/S Comm. Short Circuit 2.5.5. HV MSB No. 2 Step Down • No. 1 Ballast Pump Overcurrent
• Safety Link Cabinet for S/S Comm. Low Insulation
Transformer Panel • No. 1 Ballast Pump Low Insulation
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.V. C.M.S.B. Short Circuit • No. 1 Ballast Pump Windings Overheating
• HMTR2 Windings Overheating
• No. 1 (No. 2) L.V. C.M.S.B. Low Insulation
• Auto Tel. Exhanger Short Circuit
• HMTR2 V.C.B. HM2LM2 Spring Charging Motor Failure 2.5.14. HV MSB No 2 Ballast Pump Panel
• Auto Tel. Exhanger Low Insulation 2.5.6. HV MSB No. 1 CSBD Feeder Panel The faults for HV MSB No 2 Ballast Pump Panel are simi-
lar to the faults for HV MSB No 1 Ballast Pump Panel.
• Relay Box Panel Ballast & E.R. V/V Control Short • No. 1 C.S.B.D. Feeder V.C.B. HM1C1 Spring Charging
Motor Failure
Circuit 2.5.15. HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump Panel
• Relay Box Panel Ballast & E.R. V/V Control Low
Insulation
2.5.7. HV MSB No. 2 CSBD Feeder Panel The faults for HV MSB St-By Ballast Pump Panel are simi-
• No. 2 C.S.B.D. Feeder V.C.B. HM2C2 Spring Charging lar to the faults for HV MSB No 1 Ballast Pump Panel.
2.5. Page MSB Motor Failure

2.5.16. LV MSB No 1 Incoming Panel
2.5.1. HV MSB No. 1 Diesel Generator Panel 2.5.8. HV MSB No. 1 HVMSB Bus Tie Panel • A.C.B. LM1HM1 Spring Charging Motor Failure
• No. 1 H.V.M.S.B. Bus Tie V.C.B. HMBT1 Spring Charg-
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Auto Synchronizer Failure
ing Motor Failure 2.5.17. LV MSB No 2 Incoming Panel
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Auto Synchronizer Failure • A.C.B. LM2HM2 Spring Charging Motor Failure
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD1 Spring Charging Motor Failure 2.5.9. HV MSB No. 2 HVMSB Bus Tie Panel
• No. 1 D/G V.C.B. HMD2 Spring Charging Motor Failure • No. 2 H.V.M.S.B. Bus Tie V.C.B. HMBT2 Spring Charg- 2.5.18. LV MSB No 1 Bus Tie Panel
ing Motor Failure • A.C.B. LMBT1 Spring Charging Motor Failure
2.5.2. HV MSB No. 1 Turbo Generator Panel
• No. 1 Turbo Generator Auto Synchro. Failure 2.5.10. HV MSB No. 1 Synchro Panel 2.5.19. LV MSB No 2 Bus Tie Panel
• No. 1 T/G V.C.B. HMT1 Spring Charging Motor Failure • No. 1 L.V. M.S.B. EM’CY Stop Source Fail • A.C.B. LMBT2 Spring Charging Motor Failure

323
Page MSB
2.5.20. LV MSB No. 1 AC440V Feeder Panel • No. 1 Bolier F.O. Service Pump Low Insulation • № 1 Engine Room Supply Over Heat
• A.C.B. LM1E Spring Charging Motor Failure • No. 1 Fwd H.F.O. Transfer Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 Main Cond. Pump Short Circuit
• I.G.G. Dryer Unit Fan Short Circuit • No. 1 Fwd H.F.O. Transfer Pump Overcurrent • № 3 Engine Room Supply Over Heat
• I.G.G. Dryer Unit Fan Overcurrent • No. 1 Fwd H.F.O. Transfer Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 Main Cond. Pump Overcurrent
• I.G.G. Dryer Unit Fan Low Insulation • No. 1 Hot Water Circ. Pump Short Circuit • № 1 Engine Room Exhaust Over Heat
• No. 1 Hot Water Circ. Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 Main Cond. Pump Low Insulation
2.5.21. LV MSB No. 2 AC440V Feeder Panel • No. 1 Hot Water Circ. Pump Low Insulation • No 1 Boiler Seal Air Fan Over Heat
• A.C.B. LM2E Spring Charging Motor Failure • F.W. Gen. S.W. Feed. Pump (Flash) Short Circuit • No. 1 Main C.S.W. Pump Short Circuit
2.5.22. LV MSB No. 1/1 Group Starter Panel • F.W. Gen. S.W. Feed. Pump (Flash) Overcurrent • No 1 BOG Eextraction Fan Over Heat
• Purifier Room Exh Fan Over Heat • F.W. Gen. S.W. Feed. Pump (Flash) Low Insulation • No. 1 Main C.S.W. Pump Overcurrent
• No. 1 L.O. Purifier Feed. Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 L.P.S.G. Feed. Water Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 Main C.S.W. Pump Insulation
• No. 1 L.O. Purifier Feed. Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 L.P.S.G. Feed. Water Pump Overcurrent • Sludge Pump Short Circuit
• No. 1 L.O. Purifier Feed. Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 L.P.S.G. Feed. Water Pump Low Insulation • Sludge Pump Overcurrent
• No. 1 L.O. Purifier Short Circuit • No. 1 Navigation Drain Pump Short Circuit • Sludge Pump Low Insulation
• No. 1 L.O. Purifier Overcurrent • No. 1 Navigation Drain Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 B.O.G. Extraction Fan Fan Short Circuit
• No. 1 L.O. Purifier Low Insulation • No. 1 Navigation Drain Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 B.O.G. Extraction Fan Fan Overcurrent
• L.D.O. Transfer Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 F.W. Hyd. Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 B.O.G. Extraction Fan Fan Low Insulation
• L.D.O. Transfer Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 F.W. Hyd. Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 Central C.F.W. Pump Short Circuit
• L.D.O. Transfer Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 F.W. Hyd. Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 Central C.F.W. Pump Overcurrent
• H.F.O. Transfer Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 Main Cond. Vacuum Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 Central C.F.W. Pump Low Insulation
• H.F.O. Transfer Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 Main Cond. Vacuum Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 E/R Exh. Fan (Reverse) Short Circuit
• H.F.O. Transfer Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 Main Cond. Vacuum Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 E/R Exh. Fan (Reverse) Overcurrent
• No. 1 E/R Exh. Fan (Reverse) Low Insulation
• Purifier Room Exh. Fan Short Circuit 2.5.23. LV MSB No. 1/2 Group Starter Panel
• Purifier Room Exh. Fan Overcurrent • Fire Aux Jockey Pump Short Circuit
• No. 1 D/G Engine D.O. Service Pump Short Circuit
• Purifier Room Exh. Fan Low Insulation • Fire Aux Jockey Pump Overcurrent
• No. 1 D/G Engine D.O. Service Pump Overcurrent
• No. 1 Stern Tube L.O. Pump Short Circuit • Fire Aux Jockey Pump Low Insulation
• No. 1 D/G Engine D.O. Service Pump Low Insulation
• No. 1 Stern Tube L.O. Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 M/T Aux. L.O. Pump Short Circuit
• No. 1 Boiler Seal Air Fan Short Circuit
• No. 1 Stern Tube L.O. Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 M/T Aux. L.O. Pump Overcurrent
• No. 1 Boiler Seal Air Fan Overcurrent
• No. 1 Bolier F.O. Service Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 M/T Aux. L.O. Pump Low Insulation
• No. 1 Boiler Seal Air Fan Low Insulation
• No. 1 Bolier F.O. Service Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Short Circuit

324
Page MSB
• No. 1 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Overcurrent • No. 1 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor • No. 2 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Short Circuit
• No. 1 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Low Insulation Overcurrent • No. 2 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor
• Fire Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Low Overcurrent
Insulation • No. 2 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Low
• Fire Pump Overcurrent
• No 1 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor LO Leakage Insulation
• Fire Pump Low Insulation
• No 1 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Failure • No. 2 M/T Aux. L.O. Pump Short Circuit
• No. 3 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Short Circuit
• No. 2 M/T Aux. L.O. Pump Overcurrent
• No. 3 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Overcurrent 2.5.25. LV MSB No. 2/1 Group Starter Panel
• No. 2 M/T Aux. L.O. Pump Low Insulation
• No. 3 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Low Insulation • No 2 Boiler FD Fan Over Heat
• No. 2 Boiler Seal Air Fan Short Circuit
• No 2 Boiler Seal Air Fan Over Heat
2.5.24. LV MSB No. 1/3 Group Starter Panel • No. 2 Boiler Seal Air Fan Overcurrent
• No. 1 Boiler F.D. Fan Short Circuit • No. 2 Boiler Seal Air Fan Low Insulation
• No. 2 Boilder F.D. Fan Short Circuit
• No. 1 Boiler F.D. Fan Overcurrent • No 2 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor LO Leakage
• No. 2 Boilder F.D. Fan Overcurrent
• No. 1 Boiler F.D. Fan Low Insulation • No 2 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Failure
• No. 2 Boilder F.D. Fan Low Insulation
• No. 1 Main S.W. Circ. Pump Short Circuit
• No. 1 Main S.W. Circ. Pump Overcurrent
• No. 2 Main S.W. Circ. Pump Short Circuit 2.5.26. LV MSB No. 2/2 Group Starter Panel
• No. 2 Main S.W. Circ. Pump Overcurrent • No 2 BOG Eextraction Fan Over Heat
• No. 1 Main S.W. Circ. Pump Low Insulation
• No. 2 Main S.W. Circ. Pump Low Insulation • EM’CY Feed. Water Pump Short Circuit
• No. 3 Boiler F.D. Fan Short Circuit
• Aux. Feed Water Pump Short Circuit • EM’CY Feed. Water Pump Overcurrent
• No. 3 Boiler F.D. Fan Overcurrent
• Aux. Feed Water Pump Overcurrent • EM’CY Feed. Water Pump Low Insulation
• No. 3 Boiler F.D. Fan Low Insulation
• Aux. Feed Water Pump Low Insulation • No. 2 Main Cond. Pump Short Circuit
• No. 3 Main S.W. Circ. Pump Short Circuit
• No. 2 Main C.S.W. Pump Short Circuit • No. 2 Main Cond. Pump Overcurrent
• No 1 Boiler FD Fan Over Heat
• No. 2 Main C.S.W. Pump Overcurrent • No. 2 Main Cond. Pump Low Insulation
• No 3 Boiler FD Fan Over Heat
• No. 2 Main C.S.W. Pump Low Insulation • No. 2 Stern Tube L.O. Pump Short Circuit
• No. 3 Main S.W. Circ. Pump Overcurrent
• Water Spray Pump Short Circuit • No. 2 Stern Tube L.O. Pump Overcurrent
• No. 3 Main S.W. Circ. Pump Low Insulation
• Water Spray Pump Overcurrent • No. 2 Stern Tube L.O. Pump Low Insulation
• Water Spray Pump Low Insulation • D.O. Purifier Feed. Pump Short Circuit
• No. 1 D/G Engine Starting Air Compressor Short Circuit
• No. 2 Central C.F.W. Pump Short Circuit • D.O. Purifier Feed. Pump Overcurrent
• No. 2 Central C.F.W. Pump Overcurrent • D.O. Purifier Feed. Pump Low Insulation
• No. 2 Central C.F.W. Pump Low Insulation • Drain Pump Short Circuit
• Drain Pump Overcurrent
• Drain Pump Low Insulation

325
Page MSB
• No. 2 B.O.G. Extraction Fan Short Circuit • D.O. Purifier Short Circuit 2.5.28. LM MSB No. 1 AC220V Feeder Panel
• No. 2 B.O.G. Extraction Fan Overcurrent • D.O. Purifier Overcurrent • L.D.-1 (No. 3 W/H Group Panel) Short Circuit
• No. 2 B.O.G. Extraction Fan Low Insulation • D.O. Purifier Low Insulation
• L.D.-1 (No. 3 W/H Group Panel) Low Insulation
• D.O. Transfer Pump Short Circuit • Bilde, Fire & G.S. Pump Short Circuit
• L.D.-5 (E/R 3RD Deck) Short Circuit
• D.O. Transfer Pump Overcurrent • Bilde, Fire & G.S. Pump Overcurrent
• L.D.-5 (E/R 3RD Deck) Low Insulation
• D.O. Transfer Pump Low Insulation • Bilde, Fire & G.S. Pump Low Insulation
• E.C.R. Console (Main AC220V D.B.) Short Circuit
• No. 2 Hot Water Circ. Pump Short Circuit • No. 2 Main Cond. Vacuum Pump Short Circuit
• E.C.R. Console (Main AC220V D.B.) Low Insulation
• No. 2 Hot Water Circ. Pump Overcurrent • No. 2 Main Cond. Vacuum Pump Overcurrent
• Navigation Light Control Panel Short Circuit
• No. 2 Hot Water Circ. Pump Low Insulation • No. 2 Main Cond. Vacuum Pump Low Insulation
• Navigation Light Control Panel Low Insulation
• No. 2 F.W. Hyd. Pump Short Circuit • F.W. Gen. S.W. Feed Pump (Submersible) Short Circuit
• Fire Sprinkler Central Cabinet Short Circuit
• No. 2 F.W. Hyd. Pump Overcurrent • F.W. Gen. S.W. Feed Pump (Submersible) Overcurrent
• Fire Sprinkler Central Cabinet Low Insulation
• No. 2 F.W. Hyd. Pump Low Insulation • F.W. Gen. S.W. Feed Pump (Submersible) Low
Insulation • Cargo Control Console (CO2 Alarm) Short Circuit
• No. 2 Boiler F.O. Service Pump Short Circuit
• No. 2 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Short Circuit • Cargo Control Console (CO2 Alarm) Low Insulation
• No. 2 Boiler F.O. Service Pump Overcurrent
• No. 2 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Overcurrent • Foam System Panel Short Circuit
• No. 2 Boiler F.O. Service Pump Low Insulation
• No. 2 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Low Insulation • Foam System Panel Low Insulation
• L.O. Transfer Pump Short Circuit
• No. 2 Navigation Drain Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 H.V. M.S.B.D. Short Circuit
• L.O. Transfer Pump Overcurrent
• No. 2 Navigation Drain Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 H.V. M.S.B.D. Low Insulation
• L.O. Transfer Pump Low Insulation
• No. 2 Navigation Drain Pump Low Insulation • Galley TR-R Short Circuit
• No. 2 L.P.S.G. Feed Water Pump Short Circuit
• E/R Bilge Pump Short Circuit • Galley TR-R Low Insulation
• No. 2 L.P.S.G. Feed Water Pump Overcurrent
• E/R Bilge Pump Overcurrent • No. 1 H.V. C.S.B.D. Short Circuit
• No. 2 L.P.S.G. Feed Water Pump Low Insulation
• E/R Bilge Pump Low Insulation • No. 1 H.V. C.S.B.D. Low Insulation
• No. 2 Fwd H.F.O. Transfer Pump Short Circuit
• No. 4 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Short Circuit • L.D.-3 (Acco Upper Trunk) Short Circuit
• No. 2 Fwd H.F.O. Transfer Pump Overcurrent
• No. 4 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Overcurrent • L.D.-3 (Acco Upper Trunk) Low Insulation
• No. 2 Fwd H.F.O. Transfer Pump Low Insulation
• No. 4 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Low Insulation • No. 1 Boiler Control Panel Short Circuit
2.5.27. LV MSB No. 2/3 Group Starter Panel • No. 2 L.O. Purifier Feed Pump Short Circuit • No. 1 Boiler Control Panel Low Insulation
• № 2 Engine Room Over Heat • No. 2 L.O. Purifier Feed Pump Overcurrent
• № 4 Engine Room Supply Over Heat • No. 2 L.O. Purifier Feed Pump Low Insulation
2.5.29. LM MSB No. 2 AC220V Feeder Panel
• No. 2 D/G D.O. Service Pump Short Circuit • No. 2 L.O. Purifier Short Circuit • E.C.R. (Light Column) Short Circuit
• No. 2 D/G D.O. Service Pump Overcurrent • No. 2 L.O. Purifier Overcurrent • E.C.R. (Light Column) Low Insulation
• No. 2 D/G D.O. Service Pump Low Insulation • No. 2 L.O. Purifier Low Insulation • Cargo Control Console Short Circuit

326
Page MSB
• Cargo Control Console Low Insulation • Lift Mach. Room Exh. Fan Overcurrent • Sanitary Space Exh. Fan Overcurrent
• W/H Nav./Chart Console Short Circuit • Sanitary Space Exh Fan Over Heat • Sanitary Space Exh. Fan Low Insulation
• W/H Nav./Chart Console Low Insulation • Lift Mach. Room Exh. Fan Low Insulation • C.C.R. Package Air Cond. Short Circuit
• Fire Det. Central Panel Short Circuit • Laundry Exh Fan Over Heat • C.C.R. Package Air Cond. Overcurrent
• Fire Det. Central Panel Low Insulation • Stairway Supply Fan Short Circuit • C.C.R. Package Air Cond. Low Insulation
• No. 2 H.V. M.S.B.D. Short Circuit • Chemical Store Exh Fan Over Heat • Battery Room Exh. Fan Short Circuit
• No. 2 H.V. M.S.B.D. Low Insulation • Stairway Supply Fan Overcurrent • Battery Room Exh. Fan Overcurrent
• No. 2 H.V. C.S.B.D. Short Circuit • Stairway Supply Fan Low Insulation • Battery Room Exh. Fan Low Insulation
• No. 2 H.V. C.S.B.D. Low Insulation • Mess/Service Room Exh. Fan Short Circuit • No. 2 Prov. Crane Short Circuit
• Control Panel for No. 2 N2 Gen. Short Circuit • Mess/Service Room Exh. Fan Overcurrent • No. 2 Prov. Crane Overcurrent
• Control Panel for No. 2 N2 Gen. Low Insulation • Mess/Service Room Exh. Fan Low Insulation • No. 2 Prov. Crane Low Insulation
• Soot Blower Relay Panel Short Circuit • Laundary Exh. Fan Short Circuit • No. 2 Hose Handling Crane Short Circuit
• Soot Blower Relay Panel Low Insulation • Laundary Exh. Fan Overcurrent • No. 2 Hose Handling Crane Overcurrent
• L.D.-2 Short Circuit • Laundary Exh. Fan Low Insulation • No. 2 Hose Handling Crane Low Insulation
• L.D.-2 Low Insulation • E.D.R. Package Air Conc. Short Circuit • Rescue Boat Davit Short Circuit
• L.D.-4 Short Circuit • E.D.R. Package Air Conc. Overcurrent • Rescue Boat Davit Overcurrent
• L.D.-4 Low Insulation • E.D.R. Package Air Conc. Low Insulation • Rescue Boat Davit Low Insulation
• W/H Console (Main AC220V D.B.) Short Circuit • No. 1 C.S.B.D. Package Air Cond. Short Circuit • E.E.R. Package Air Cond. Short Circuit
• W/H Console (Main AC220V D.B.) Low Insulation • No. 1 C.S.B.D. Package Air Cond. Overcurrent • E.E.R. Package Air Cond. Overcurrent
• No. 2 Boiler Control Panel Short Circuit • No. 1 C.S.B.D. Package Air Cond. Low Insulation • E.E.R. Package Air Cond. Low Insulation
• No. 2 Boiler Control Panel Low Insulation • Galley Supply Fan Short Circuit • W/H Package Air Cond. Short Circuit
• Galley Supply Fan Overcurrent • W/H Package Air Cond. Overcurrent
2.5.30. LGSP - 1 AC440V
• Galley Supply Fan Low Insulation • W/H Package Air Cond. Low Insulation
• Lift Mach RM Exh Fan Over Heat
• Galley Exh. Fan Short Circuit • Hospital Exh. Fan Short Circuit
• Galley Supply Fan Over Heat
• Galley Exh. Fan Overcurrent • Hospital Exh. Fan Overcurrent
• Battery Room Exh Fan Over Heat
• Galley Exh. Fan Low Insulation • Hospital Exh. Fan Low Insulation
• Stairway Supply Fan Over Heat
• Chemical Store Exh. Fan Short Circuit • No. 2 C.S.B.D. Package Air Cond. Short Circuit
• Galley Exh Fan Over Heat
• Chemical Store Exh. Fan Overcurrent • No. 2 C.S.B.D. Package Air Cond. Overcurrent
• Lift Mach. Room Exh. Fan Short Circuit
• Chemical Store Exh. Fan Low Insulation • No. 2 C.S.B.D. Package Air Cond. Low Insulation
• Chemical Store Exh Fan Over Heat
• Sanitary Space Exh. Fan Short Circuit • Signal Light Post Winch Short Circuit

327
Page IAS
• Signal Light Post Winch Overcurrent 2.7.2. Condensate Water System 2.7.8. FO Bunkering & Transfer System
• Signal Light Post Winch Low Insulation • No. 1 (No. 2) Navigation Drain Pump Failure • HFO Transfer Pump Failure
• Life Boat Davit Short Circuit • Drain Pump Failure • DO Transfer Pump Failure
• Life Boat Davit Overcurrent • LDO Transfer Pump Failure
• Life Boat Davit Low Insulation 2.7.3. Feed Water Pump Turbines System
• No 1 (No 2) FWD HFO Transfer Pump Failure
• No. 1 Hose Handling Crane Short Circuit • No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.P.T. Aux Oil Pump Failure
• No. 1 Hose Handling Crane Overcurrent • No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.P.T. Main Oil Pump Failure 2.7.9. FO Service Incinerator
• No. 1 Hose Handling Crane Low Insulation • No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.P.T. Oil Cooler Low Heat Transfer & EMCY DG System
Efficiency
• No. 1 Prov. Crane Short Circuit • Sludge Pump Failure
• No. 1 Prov. Crane Overcurrent 2.7.4. Main SW Circulating System 2.7.10. DO Purifying & G/E FO System
• No. 1 Prov. Crane Low Insulation • Main S.W.C. Pump № 1 (№ 2, № 3) Breakdown
• D.O. Purifier Vibration
• Galley Package Air Cond. Short Circuit • Main S.W.C. Pump № 1 (№ 2, № 3) Wear
• D.O. Purifier Water Seal Brake
• Galley Package Air Cond. Overcurrent • Main Condenser Cooling Fault
• D.O. Purifier Motor Failure
• Galley Package Air Cond. Low Insulation
2.7.5. Cooling SW Service System • Diesel Oil Storage Tank High Water Content
• Control Panel for Dump Water Short Circuit
• Main Cooling SW Pump №1 (№2) Breakdown • Diesel Oil Storage Tank High Impurity Content
• Control Panel for Dump Water Overcurrent
• Main Cooling SW Pump №1 (№2) Wear • D.O. Purifier Leakage
• Control Panel for Dump Water Low Insulation
2.7.6. Centralised FW Cooling System 2.7.11. LO Purifying System
2.6. Page IAS • CFW Pump №1 (№2) Break • №1 (№2) LO Purifier Feed Pump Wear
2.6.1. L.P.S.G. - M29 • CFW Pump №1 (№2) Wear • №1 (№2) LO Purifier Leakage
• FW DG HT Air Cooler Temp Regulator Blocking • №1 (№2) LO Purifier Feed Pump Break
• No. 1 L.P.S.G. Feed Water Pump Failure
• FW DG HT Air Cooler Temp Regulator Fault • No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Vibration
• No. 2 L.P.S.G. Feed Water Pump Failure
• FW DG LT Air Cooler Temp Regulator Blocking • No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Motor Failure
2.7. Page SYS • FW DG LT Air Cooler Temp Regulator Fault • No. 1 (No. 2) L.O. Purifier Water Seal Brake
2.7.1. Main Condensate System 2.7.7. Boiler Water Sampling 2.7.12. LO Transfer System
• No. 1 Main Cond. Vacuum Pump Failure & Treatment System • Main LO Sump Tank (C) High Impurity Content
• No. 2 Main Cond. Vacuum Pump Failure • Boiler 1 (Boiler 2) High PH • Main LO Sump Tank (C) High Water Content
• cws_Pump_MainCondensate_1.Break • Boiler 1 (Boiler 2) High Conductivity • S/T LO Sump Tank (C) High Impurity Content
• cws_Pump_MainCondensate_2.Break • S/T LO Sump Tank (C) High Water Content

328
Page SYS
• №1 Turbo Generator LO Sump Tank High Impurity 2.7.14. Stern Tube LO System 2.7.18. FW General Service System
Content
• No 1 (No 2) Stern Tube LO Pump Break • FW Hyd. Pump №1 (№2) Break
• №1 Turbo Generator LO Sump Tank High Water Content
• No 1 (No 2) Stern Tube LO Pump Wear • FW Hyd. Pump №1 (№2) Wear
• Diesel Generator LO Sump Tank High Impurity Content
• Stern Tube LO Cooler Fouling • Hot Water Circ. Pump №1 (№2) Break
• Diesel Generator LO Sump Tank High Water Content
• Stern Tube FWD Seal wear • Hot Water Circ. Pump №1 (№2) Wear
• D/G LO Settling Tank(S) High Impurity Content
• D/G LO Settling Tank(S) High Water Content 2.7.15. TGs System 2.7.19. Ballast System
• T/G LO Storage Tank(S) High Impurity Content • No. 1 (No. 2) T/G Aux Oil Pump Failure • No 1 (No 2) Ballast Pump Failure
• T/G LO Storage Tank(S) High Water Content • No. 1 (No. 2) T/G Main Oil Pump Failure • StBy Ballast Pump Failure
• T/G LO Settling Tank(S) High Impurity Content • No. 1 (No. 2) T/G Oil Cooler Low Heat Transfer
Efficiency
2.7.20. Bilge System
• T/G LO Settling Tank(S) High Water Content
• Engine Room Flooding
• Main LO Settling Tank(S) High Impurity Content 2.7.16. DG Engine System • Engine Room Fast Flooding
• Main LO Settling Tank(S) High Water Content • D/G L.O. Filter Fouling • ER Bilge Pump Failure
• №2 Main LO Storage Tank(S) High Impurity Content • D/G Engine Driven L.O. Pump Wear
• №2 Main LO Storage Tank(S) High Water Content • D/G Engine Driven L.O. Pump Failure
2.7.21. Fire & Deck Wash System
• №2 Main LO Storage Tank(S) High Impurity Content • Water Spray Pump Failure
• D/G Priming L.O. Pump Failure
• №2 Main LO Storage Tank(S) High Water Content • Water Spray Pump Overheating
• D/G Engine No. 1 (No. 2) D.O. Service Pump Failure
• LO Transfer Pump Wear • Fire, Bilge & G/S Pump Failure
• D/G Engine EM’CY D.O. Service Pump Failure
• LO Transfer Pump Break • Fire Pump Failure
• D/G Engine F.O. Fine Filter Fouling
• Fire Aux Jockey Pump Failure
2.7.13. Main Turbine LO System • D/G Engine F.O. Leakage
• №1 (№2) Aux LO Pump Break 2.7.17. SG System 2.7.22. Foam Fire Extinguishing System
• №1 (№2) Aux LO Pump Wear • EM’CY Fire Pump Failure
• SG Pump Unit 1 (2) Wear
• Main LO Driven LO Pump Break • H.E. Foam Liquid Pump Failure
• SG Oil leakage from 4 cylinder
• Main LO Driven LO Pump Wear • SG Oil leakage from 3 cylinder
• №1 (№2) Main LO Cooler Fouling • SG Oil leakage from 1 cylinder
• Auto Filter Cleaning Break • SG Oil leakage from 2 cylinder
• Auto Filter Fouling • SG Pump 1 (2) Filter Fouling
• Control Oil

329
Page SG
2.8. Page SG 2.9. Page ER1 • Control Panel fo Aft I.C.C.P. Overcurrent
• Control Panel fo Aft I.C.C.P. Low Insulation
2.8.1. SG LOP 2.9.1. Main Turbine LOP • Starter foe Workshop Exh. Fan Short Circuit
• No. 1 (No. 2) Steering Gear Pump Short Circuit • M/T Gland Cond. Exh. Fan Short Circuit • Starter foe Workshop Exh. Fan Overcurrent
• No. 1 (No. 2) Steering Gear Pump Low Insulation • M/T Gland Cond. Exh. Fan Overcurrent • Starter foe Workshop Exh. Fan Low Insulation
• Aft Servo. Pump Short Circuit • M/T Gland Cond. Exh. Fan Low Insulation • Control Panel for Bilge Water Separator Short Circuit
• Aft Servo. Pump Overcurrent • RPM Sensor 1 (2) Fault • Control Panel for Bilge Water Separator Overcurrent
• Aft Servo. Pump Low Insulation • ME Autospinning Fault • Control Panel for Bilge Water Separator Low Insulation
2.8.2. AFT HPP Deck Mach. 2.9.2. RG Gauge Board • Control Panel for Dehumidifier Short Circuit
• Control Panel for Dehumidifier Overcurrent
• Aft H.P.P. Deck Mach. No. 1 (No. 2, No.3) Main Pump • M/T Turning Gear Motor Short Circuit
Short Circuit • Control Panel for Dehumidifier Low Insulation
• M/T Turning Gear Motor Overcurrent
• Aft H.P.P. Deck Mach. No. 1 (No. 2, No.3) Main Pump
Overcurrent
• M/T Turning Gear Motor Low Insulation 2.9.6. LPD - 2 AC220 V
• Aft H.P.P. Deck Mach. No. 1 (No. 2, No.3) Main Pump 2.9.3. FWG No 1, 2 LOP • Boiler Water Analysis Unit Short Circuit
Low Insulation • Boiler Water Analysis Unit Low Insulation

• No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.G. Short Circuit
• Aft H.P.P. Deck Mach. Oil Leakage • No. 2 Regen. Air Driyer Short Circuit
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.G. Low Insulation
• No. 2 Regen. Air Driyer Low Insulation
• No. 1 (No. 2) F.W.G. Water Leakage In Ejector Condenser
2.8.3. LGSP - 2 AC440V • Salinity Indicator for Darin Pump Outlet Short Circuit
• No. 1 F.W.G. Water Leakage In Feed Water Heater
• S/G Room Exh. Fan Short Circuit • Salinity Indicator for Darin Pump Outlet Low Insulation
• S/G Room Exh Fan Over Heat 2.9.4. Oily Water Separator LOP • Salinity Indicator for Deaerator Outlet Short Circuit
• S/G Room Exh. Fan Overcurrent • Oily Water Separator Heater Failure • Salinity Indicator for Deaerator Outlet Low Insulation
• S/G Room Exh. Fan Low Insulation • High Oil Content in Bilge Water Holding Tank • Salinity Indicator for Main Cond. Pump Outlet Short
• S/G Room Elec. Heater Short Circuit Circuit
2.9.5. PD - 2 AC440V
• S/G Room Elec. Heater Overcurrent • Salinity Indicator for Main Cond. Pump Outlet Low
• Lathe Short Circuit
• S/G Room Elec. Heater Low Insulation Insulation
• Lathe Overcurrent
• Boiler F.D. Fan Vibration Monitor Short Circuit
• Lathe Low Insulation
• Boiler F.D. Fan Vibration Monitor Low Insulation
• Grinding Machine Short Circuit
• Salinity Indicator for A.C. Outlet Short Circuit
• Grinding Machine Overcurrent
• Salinity Indicator for A.C. Outlet Low Insulation
• Grinding Machine Low Insulation
• Shaft Monitor Meter Short Circuit
• Control Panel fo Aft I.C.C.P. Short Circuit
• Shaft Monitor Meter Low Insulation

330
Page ER2
2.9.7. BD - 3 DC24 V • Control Panel for Hydrazine Short Circuit 2.10.7. AC LOP
• No. 1 L.V. M.S.B. (Incoming Panel) Short Circuit • Control Panel for Hydrazine Overcurrent • AC1 (AC2) Steam Control1 Failure
• No. 1 L.V. M.S.B. (Incoming Panel) Low Insulation • Control Panle for Hydrazine Low Insulation • AC1 (AC2) Steam Control2 Failure
• No. 2 L.V. M.S.B. (Incoming Panel) Short Circuit 2.10.3. LO Purifiers LOP • AC1 (AC2) Oil Recirc. Sol. Valve Failure
• No. 2 L.V. M.S.B. (Incoming Panel) Low Insulation • №1 (№2) LO Purifier Closing Solenoid Failure • AC1 (AC2) Air in System
• No. 1 H.V. M.S.B. (H.M.1) Short Circuit • №1 (№2) LO Purifier Sludge Discharge Failure • AC1 (AC2) Condenser Cooler Fouling
• No. 1 H.V. M.S.B. (H.M.1) Low Insulation • №1 (№2) LO Purifier Coupling Wear • AC1 (AC2) Water in System
• No. 2 H.V. M.S.B. (H.M.2) Short Circuit • №1 (№2) LO Purifier Opening Solenoid Failure • AC1 (AC2) Ref. Leakage
• No. 2 H.V. M.S.B. (H.M.2) Low Insulation • AC1 (AC2) TEV1 Fault
• DC Light No. 1/2 SWBD Side Short Circuit 2.10.4. DO Purifier LOP • AC1 (AC2) TEV2 Fault
• DC Light No. 1/2 SWBD Side Low Insulation • D.O. Purifier Closing Solenoid Failure • AC1 (AC2) Oil Leakage
• D.C. Light E.C.R. Short Circuit • D.O. Purifier Opening Solenoid Failure
• D.O. Purifier Sludge Discharge Failure 2.10.8. Provision Ref Plant LOP
• D.C. Light E.C.R. Low Insulation
• D.O. Purifier Coupling Wear • Provision Cooling Plant Short Circuit
• D.C. Light Boiler Side Short Circuit
• Provision Cooling Plant Low Insulation
• D.C. Light Boiler Side Low Insulation 2.10.5. Control & Service Air • Air in No. 1 (No. 2) P.C. System
• D.C. Light Main Turbine Side Short Circuit
Compressors LOP • Water in No. 1 (No. 2) P.C. System
• D.C. Light Main Turbine Side Low Insulation
• No. 1 (No. 2) Control Air Compressor Short Circuit • No. 1 (No. 2) P.C. Condenser Fouling
• D.C. Light EM’CY Gen. Room Side Short Circuit
• No. 1 (No. 2) Control Air Compressor Overcurrent • No. 1 (No. 2) P.C. System Ref. Leakage
• D.C. Light EM’CY Gen. Room Side Low Insulation
• No. 1 (No. 2) Control Air Compressor Low Insulation • No. 1 (No. 2) P.C. Compressor Oil Leakage
2.10. Page ER2 • Service Air Compressor Short Circuit • No. 1 (No. 2) P.C. Compressor Thermostat Fault
• Service Air Compressor Overcurrent • Cold Room “Fish” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault
2.10.1. MFWP LOP • Service Air Compressor Low Insulation • Cold Room “Fish” Fouling Coat of Snow
• No. 1 (No. 2) M.F.D.W.P. Aux. L.O. Short Circuit • No 1 (No 2) Control Air Compressor Failure • Cold Room “Meat” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault
• No. 1 (No. 2) M.F.D.W.P. Aux. L.O. Overcurrent • Service Air Compressor Failure • Cold Room “Meat” Fouling Coat of Snow
• No. 1 (No. 2) M.F.D.W.P. Aux. L.O. Low Insulation
2.10.6. AC Control Panel • Cool Room “Butter” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault
2.10.2. Boiler Chemical Dosing Pumps CP • No. 1 (No. 2) Air Cond. Compressor Short Circuit
• Cool Room “Fruit” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault
• Control Panle for AMINE Short Circuit • Cool Room “Vegetable” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault
• No. 1 (No. 2) Air Cond. Compressor Low Insulation
• Control Panle for AMINE Overcurrent • Cool Room “Dry Provision” Thermo Expansion V-v Fault
• A.H.U. Fan Switchboard Short Circuit
• Control Panle for AMINE Low Insulation • A.H.U. Fan Switchboard Low Insulation

331
Page ER3
2.10.9. PD - 1 AC440V 2.11. Page ER3 • D/G Engine Thrust Bearing Temp. Wear
• Control Panel for No 1 H.P. Elec. Hoist Short Circuit • D/G Engine Cable Failure
• Control Panel for No 1 H.P. Elec. Hoist Overcurrent

2.11.1. TG No 1 LOP • D/G Engine Oil Mist Detector Failure
• No. 1 T/G Aux. L.O. Pump Short Circuit • D/G Engine P.L.C. Power System Failure
• Control Panel for No 1 H.P. Elec. Hoist Low Insulation
• No. 1 T/G Aux. L.O. Pump Overcurrent • D/G Engine Speed Regulator Failure
• Control Panel for Ion Exchanger Short Circuit
• No. 1 T/G Aux. L.O. Pump Low Insulation
• Control Panel for Ion Exchanger Overcurrent
• No. 1 T/G Turning Gear Motor Short Circuit
2.11.4. NOx Reduction System
• Control Panel for Ion Exchanger Low Insulation • Urea Screw Supply Pump 1 (2) Break
• No. 1 T/G Turning Gear Motor Overcurrent
2.10.10. LPD - 1 AC220V • No. 1 T/G Turning Gear Motor Low Insulation
• Urea Screw Supply Pump 1 (2) Wear
• Salinity Indicator for Dist. W. Tank Outlet Short Circuit • System 1 (2) Shut Down
• No. 1 T/G Local Gauge Board Short Circuit
• Salinity Indicator for Dist. W. Tank Outlet Low • Air Press Low
• No. 1 T/G Local Gauge Board Low Insulation
Insulation • NOx Analayzer 1 (2) Failed
• Relay Panel for E/R & Ballast V/V Short Circuit 2.11.2. TG No 1 LOP
The faults for the TG No 2 LOP are similar to the faults for
2.11.5. NOx Reduction System Panel
• Relay Panel for E/R & Ballast V/V Low Insulation
the TG No 1 LOP. • NOx Reduction Control Panel Short Circuit
• Reftigerated Air Dryer Short Circuit
• NOx Reduction Control Panel Low Insulation
• Reftigerated Air Dryer Low Insulation 2.11.3. DG Engine LOP
• M/T L.O. Filter Short Circuit • No. 1 D/G Fwd Bearing Wear
2.11.6. Incinerator Control Panel
• M/T L.O. Filter Low Insulation • Incinerator Main Control Panel Short Circuit
• No. 1 D/G Aft Bearing Wear
• I.G.G. Power D.B. Panel Short Circuit • Incinerator Main Control Panel Low Insulation
• D/G L.O. Priming Pump Short Circuit
• I.G.G. Power D.B. Panel Low Insulation • W.O. TK Control Panel Short Circuit
• D/G L.O. Priming Pump Overcurrent
• Sterilizer Short Circuit • W.O. TK Control Panel Low Insulation
• D/G L.O. Priming Pump Low Insulation
• Sterilizer Low Insulation • Incinerator WO Sett. TK Mill Pump Failure
• D/G Cylinder L.O. Pump Short Circuit
• Reftigerated Air Dryer Short Circuit • Incinerator WO Serv. TK Mill Pump Failure
• D/G Cylinder L.O. Pump Overcurrent
• Incinerator DO Feed. Pump Failure
• Reftigerated Air Dryer Low Insulation • D/G Cylinder L.O. Pump Low Insulation
• Incinerator DO Supply Pump Failure
• M/T L.O. Filter Short Circuit • D/G Turning Gear Motor Short Circuit
• Incinerator WO Dosing Pump Failure
• M/T L.O. Filter Low Insulation • D/G Turning Gear Motor Overcurrent • Incinerator Exhaust Gas Fan Failure
• M.G.P.S. P.S.U. for S.W. S/C Short Circuit • D/G Turning Gear Motor Low Insulation • Incinerator Primery Burner Failure
• M.G.P.S. P.S.U. for S.W. S/C Low Insulation • D/G C.F.W. Preheater Short Circuit • Incinerator Sludge Burner Failure
• D/G C.F.W. Preheater Low Insulation • Incinerator Furnace Temp. Controller Failure
• D/G Engine No. 1 ~ No. 8 Main Bearing Wear • Incinerator Exhaust Gas Temp. Controller Failure

332
Page EmG
2.11.7. Sewage Treatment Plant • Garbage Store Exh. Fan Low Insulation • No. 2 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Low Insulation
• Sewage Treatment Plant Short Circuit • Paint Store Exh. Fan Short Circuit • EM’CY Fire Pump Short Circuit
• Sewage Treatment Plant Low Insulation • Paint Store Exh. Fan Overcurrent • EM’CY Fire Pump Overcurrent
• Paint Store Exh. Fan Low Insulation • EM’CY Fire Pump Low Insulation
2.11.8. HPP For Valves Remote Control • Incinerator RM Supply Fan Over Heat
• Ballast & E/R H.P.P. Short Circuit 2.12.5. ESB AC440V Feeder Panel
• Garbage Store Exh Fan Over Heat
• Ballast & E/R H.P.P. Low Insulation • ESB Short Circuit
• Paint Store Exh Fan Over Heat
• HPP For Remote Valves No. 1 (No. 2) Motor Trip • CO2/HE Foam RM Exh Fan Over Heat
• HPP For Remote Valves Oil Leakage 2.12. Page EmG • № 2 Engine Room Exhaust Over Heat
2.11.9. FO Pumps PB & FO Heater LOP 2.12.1. Shore Supply Box 2.12.6. ESB AC220V Feeder Panel
• Electric F.O. Heater Short Circuit • Shore Supply A.C.B. SC Spring Charging Motor Failure • E.L.D.-2 Short Circuit
• Electric F.O. Heater Low Insulation • Shore Supply Incorrect Phase Sequence • E.L.D.-2 Low Insulation
• Electric FO Heater Overload • E.L.D.-3 Short Circuit

2.12.2. Bus Ties Panel • E.L.D.-3 Low Insulation
2.11.10. IGG Starters • No. 1 Bus Tie A.C.B. ELM1 Spring Charging Motor
• UPS for Main Cabinet Short Circuit
• I.G.G. No. 1 (No. 2) Blower Short Circuit Failure
• UPS for Main Cabinet Low Insulation
• I.G.G. No. 1 (No. 2) Blower Overcurrent • No. 2 Bus Tie A.C.B. ELM2 Spring Charging Motor
Failure • E.P.D.-3 Short Circuit
• I.G.G. No. 1 (No. 2) Blower Low Insulation • E.P.D.-3 Low Insulation
• No. 2 LVCSB Bus Tie A.C.B. ELC2 Spring Charging Mo-
• I.G.G. F.O. Pump Short Circuit • E.P.D.-1 Short Circuit
tor Failure
• I.G.G. F.O. Pump Overcurrent • E.P.D.-1 Low Insulation
• I.G.G. F.O. Pump Low Insulation 2.12.3. EM’CY Generator Panel • E.P.D.-2 Short Circuit
• I.G.G. Brine Pump Short Circuit • EM’CY Generator A.V.R. Failure
• E.P.D.-2 Low Insulation
• I.G.G. Brine Pump Overcurrent • E.S.B. EM’CY Stop Source Fail
• E.L.D.-1 Short Circuit
• I.G.G. Brine Pump Low Insulation • Spring Charging Motor Failure
• E.L.D.-1 Low Insulation
2.11.11. LGSP - 4 AC440V 2.12.4. EM’CY Group Starter Panel • E.L.D.-4 Short Circuit
• Incinerator Room Supply Fan Short Circuit • CO2/H.E. Foam Room Exh. Fan Short Circuit • E.L.D.-4 Low Insulation
• Incinerator Room Supply Fan Overcurrent • CO2/H.E. Foam Room Exh. Fan Overcurrent • E.C.R. Console (Main 220V D.B.) Short Circuit
• Incinerator Room Supply Fan Low Insulation • CO2/H.E. Foam Room Exh. Fan Low Insulation • E.C.R. Console (Main 220V D.B.) Low Insulation
• Garbage Store Exh. Fan Short Circuit • No. 2 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Short Circuit • E.C.R. Console (Light Column) Short Circuit
• Garbage Store Exh. Fan Overcurrent • No. 2 E/R Supply Fan (2 Speed) Overcurrent • E.C.R. Console (Light Column) Low Insulation

333
Page BT
• Cargo Control Console (C.C.C.) Short Circuit • Fire Sprinkler Central Cabinet Low Insulation • EM’CY Lights Nav. Equip. Room Low Insulation
• Cargo Control Console (C.C.C.) Low Insulation • Control Panel for H.E. Foam System Short Circuit • EM’CY Lighting Engine Room Short Circuit
• W/H Console (Main 220V D.B.) Short Circuit • Control Panel for H.E. Foam System Low Insulation • EM’CY Lighting Engine Room Low Insulation
• W/H Console (Main 220V D.B.) Low Insulation • Soot Blower Relay Panel Short Circuit • EM’CY Lighting Upper Deck Short Circuit
• Nav. Light Control Panel Short Circuit • Soot Blower Relay Panel Low Insulation • EM’CY Lighting Upper Deck Low Insulation
• Nav. Light Control Panel Low Insulation • EM’CY Lighting Short Circuit
2.12.7. EM’CY Gen. Engine LOP
• Fire Det. Control Panel Short Circuit • EM’CY Lighting Low Insulation
• EM’CY Gen. Engine LO Pump Failure
• Fire Det. Control Panel Low Insulation • EM’CY Lighting Short Circuit
• EM’CY Gen. Engine LO Pump Wear
• EM’CY D/G Room Receptacle Short Circuit • EM’CY Lighting Low Insulation
• EM’CY Gen. Engine LO Cooler Fouling
• EM’CY D/G Room Receptacle Low Insulation • D/G Control Cabinet Short Circuit
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Coolant Pump Failure
• EM’CY D/G Room Light Short Circuit • D/G Control Cabinet Low Insulation
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Coolant Pump Wear
• EM’CY D/G Room Light Low Insulation
• S/G Room Light Short Circuit
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Coolant Cooler Fouling 2.13. Page BT
• EM’CY Gen. Engine Governor Failure
• S/G Room Light Low Insulation 2.13.1. Bow Thruster LOP
• D/G Control Cabinet Short Circuit 2.12.8. Battery CD Board • Hyd. Oil Pump Short Circuit
• D/G Control Cabinet Low Insulation • Battery Low Capacity • Hyd. Oil Pump Overcurrent
• Mach Talk Back Main Unit Short Circuit • E.C.R. Console Short Circuit • Hyd. Oil Pump Low Insulation
• Mach Talk Back Main Unit Low Insulation • E.C.R. Console Low Insulation • Bow Thruster Hyd. Oil Pump Wear
• Control Panel No. 2 N2 Gen. Short Circuit • Cargo Control Console Short Circuit • Bow Thruster Hyd. Oil Leakage
• Control Panel No. 2 N2 Gen. Low Insulation • Cargo Control Console Low Insulation • Bow Thruster Main Motor Short Circuit
• Cargo Control Console (CO2 Sys.) Short Circuit • W/H Surv. Console Short Circuit • Bow Thruster Main Motor Low Insulation
• Cargo Control Console (CO2 Sys.) Low Insulation • W/H Surv. Console Low Insulation • Bow Thruster Main Motor Jamming
• Boiler Control Panel No. 1 Short Circuit • No. 2 P.S.U. for Gyro Plant Short Circuit • Bow Thruster Main Motor Cooling Failure
• Boiler Control Panel No. 1 Low Insulation • No. 2 P.S.U. for Gyro Plant Low Insulation • Bow Thruster Trans. Cooling Failure
• Boiler Control Panel No. 2 Short Circuit • EM’CY Lights C.C. Room Short Circuit • Bow Thruster C.P.P. Jamming
• Boiler Control Panel No. 2 Low Insulation • EM’CY Lights C.C. Room Low Insulation • Bow Thruster Remote Control Failure
• Fire Sprinkler Central Cabinet Short Circuit • EM’CY Lights Nav. Equip. Room Short Circuit • Bow Thruster Start Failure
• Bow Thruster Power Fuse Blow

334
Page BT
2.13.2. HPP FWD Mooring Equipment • Elec. Heater for Bosun Store Short Circuit
• Fwd H.P.P. Deck Mach. No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) Main Pump • Elec. Heater for Bosun Store Overcurrent
Short Circuit • Elec. Heater for Bosun Store Low Insulation
• Fwd H.P.P. Deck Mach. No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) Main Pump • Elec. Heater for Bow Thruster Room Short Circuit
Overcurrent • Elec. Heater for Bow Thruster Room Overcurrent
• Fwd H.P.P. Deck Mach. No. 1 (No. 2, No. 3) Main Pump • Elec. Heater for Bow Thruster Room Low Insulation
Low Insulation
• Welding Machine Short Circuit
• Fwd H.P.P. Deck Mach. Oil Leakage
• Welding Machine Overcurrent
2.13.3. LGSP - 3 AC440V • Welding Machine Low Insulation
• No. 1 (No. 2) BOSUN Store Supply Fan Over Heat • L.P.D.-4 Panel (F’CLE TR-R 30kVA) Short Circuit
• No. 1 (No. 2) Bosun Store Supply Fan Short Circuit • L.P.D.-4 Panel (F’CLE TR-R 30kVA) Overcurrent
• No. 1 (No. 2) Bosun Store Supply Fan Overcurrent • L.P.D.-4 Panel (F’CLE TR-R 30kVA) Low Insulation
• No. 1 (No. 2) Bosun Store Supply Fan Low Insulation • Heater Control Panel for Bow Thruster Short Circuit
• FWD Pump RM Exh Fan Over Heat • Heater Control Panel for Bow Thruster Overcurrent
• Bow Thruster Room Supply Fan Short Circuit • Heater Control Panel for Bow Thruster Low Insulation
• Bow Thruster Room Supply Fan Overcurrent
• Bow Thruster Room Supply Fan Low Insulation
• Fwd Pump Room Exh. Fan Short Circuit
• Fwd Pump Room Exh. Fan Overcurrent
• Fwd Pump Room Exh. Fan Low Insulation
• Fwd Deck Mach. Servo Pump Short Circuit
• Fwd Deck Mach. Servo Pump Overcurrent
• Fwd Deck Mach. Servo Pump Low Insulation
• Fwd I.C.C.P. System Short Circuit
• Fwd I.C.C.P. System Overcurrent
• Fwd I.C.C.P. System Low Insulation

335

SteamTurbineLNG PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SteamTurbineLNG PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SteamTurbineLNG PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

ERS 5000 TechSim

Steam Turbine (Kavasaki UA-400) LNG Carrier

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. — April 2015

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

1. Printing House Conventions 2. Abbreviations

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

LIAH Level Indicator Alarm High S.W. (SW) Sea Water

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Length 285.4 meters

LNG Carrier general view

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Bottom bar of the Propulsion console

Bottom bar of the Virtual Hardware console

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants

Transas MIP Ltd. — April 2015

Chapter 1. Propulsion & Steam Plants

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

1. General 1.1. Propulsion Plant 1.2. Main Turbine Control Positions

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

1.2.1. Control Position Change Over 1.3. MT Operating Procedures

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

• MANEUVERING SPEED table for information: 4 W/H SUB PANEL contains:

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

2.1.1. Ship Performance Monitor Fuel Mode

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

2.1.2. Telegraph Transmitter Operation

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

2.2. Turbine Control Panel at ECR

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

2.2.1. TEN-KEY Boards The FOR CONTROL board addresses implemented in

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

2.3. Navigation Gauges at ECR

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

2.4. Engine Console Section D at ECR

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

2.5. Alarms Console at ECR

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

3. Main Turbine Local Control

3.1. Main Turbine LOP

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

3.2. Reduction Gear &

The REDUCTION GEAR GAUGE BOARD contains the gauges to

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

4. Steam Plant Boiler Technical Data

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

4.3.4.3. GAS to DUAL 4.4. Boiler Operating Procedures

Transas MIP Ltd. © All rights reserved

5. Steam Plant Remote

5.1.1. Boiler Operation Panel 2

• 1 Command buttons in the central part;